NATIONAL HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
Nothem Trnk Roet in
,(,aja MMauninn)
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Bnvironmen Management III=
Package RIB
N North.m Trunk ROLu*tO
^.~~~~i M.dr.va m India
--                                            ~~~~~~E432
,' a t  ,- ~- ><Volume 7
-Noth.rti Ttunk Roand
',-. _ ge 1h Conhuy
(G.T Road)                     _               _'t
K _<} - ,   Da              -~  N >  PATNA
Road Nework 
(= q,1207 A.D.)
S Trunk F~Februa1                                                           2 
(2007 At [)),£*                                         ,, *
/r  ^  S;'"-'t*'P'3v-'- >;tk
Q>oof  ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
i,Ji;-~



99                                      .---------------:-------------------S)I8OMOSNdVOSGNfl GNV1VUlh1l3I1uOH SLSI £1I
£9.- NIHOIId HNOIS AH £V i.L.
99 .......................... ......... .   -.. ---........--...--..--- ....-- ......... ...... -- -     -  -----  -   -    -''''''''''SlNV   9NVIs nlSV nd lN3WH  I I £1
09.                                                                      -          -         -          -        -         D   NiAVd oLS£1L
6S9.± --------- ---- '--''N3W3DOHONI28 6 £l1
99.   ''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''(9NIE3HtlAHS '9 ONIaLN3Q) >80M   VNOd   8£ V I.
£9.--)--  --                                                 --                  -     --  -'NEOMHJJ3UNOO    L  £ L
OS.---S------O-D-iOO--U-d----                                                                                                 AJVOl8     9£1 I
69' ...................N.........                                            .fl. [........ -SNI d 3NI
6?.-----  - - -------  SNNOM 1PV3NVHN3w ~V1dVd3NOIAN3 UOj SNOIiVOIdIOd   £ I j,
9*'13051 *-------                                                                            i    --- --- lsn-N3W3DtVNVf 3V1PSNOWAN81      ZV I.
, ---- ...-------------------'SlN3Wd313 1N9?43ONVHN9 lVQIdAj Z I I I.
09 ................N........N...................           --          .       .VHN3 .I.i.3d.                                 N            L'  
0?.,- - - - -             - e e               e--  ------- -"----ZF                 ---  ---''----'-'Nfld ONWHOUNOW                        0 V- I
0*--. - -------------O----- --- - -----'---' NIHOIJNOfr¶  S13AH-j 3SION                                                                   V....................................t6 1.
9l ............................................................N...NO.....)..lY                                    lO UJV     INJ      z Ce6 
.s'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''(sI)sbsolvo;GNI 3ONVTaiO*53d                                                        1'6'1I
0C .N--..................................................................d 0PM sM NOf 1 lmdNO dVAN3  6S [j
9£ .       ... -. I--                                                       , - .-- .-3- --- '- 8Ifl03 j PAOdcIf-    S 1YOUlSI- OJ    £. L8
, *-*-**-*-**-*----****- .O       ' ' ''' 'NINIYUI1YNOWUOGV  Z  I.
.~  --' '''''dHN. 83aNnl GJSOdOUd AUYV81V ONINIYUJ,  198 I.
C .---..------------..................................S.SezM.NW33NV                             LN)W3S0VNU  VNO 3dSNI  V 
--£'''''''"'''''''"'"'"''"''''''''''''''''''''''''"'''''--- 1NHW30NVWUV  9NIJ.UOd3J    9-1.
5S.-                                                                                                           0'Y1VS NOI1VU3dO  £ 91.
.   -                                                                                   '''''''''3OYIS  NOlLOlO 8ISNO3    z'   1. 
S-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,,,,,,,,,,  ,-  ----   --3OVIS NOIiOflW.SNOO-38d                                                               19 5  1
.S ...                                     ... ............SOdO.d .1--3W "N3Wg9VNVW IV.LN3WNOIMN3                                            9*- *
S.-S3lSSI j SIDYVdNIz 1VIJt3    AtIWNIMOS  r I
s..1@vz@>9@v<*   es&X                                                 o ov'''''''''''''''''''''''''''  N3flH11J3S38    1'£'1 I
EIP ..........I.......                                               ...................... .. -      --- - ----  -   --- --                ''     37    sIw Nvn0 kio-r    o    £
*..   --                                                                      -       -       - ----SBU.HdOtId ]Y8LLlQn                  6 E  I.
...N.                 .                                             .................dO13A3. NOSV-IdCBDflNI  89£ I
I'. -Sfl1VABSflNVI¶fH L.£1I
£.--9SION                                                                                                                                     £ I.
£.                                                    ---  -- -----3OYNIVwO NVAsOO1OtIAH :UJ.VM   CV 
. -Yt-SPaoZe6---<@<aoo-w-sS---as8---BF-o£s-S8a-sswa@aZ4NOIIdINDS3Q  lDtOtId    r  I
B................................. .............. -.1  .  -I'll...NIu                                                         3 
LS............................S.... N.....    . NO...   Z...... :10  219   INO        iV)AlVi)NVIN1YI                          -
psefwd ,udewaAwdwJl PVOd ))W?JI pUeUJ
s n aBayoed - ue,'a JIJW&5u2flee Jn1ewu0214QJu3



Environmental Management Plan - Package It B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1     CONTRACT PACKAGES OF TNHP AND GTRIP ....................................................  .     1
TABLE 2   PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS - PACKAGE II B.                                       2
TABLE 3   ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN.                                              7
TABLE 4     PROPOSED TRAINING PROGRAM UNDER GTRIP .35
TABLE 5     NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS .37
TABLE 6     INDIAN STANDARD DRINKING WATER SPECIFICATION-IS 10500:1991 .38
TABLE 7   NOISE LEVEL STANDARDS (CPCB) .40
TABLE 8   ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .41
TABLE 9     SUMMARY BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENT LOCATIONS .43
TABLE 10    BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT ELEMENTS .44
TABLE 11    ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET FOR CONTRACT PACKAGE Il B .46
TABLE 12  GRADED STONE AGGREGATE .53
TABLE 13    GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATE                                                 54
TABLE 14    GRADING OF SAND FOR USE IN MASONRY MORTAR AS PER IS: 2116 .55
TABLE 15    GRADING OF SAND FOR USE IN PLASTER AS PER IS: 1542 .55
TABLE 16    ELONGATION PERCENTAGE OF MILD STEEL BARS .55
TABLE 17    PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MILD STEEL BARS .56
TABLE 18  TOLERANCES FOR FORMWORK .56
TABLE 19  STRIPPING TIME FOR FORM WORK .57
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1    WELLS AND HAND PUMPS IDENTIFIED FOR ENHANCEMENT
APPENDIX 2    CULTURAL PROPERTIES TO BE RELOCATED
APPENDIX 3    LIST OF BORROW AREAS
APPENDIX 4    PROPOSED TRUCK PARKING LAY-BYES ALONG THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD
APPENDIX 5    MAJOR AND MINOR JUNCTIONS IDENTIFIED FOR ENHANCEMENT
APPENDIX 6    LANDSCAPE PLANS
APPENDIX 7    NOISE MITIGATION LOCATIONS
APPENDIX 8    TABLE OF PROPOSED BUS STOPS ALONG GRAND TRUNK ROAD
APPENDIX 9    CULTURAL PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED FOR TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT
APPENDIX 10   CULTURAL PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED FOR SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENTS
APPENDIX 11   REPORTING SYSTEM
c, As2e,za



Environmental Management Plan - Package It B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
LIST OF DRAWINGS
Specific Enhancement Drawings
1       DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF BRAHMDEV TEMPLE              IIB/1 8.7/1
2        DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF SCHOOL AND WELL             IIB/21.1/2
3        DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF WELL AND TEMPLE             11B/21.2/3
4        DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF SARSAUL COLLEGE             11B/25.95/4
5        DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF COMMUNITY SPACE             11B/36.95/5
6        DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF ANCIENT TEMPLE COMPLEX      11B/471.9/6
Typical Enhancement Drawings
1        PREVENTING DIRECT ACCESS                               T - 1
2        RAMPED ACCESS                                          T - 2
3        STEPPED ACCESS                                         T - 3
4        SEDIMENTATION CHAMBER                                  T-4
5        CASCADES                                               T- 5
6        CHAINLINK FENCING                                      T-6
7        BARRIER TO PREVENT GARBAGE DUMPING                     T - 7
8        HANDPUMPTYPE 1                                         T - 8
9        HANDPUMP TYPE 2 AND TYPE 3                             T - 9
10       NOISE BARRIER TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2                        T - 10
11       CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL NOISE BARRIER          T - 11
12       SEATING ARRANGEMENT                                    T- 12
13       NOISE BARRIER(CONCEPTUAL)                              T- 13
14       OIL INTERCEPTOR                                        T - 14
15       PLANTER DETAIL                                         T - 15
16       GABION STRUCTURE FOR SLOPE PROTECTION                  T - 16
17       GEOTEXTILE DETAIL                                      T - 17
18       SEATING AROUND TREE 1(TYPE 1 & 2)                      T - 18
19       SEATING AROUND TREE 2(TYPE 3 & 4)                      T - 19
20       SEATING AROUND TREE 3(TYPE 5 & 6)                      T - 20
21       SEATING AROUND TREE 4(TYPE 7 & 8)                      T - 21
22       WELL SHAFT TOUCHING THE DITCH                          T - 22
23       WELL SHAFT WITHIN EMBANKMENT                           T-23 A
24       WELL SHAFT WITHIN EMBANKMENT                           T - 23 B
25       RECHARGING PIT FOR URBAN DRAINS                        T - 24
26       WASHING PLATFORM AT THE EDGE OF THE POND               T - 25
27       STORAGE AREA FOR OIL AND GREASE                        T - 26
28       PAVING                                                 T- 27
29       RAILING DETAIL                                         T - 28
30       LAYOUT FOR CONSTRUCTION CAMP                           T - 29
31       WASTE DUMPING SITE                                     T - 30
32       CANOPY                                                 T - 31
33       LAYOUT OF BUSBAY                                       T - 32
34       DESIGN FOR BUS STOP                                    T - 33
35       DETAIL OF BUS STOP STRUCTURE                           T - 34
36       SLOPE PROTECTION DETAILS                               T - 35
37       BRICK PITCHING ON SLOPE                                T -35 A
Lena~~*a



List of Noise mitigation drawings
NM - 2B - 1  Structural Barrier form Km 481.800 to Km. 482.800
NM - 2B - 2   Noise Mitigation for Guru Hari Rai Academy at Km 490.800 (South)
NM - 2B - 3   Noise Mitigation for Primary school Maharajpur at km 21.100 (South)
NM - 2B - 4  Noise Mitigation for Shivnath Shivdass maurya inter college at Km. 25.960 (South)
NM - 2B - 5   Noise Mitigation for Primary school Chiwalipur village at Km. 36.900 (South)



Envh-owtal Managament Plan - Package 1 B
Grand Trunk Road movemefntPPrfect
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Nabonal Hlghway-2 (NH-2) connecting Delhi with Kolkata is one of the most important high-
density corridors in the country. The existing highway is a two - lane carriageway with traffic
bottenecks and varous highway deficiencies. To cater to the exisftng high volume of traffic, there is
an urgent need for capacity augmentation of this highway.
The Govemment of India (Gol), acting through the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI), a part
of the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MRTH) is improving the Agra - Dhanbad portion of
the NH-2 with assistance from the World Bank. To faciitate the project preparation, the con1dor
stretch has been dided into five packages. Intemational consultants have been appointed for the
planning and design of each of these five packages, each about 200km long. Each contract package
has been further disded into several contract packages.
The 1400km long NH-2 falls in the Upper Gangetc Plain in northem India and traverses through the
states of Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal. As part of the Delhi-Kolkata segment of the
Golden Quadriateral, the Delhi-Agra section (210km) at the west end, and Barwa Adda - Kolkata
section (278km) at the east end of the NH-2 have already been 44aned with assistance from the
ADB. For project preparation, the Agra-Barwa Adda secbon was divided into 16 contract packages.
EIghtof the 16 contract packageswere selected forThird National Highway Project (TNHP) (ruble 1),
depending on the project preparedness, progress on land acquisition and utily relocaton. Of the
remaining eight packages, seven are proposed to be taken up under the Grand Trunk Road
Improvement Project (GTRIP). The Allabhabd bypass (Contract Package IIB) has not been included
as part of TNHP or GTRIP, will be taken up subsequently for construction by NHAI wIth funding from
the WB.
Table 1       Contract Packages of TNHP and GTRIP
Packae    Descrip(chainage)   (Chainge)   (i                           Part ot Poject
i-A       Agra- Shikohabad                 199.660     260.60O 64    G
I-B       Shiiabed - Etowah Bypass (start)   260.600   307.600      569.020    OTRP
Etbwah b                        307.500     321.100      13.600   Etawah bypass
I-C       Etawsh bypass (en)- Bhognipur    321.100     33.000       72.825    GTRIP
li-A      SkandalMhoww pr-Bhu              393.000     470.000      61S.C0   TNHP
1i- B     Bhaunti - Fatehpur Border        470.000     38.000       51.330   GTRIP
1i- C     Fatdwur Bader- Kie               38.000      115.00       77.000   TNHP
11- A     Khj Ko-                          115.000     158.0B       43.000   TNHP
Ill- B    Kod*- PaharpurVa                 158.000     245.000      87.000   Alibad BypaVs
Ill-C     Palrpurvilage-RaiaTaIab          245.000     317D.0       72.000   TNHP
IV -A     Raja Talab - Mohanla             317.000     6M000        7.100    GTRIP
V -B1      Modhuia.Sasarami by             65.000      110.00       45.000   TNHP
IV-C      Sasaran bypass                1_10.00        140.0N       31.100    GTitP
IV-D      Sone Riwr-Aurangabed             140.000     180.000      40.000   TNHP
V-A       Aurngwd - Rarganj                180.000     240.000      60.000   TNHP
V-B       Ranigani - Barakatha             240.000     320.000      81.670    GTiPP
V -C       Barlciha- Baw&Adda Ihaba        320.000     398.750      78.750   TNHP
Total OTRIP                                                       422.780
Souce: NHAI, -OxW
This Environmiental Management Plan (EMP) pertains to Contract Package U B, between
Bhaunti - Fatehpur border.
Le  aoeas



Environmenta/ Management Plan - Package it B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
The EMP is an integral part of the Contract Document. The conditions stipulated by MoEF, SPCB and
other Government Agencies on NHAI would also be a part of the Contract.
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Package II starts from km 393.000 at Sikandra and ends at km 115.000 near Khaga. This package
has been further subdivided into three contract packages namely, IIA, IIB and IIC. Package II B is
considered under the GTRIP. It starts at km. 470.000 and goes via Kanpur bypass (km. 473.200 -
km. 491.992) and ends at km. 38.000.   At the end of Kanpur bypass, the Chainage based on
distance from Delhi ends (km 491.992) and thereafter, the Chainage based on distance from Kanpur
town starts (km 8.462). Major industries located along this stretch are LML Scooters, LML Ancillary
of scooter parts, Duncans Fertilisers, Indane LPG Gas Plant, Rajendra Steel Pipes and SAIL
warehouse. Stretches with high-density commercial development are located at Bhaunti (km 470.000
- km 471.000), Panki (km 471.000 - km 472.000), Gujaini (km 5.000), Barra (km 9.000), Naubasta
(km 11.000), Kidwai Nagar (km 12.000) and Rama Devi (km 19.000). Very high traffic volumes (as
high as 300,058 PCUs by 2015 AD) are projected along the corridor. A divided four-lane carriageway
has been proposed for the highway, The proposed improvements planned as part of the GTRIP are
presented in Table 2.
Table 2         Proposed Improvements - Package II B
_~~ ~ _                                  _                         _~.j
_ .            .!                                                     _       2& 
0                                  m~~~~~~~ 
473.600  491.0   U  2X7.5   1.2   -]             JX0.7   7.25   1.0    1.5  Y.
4,91.000O  491.792   U              R oB+Grade_separator    __________                        N
8.462    8.600    U            = Grade Separator           =_=_=_=
8.600    9.500    U  2X7.5   1.2   -       -               2X0.5   7.25   1.0    1.0    Y    C
9.500    13.800    U  2X7.5   1.2    a     -       -       2X0.5   7.25   1.0    1.0    Y    C
13.80    15.285    R  2X7.2.55.0  2X2.5                                    .             N 
15.285   17.070    R  2X7.25  5.0  2X2.5  Rooma  Bypass                                  N    RA
17.070   17.150    R  2X7.25  5.0  2X2.5  .        -       -       .              -      N    S
17.150   18.500    R  2X7.5   1.2   -      -       -       2X0.5   3.75    1.0    1.5    Y    S
18.500   19.100    R  2X7.25   5.0  2X2.5 SN 
19.100   19.850    U  2X7.5   1.2           -              2X0.5   3.75    1.0    1.5    Y    c
193.850   20.350    R  2X7.25  5.0  2X2.5                              -          -      N    S
20350   21.600    U  2X7.5   1.2         .         .       2X0.5   3.75   1.0    1.5    Y    C
21.600   25.000    R  2X7.25  3.0  2X2.5                                          -      N    S
25 000   26.300    U  2X7.5   5.0                          2X0.5   3.75   1.0    1.5    Y    S
26.300   33.200    R  2X7.25   3.0  2X2.5                          -       -      -      N    S
33.200   33.600    U  2X7.5   1.2                          2X0.5   3.75   1.0    1.5    Y    c
33.600   35.000    R  2X7.25  3.0  2X2.5                           -       -             N    S
36.000   37.850    R  2X7.25   3.0  2X2.5                  -       -       -      -      N    N
37.850   38.000    U  2X7.5   1.2                  .       2X0.5   3 75   1.0    1.5    Y
Sow/ce Compiler Fror DPR or Package LIB, NHAt
Lea Associates
2                                               7



lt~~*
I0 1r            g|*      



Environmental Management Plan - Package If B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.3  MAJOR FINDINGS OF THE EA
1.3.1  AIR
High volumes of traffic are predicted in the initial stretches of the corridor, resulting in higher
concentrations of the pollutants in air. The SPM concentrations along the Kanpur bypass are
observed to be already crossing the NAAQS. However, CO, NOx and SO2 are observed to be lower
at the first row of receptors. The SPM, CO and NOx concentrations will be exceeding the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) at all locations along the corridor by the year 2028.
1.3.2 WATER: HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE
The major water bodies along the corridor are River Pandu and canal at km. 6.000. There are seven
water tanks located along the project highway. No regular pattern of drainage is observed within the
entire stretch. It is observed that stretches of the highway near the settlements have poor drainage
conditions and wastewater from domestic and commercial establishments (which are mostly
encroachments) discharge on the highway. Bhaunti bazaar area, Rama Devi crossing and
Maharajpur bazaar area are some of the poorly drained stretches. Roadside drains near Naubasta
crossing and Kidwai nagar crossing are choked due to huge garbage dumps.
Increase in road runoff is estimated to be 310,199 m3 and has to be disposed after adequate
treatment. The design stage has taken care of the drainage across the section as part of good
engineering practice. The provision of adequately-sized cross drainage structures will improve
drainage in the vicinity of the road.
1.3.3 LAND
The NH-2 in this package traverses over the highly fertile Indo-Gangetic plain. With provision of a
bypass at Rooma, the acquisition of land is a significant issue since these tracts of productive soil will
be put out of use permanently. 3.99ha of productive agricultural land needs to be acquired for the
bypass and 9.71 ha of agricultural land to be taken up for widening along the existing alignment.
The erosion of soils will not be a significant issue since the terrain is plain and the soil is alluvial.
Borrow areas for the project has been proposed mostly on non-productive lands. For borrow areas
land is to be leased for the duration of construction activities only (and will be returned to the owner
after borrowing of earth). Redevelopment of these areas after the borrowing needs to be adequately
addressed in the project.
1.3.4  NOISE
The noise levels in package It B are lower though some intersections are completely urbanized. It is
predicted that the highest noise levels in 2028 A.D. will be about 74 dB(A). While the lowest values
are expected to be around 51 dB (A), they are still higher than the permissible levels of 45 dB(A) in
residential areas at night.
1.3.5 FLORA
Land on either side is agricultural or rural/residential. No endangered flora species has been reported
along the highway. Removal of vegetation along the highway is a major concern in the project. The
roadside plantation in the state of Uttar Pradesh, declared as protected Forests, will need to be
cleared for the project. A total of 6972 trees within the existing RoW need to be felled for the project.
Lea Associates
3 a



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Clearance of the plantation will temporarily raise the temperature along the corridor due to loss of
shade causing discomfort to the road users.
1.3.6 FAUNA
The historical human influence and the continuous human habitation along the G. T. Road has meant
that there is very little faunal presence except for domestic animals along the highway, especially in
Uttar Pradesh. Some water bodies abutting the highway do serve as a temporary/permanent habitat
for the migratory or even resident avifauna. There are no endangered species spotted along the
project road.
1.3.7 HUMAN USE VALUES
The dominant land use along the highway is agricultural. The major crops grown are wheat, maize,
gram, sugarcane and barley. 22.02 ha of land needs to be acquired out of which 13.70 ha will be
agricultural land. It is envisaged that the agricultural land along the highway will get converted to
industrial/commercial use to realise the value of the improved connectivity of the area. Only one
school is located along the corridor. The proposed widening and strengthening will affect roadside
amenities and some locations will be more vulnerable than before. Apart from these there are 5 wells
and 31 hand pumps that would be impacted by the project. Some of these wells and hand pumps
need to be relocated. Increased vehicular speed mean that the fringe areas of the road are at
increased risk from speeding vehicles.
1.3.8 INDUCEDIRIBBON DEVELOPMENT
Kanpur is the only major settlement along this package and is growing at 2.37% a decade. The city is
projected to grow at the same rate till 2015 and thereafter growth rate is predicted to decrease. There
are 22 settlements along project corridor, which may expand in future. All these settlements except
Rooma, which lies to the east of Kanpur city, will become a part of the urban agglomeration. Rooma
will experience a 90 percent growth towards Kanpur and only 10 percent towards the east end. The
carriage way being raised at most locations, ribbon development will not interfere with the
functionality of the corridor.
1.3.9 CULTURAL PROPERTIES
There are 26 cultural properties of local significance along the corridor. Of which, 17 are temples and
rest are shrines. There are no 'Protected Monuments' identified by the Archeological Survey of India
within 1 km distance from the corridor. Brahmadev temple lies along the edge of the corridor and has
great local significance. Important cultural properties that require enhancement are addressed by the
EMP.
1.3.10 QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES
The project is expected to bring in substantial improvement in connectivity along the corridor.
Presently, the traffic conditions are characterised by mixed traffic with bullock carts and high-speed
truck jostling for space on the highway. These combinations create hazardous conditions for all the
road users. With segregation of local and through traffic, by the provision of service lanes, flyovers,
etc. the project will have a beneficial effect on road safety. However, real safety concerns have been
raised with reference to the children using the highway to get to the numerous schools and other
educational institutions that have direct access opening on to the NH-2.
Lea Associates
4                                     D



Ensronmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Thunk Road Improvement Project
1.3.11 RESETTLEMENT
A total of 1347 families will be affected of whom 1028 will be displaced. The entitlement framework of
the GTRIP provides for distinct entitlements and assistance for each category of the displaced
families/ persons. For details refer the Consolidated RAP Report.
1.4 SUMMARY OF CRITICAL IMPACTS I ISSUES
Issue                                Descripton
Removal of road side trees           A total of 6972 trees need to be renoved to accomnodate the RoW
Loss of productrve top soil         I Acquiston of 13.7 ha of productive agriultural land is required
High Air pollution levels            The entire corridor exceeds the permissible air pollution lves for rural
Dwand residential areas.
Drainage and water loging            Throughout the corridor
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT MEASURES PROPOSED
A description of the vanous management measures during the various stages of the project is
provided in the following sections.
1.5.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
During the pre-construction stage, the management measures required will include, the clearance of
the RoW, transplantation of the candidate trees identified, the measures for protecting/replacing
community resources such as hand pumps and other utilities likely to be impacted. Their
enhancement shall also be completed before construction actually starts so that the community can
start using these while the construction activity begins.
1.5.2 CONSTRUCTION STAGE
This will be the most crucial and active stage for the Environmental Management Plan. In addition to
the monitoring of the construction activity itself to ensure that the environment is not impacted beyond
permissible limits, the enhancement of cultural properties, mitigation and enhancement measures for
water bodies will go on simultaneously as the construction progresses. To facilitate implementation of
the enhancement and mitigation measures suggested, working drawings of the same are provided in
the Appendices.
In addition, the need for a balanced evaluation and planning for risks associated with construction
activities related to roads such as accidental spillages and consequent damage to the surrounding
environment in termns of loss of flora and fauna, agricultural crop or worse fertile land, continues to
grow in importance. Other possible locations where a risk assessmentl will be useful include the
locations of Hot Mix plants (spillage of fuel, bitumen etc) and labour-camp sites.
1.5.3 OPERATION STAGE
The operation stage will essentially entail monitoring activity along the corridor. The monitoring for
pollutants specified in the Monitoring Plan will serve the two purposes. In addition to checking the
efficacy of the protectionlmitigation/enhancement measures implemented, this will help verify or
While risk management here deals exclusively with the physical environment, the Resettlement Action Plan addresses
equally real risks on the socio-economic aspects. Contingency Planning may be adopted to set aside resources for the
events for which there is no way of predicting severity and probability of occurrence with any great degree of
confidence. Normally fixed proportion of the emergency response resource allocation is kept always on stand-by to
counter such a situation.
Lea AssochftS
51
S                                        IZEa7



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
refute the predictions made as a part of the impact assessment. Thus, it will complete a very
important feedback loop for the NHAI.
The measures adopted and/or to be adopted during the different stages of the project have been
detailed in Table 3.
The responsibility for implementation and supervision of EMPs are vested with four agencies, namely
Contractors, NHAI, PIU and Engineers. The Contractors herein mean the agency hired for execution
of the construction works for the respective contract packages. NHAI would be the implementation
agency at two levels one at Centre referred as NHAI and the other at Package level named as PIU, in
the EMP. The term engineer refers to the Supervision Consultant.
2 The inputs from this and other projects of similar nature will help improve the quality of the environmental management
plans in subsequent projects or modify any future activities along this highway too. Risk Management during the
operation phase of the project almost exclusively deals with the accidents of vehicles carrying fuel or other hazardous
materials. At this stage too, a dispassionate weighing up of the severity and probability is a must to ensure that neither
too many nor too few resources such as personnel, vehicles or communication facilities are available to tackle the
situation whenever it arises.
Lea Associates
6



Environmental Management Plan - Package I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Table 3           Environmental Management Plan
Environmental                         3                    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Reference to                                6Responsibility
Environmental                        Mitigation Measures3                         Contract              Locations            Time Frame'             Ipe       enaons         Speviio
Impact/Issue~~~~~~~~ Documents4                                                                                            I     Implementation            Supervision
P-1.0 : Pre-construction Staae
Trees will be removed from the Corridor of Impact (or,                                                   Before
P  -         ! ~~~site, In other words) before the commencement of  Legal                                               Bfr
Removal of         ie    i                                                                        Corridor of Impact.        Construction         Contractor                  PIU, NHAI
Trees             I Construction  with  prior clearance  from  the  Forest  requirement                                      starts.
Department.
The acquisition of land and private properties shall be                                                                                                             ___
carried out in accordance to the RAP and entitlement                                                                          NGOs, Collaborating
Framework for the project. It shall be ensured that all                                                                      Agencies,
P.1 2              R&R  activities be reasonably  completed  before the   RAP and                                            Before               PIU,  NHAI, Grievance
PropertL            construction  activity  starts, on  any  sub-section  of  Project             Corridor of impact         construction         Redressal Cells (GRC),   PIU, NHAI
Propesityo          project roads.                                               requirement.                                starts               DistrictLeve LC
Acquisition        All grievances of the EPs will be reasonably redressed,                                                                       DCommittee (DLC)
in accordance to the RAP implementation mechanism                                                                             authorities
suggested for the project.
P.1.3              All utilities will be relocated with prior approval of the                                                Before
Utility            concerned  agencies. Relocation  will be  reasonably   Project                 Refer utility relocation    construction        PIU, NHAI,                  PIU
Relocation         complete before construction starts, on any sub-section   requirement.    drawings.                       starts.              Construction Agencies.
of the project road.
All community utilities such as community sources of
P.1.4              water will be replaced at appropriate locations.                               List of community
P.1.4             The relocation of hand pumps at new locations shall be                         utilities as hand          Before
Removal of         carried out in accordance to details provided in Drawing   RAP                 pumps, wells etc are       construction         Design Consultants t        PIU
Community          No. T - 8 or Drawing No. T - 9 as applicable                 requirement.    provided in Appendix    starts.                   PIU,NHAI
Utility            The replacement will be reasonably complete before                             1.
construction starts.
Some of Ihe mitigation measures are preventive in nature while some others include additional measures in terms of environmental conservation and involve physical and construction work.
4The Contract Documents refer to the following:
Ministry of Surface Transport, Roads Wing (MoST), Government of India. Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Third Revision, 1995. Reprinted, 1998).Specific and general conditions of the contract.
Unless otherwise stated, the Project Site covers area beyond the Corridor of Impact and/or the RoW, such as borrow areas, access roads. service roads and equipment storage sites (MoST: 306.3).
Time frame refers to the duration or instant of time when the mitigation measures will be taken.
Refer EIA Report of the project for required details on the various mitigation/management measures proposed.
-__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ - -  -Lea Associates
7                                                                                   2:)g



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Reference to                            TResponsibility
Envimpact/nen                   Mitigation Measures3                  Contract           Location5         Time Framer                               Supervision
Impact/Issue                                   S4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I                       Implementation        Suevso
All cultural properties within the Col shall be relocated          R     l
P.1 5:           at suitable locations, as desired by the community.  RA    derlisto be                    Bfr
Relocation of    Local Community meetings, facilitated by local NGOs   RAoP and     properties to be n     Before            Design Consultants/
Cultural         will be held to discuss relocation aspects, siting of                                                       PlU,NHAI
Property         structures etc.                                     requirement.    .                     starts.              N
Relocation will be complete before construction starts.
Advance notice, as per RAP shall be given to the                                          Notice to be
P.1.6            encroachers. For squatters needing relocation, all R&R                                    served at least
Clearance of     activities will be undertaken. Entitlements, as per NHAI  RAP      Within RoW             four months       PIU, NHAI
Encroachment/  Entitlement Framework the GTRIP will be complete  requirement.                              before            Revenue Authorities     PIU
squatters        before construction starts, on any sub-section of project                                 scheduled start
roads.                                                                                    of construction.
C-1.0: Construction Stage
C.1.1           (a) Debris generated due to the dismantling of the  MoST: 112.6
Generation of   existing pavement structure shall be suitably reused in
Debris         the proposed construction, subject to the suitability of the
material and the approval of the Engineer, as follows:
*   The embankment fill materials shall be reused for
the proposed embankment.                        MoST: 112.2
*   The sub grade of the existing pavement shall be
used as embankment fill material
e   The existing base and sub-base shall be recycled
as sub-base of the new road
Throughout Project     During                                    ENGINEER,
*   The existing bitumen surface can be utilized for the           Corridor               Cuctio           Contractor                 N AIN
paving of cross roads, access roads, and paving
works in construction sites and camps, temporary
traffic diversions, haulage routes etc.
(b) Unutilisable debris material shall be suitably
disposed off by the contractor, either for the filling up of
borrow  areas created  for the project or at pre-
designated dump locations, subject to the approval of
the Engineer.
|   For the utilization of the residual spoils as a borrow
area fill material, the contractor shall ensure that
the filled area is covered with a iayer of preserved                  ______        _    -
Lea Associates
8                                                                      ZY=7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road improvement Project
Environmnental                                                        Reference to                                                         Responsibility
EnvIronmntals                   llMitigation Measures3                 Contract           Location5          Time FrameS
Imp act/I ssue e4
Documents4  |                                              Implementation        Supervision
topsoil as envisaged in C 1 2 of the EMP.
At locations identified for dumping of residual,
bituminous wastes, the dumping shall be carried
out over a 60mm thick layer of rammed clay so as
to eliminate the possibility of the leaching of the,
wastes into the ground water. The contractor shall
ensure that the filled area is covered with a layer of
preserved topsoil as suggested in Drawing No. T -
30.
(c)  All  arrangement  for  transportation   during
construction   including   provision,   maintenance,
dismantling and clearing debris, where necessary will
be considered incidental to the work and should be
planned and implemented by the contractor as
approved and directed by the Engineer.
d) Bentonite Slurry or similar debris generated from pile
driving or other construction activities shall be disposed
such that it does not flow into the surface water bodies
or form mud puddles in the area.
C.1.2           (a) The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to                                                     -
Loss of Topsoil  be permanently covered shall be stripped to a specified  MoST: 300
depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. At least 10%
of the temporarily acquired area shall be earmarked for
storing top soil.                                    MoST:          Throughout Project
(b) The stockpile shall be designed such that the slope  305.3.9    Corridor, where
does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the  MoST: 301.7   productive land is
height of the pile be restricted to 2m. To retain soil and                                                                            Engineer, PIU,
to allow percolation of water, the edges of the pile shall          acquired.               Construction      Contractor              NHAI.
be protected by silt fencing as detailed out in typical             B
l Drawing No. T - 17.                                 MoST:          identified for the
305.3.3        project are presented
(c)Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded            in Appendix 3
and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to
ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles
shall be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin.
(d) It shall be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil
will not be unnecessarily trafficked  either before_L                ____-___          ...
Lea Associates
9



Lnvironmental Management I-lan - Package it t
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                       Reference to                                                       Responsibility
Mitigation Measures3                  Contract           Locations         Time Frame6
Impact/l ssue                 M ltigati or MeasuresDocuments4                          Locations      f Time FraDcunImplementaticn                Supervision
stripping or when in stockpiles.
(e) Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the
disturbed area and cut slopes, Residual topsoil will be
distributed on adjoining/proximate barren/rocky areas
as identified by the Engineer in a layer of thickness of
75mm - 150mm. Top soil shall also be utilized for
redevelopment of borrow  areas, landscaping along
slopes, medians, incidental spaces etc,            ______.__i_..-_ 
(a) Construction vehicle, machinery and equipment
C. 1.3          shall move or be stationed in the designated area (RoW   MoST: 112.6
Compaction of   or Col, as applicable) only. While operating  on                   Throughout Project     During                                   Engineer,
Soil            temporarily acquired land for traffic detours, storage,            Corridor and all areas   Construction.  Contractorg             PIU,NHAI
material handling or any other construction related or  MoST:     temporarily acquired. 
incidental activities, topsoil from agricultural land will be  305.2.2.2
preserved as mentioned above.
C.1.4 Borrowing (a)Arrangement for locating the source of supply of
of Earth        material for embankment and sub-grade as well as
compliance to environmental requirements in respect of
excavation and borrow areas as stipulated, from time to
time by the MoEF and the local bodies, as applicable,  305.2.2S 2
shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.    .2.2.
(b)No borrow area shall be opened without permission of
the Engineer. The borrowing shall not be carried out in
cultivable lands, unless and until, it shall be agreed upon        At all borrow area
by the Engineer that there is no suitable uncultivable   .         locations suggested    During                                   Engineer,
land in the vicinity for borrowing, or there are private land  305.  for the project in   Construction.    Contractor.             PIU,NHAI.
owners willing to allow borrowing on their fields.     .2.2.       Appendix 3.
1(c)Borrowing of earth shall be carried out at locations
recommended in Appendix 3.
I ' Non Cultivable lands Borrowing of earth will be
carried out upto a depth of 1.0 m from the existing  MoST: 305.2
ground level Borrowing of earth shall not be done
continuously. The slope of the edges shall be maintained
not steeper than 1:4. Ridges of not less than 8m width
shall be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small
Lea Associates
1 0



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                        Reference to                                                       Responsibility
Impact/Issue                  Mitigation Measures                    Contract           Location          Tirrie Frame6
ImPac   eDocuments4                                                                                                         Implementation        Supervision
idrains shall be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to
facilitate drainage
* Productive lands: Borrowing of earth shall not be |
carried out on productive lands. However, in the event of
borrowing from productive lands, the contractor has to
obtain the prior permission of the Engineer. At such
locations, the preservation of topsoil shall be carried out
as envisaged in C.1.2. At such locations, the depth of
borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug
out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the
15 cm top soil aside.
* Elevated lands: At locations where private owners
desire their fields to be leveled, the borrowing shall be
done to a depth of not more than 1 m or upto the level of
surrounding fields.
Borrow Areas near Settlements: Borrow pit location
shall be located at least 0.8 km from villages and
settlements. If unavoidable, they should not be dug for
more than 30 cm and should be drained.
(d) The Contractor shall facilitate inspection of all borrow
areas by the PIU, NHAI and satisfy the Engineer of the
environmental compliance. Any non-compliance shall be
made good by the Contractor at his own cost.
C.1.5           a) Borrow pits shall not be dug continuously in a stretch,
Degradation of  The location, shape and size of the designated borrow   MoST:
Borrow Areas    areas shall be as approved by the Engineer and in  305.2.2.2
accordance to the IRC recommended practice for borrow
pits for road embankments.
b) Borrow pits shall be re-developed at such borrow                All borrow areas.      During            Contractor             I Engineer,
locations, spoils shall be dumped with an overlay of  MoST: 111.1                          Construction                             PIU,NJ-IAI.
stockpiled topsoil (as per the clauses of the EMP), in
accordance with compliance requirements with respect
to MoEF/UPSPCB guidelines. Redevelopment of borrow
areas shall be taken up in accordance with the plans
approved by the Engineer's environmental specialist.    I
-- - -   -  - - - - -   -                                               -   -___________________________________________________________- -   ----    - -------    Lea Associates
1 1                                                                        =V



Environmental Management Plan - Package fi B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to                       I                               Responsibility
Environmental                  Mitigation Measures3                    Contract          Locations          Time Frame6
Impact/Issue                           ;D4                                                             D I                     Implementation       Supervision
C 1.6 Soil      a) On road embankment slopes, slopes of all cut, fill etc.
Erosion         shrubs and grass will be planted. On sections with high  Design
filling and deep cutting the side slopes will be graded  requirement
land covered with bushes and grass, etc., as per  rul
specifications for stone pitching, grass and shrub given
in the Bid Documents.
b) In borrow pits, the depth of the pits shall be so
regulated that the sides of the excavation will have a  MoST:
slope not steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal, from the  305.2.2.2
edge of the final section of bank.
c) Along sections abutting water bodies, stone pitching             Throughout Project
needs to be carried out for slopes between lvertical: 4             Corridor,
horizontal to 1 vertical to 2 horizontal as per typical  MoST- 306.2   all borrow areas,   During           Contractor.             Engineer,
details provided in Drawing No. T - 35 and Drawing No.              service roads and     Construction.                             PIU,NHAI.
T - 35 A. Gabion structures shall be provided for slopes  MoST 306.2   equipment storage
steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, as per typical             sites, etc.
details provided in Drawing No. T - 16.
d) The work shall consist of measures as per design, or
as directed by the Engineer to control soil erosion,
sedimentation and water pollution, through use of berms,
dikes, sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses,
'slope  drains  and  other  devices. All temporary
|sedimentation, pollution control works and maintenance
thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earth work or
other items of work and as such no separate payment
will be made for them.
C.1.7           a)  Vehicle/machinery  and  equipment  operation,
Contamination   maintenance and refueling shall be carried out in such a
of Soil by Fuel  Ifashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not  Contract  Throughout Project
and Lubricants  contaminate the ground. An "oil interceptor" will be  document      Corridor
provided for wash down and refueling areas. Refer                                    .    During                                    Engineer,
Drawing No. T - 26 for typical design details of the oil            all access roads, sites  Construction.  Contractor.              PIU,NHAI.
interceptors to be provided. Fuel storage shall be in              temporarily acquired
proper bunded areas. All spills and collected petroleum             and all borrow areas.
products shall be disposed off in accordance with MoEF
and UPSPCB guidelines.                                                        l_l
Lea Associates
1 2                                                                     12 -



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1i B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Reference to                                         Responsibility
a act/lsum e                  Mitigation Measures3                   Contract           Location5         Time Frame6
p    ss                                                           Documents4                                                Implementation        Supervision
b) Fuel storage and refilling areas shall be located at
least 300m  from  all cross drainage structures and
important water bodies or as directed by the Engineer
c) In all fuel storage and refueling areas, if located on
agricultural land or areas supporting vegetation, the
topsoil shall be stripped, stockpiled and returned after
cessation of such storage and refueling activities as per
EMP clause no. C.1.2.
C.1.B           a) All spoils shall be disposed off in the manner as
Contamination   specified in EMP, Spoil from excavation of riverbed shall
of Soil by      be managed and disposed off as directed by the
Construction    Engineer. No new disposal site shall be created as part
Wastes & their  of the project, which is not treated as per EMP clause              Throughout Project
disposal        C.1.1, except with prior and express approval of the                Corridor,              During
Engineer in the course of the project.                              Corridor,              During                                   Engineer,
b) All waste material shall be completely disposed as               all access roads, sites   Construction  Contractor              PIU,NHAI.
desired and the site shall be fully cleaned before  MoST 201.2  temporarly acquired
handing over. The Engineer will certify in this regard.             and all borrow areas.
c) All temporary acquired land shall be dealt in the
manner as laid out in the EMP if dumping of waste is
envisaged. Any claim, arising out of waste disposal shall  MoST:
be resolved by the contractor at his cost.           301.3.11
C. 1.9           The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only
Quarry           after consent of the DoF or other concerned authorities                                   During licensing
Operations       and only after development of a comprehensive quarry'              All quarries           and during 
redevelopment plan, as per the Uttar Pradesh Mining                All quames        be       durin o                              Engineer
Rules. Alternatively the Contractor shall acquire the  M  1ecomnde tojbe    operation of the   Contractor                          PIUNHAI.
required  material from  quarries  licensed  by the                used In the project.   quares for the
UPSPCB. The quarry operations shall be undertaken                                         project
within the rules and regulations in force _,______._____                                                                          I      .       -.
C.1.10 Loss of ¢a) Filling of surface water bodies shall be compensated                                    W
Water Bodies    by digging an equal volume of soil for water storage.  Design       All water body         encountered                               Engineer,
Such dug-up soil shall be used for spreading as topsoil.  requirement.  locations likely to be    during    Contractor              PIUNHAI.
b) Wherever digging is undertaken, the banks shall be               impacted.              construction
protected by means as designed or as approved by the                           . _. _ _
Lea Associates
13                                                                      zC7



Environmental Management Plan - Package /1 B
Grand rrunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to                                                       Responsibility
rrpact/lssue  iMitigation Measures3                                  Contract           Locations          Time Frame6
Impact/Isue  ,Documents4                                                                                                    Implementation        Supervision
Engineer. The excavation shall be carried out in a
manner so that the side slopes are no steeper than 1  MoST:
vertical to 4 horizontal, otherwise slope protection work  305.4.1
shall be provided, as approved by the Engineer and
specified by EMP clause C. 1.6.
(c) As far as practicable, and as approved by the
Engineer, excavation for replacement of water bodies
shall be at the closest possible placellocation, with
respect to the original water body or part thereof
consumed by filling.
C.1.1 1 Loss of  a) Any source of water (potable or otherwise) for the
Other Water    community such as wells, tube-well, etc., incidentally lost  RAP
Sources         shall be replaced immediately. The location and siting of  requirement.
the replaced source of water shall be as per design, or  MoST: 110.3
as directed by the Engineer. In general, there should be
only lateral displacement (of the new site from the old).
b) The replacement shall be ready prior to demolition/
dismantling of the existing source. This sub-clause
covers the identified sources of water in the pre-  MoST 301.5
construction stage                                                 Throughout Project
The relocation of the hand pumps shall be carried out as            Corridoru               Whenever
detailed in the typical design drawings presented in                       .              encountered                               Engineer,
Drawing No. T - 8 or Drawing No. T - 9 as applicable               all access roads, sites   during                                 PIU,NHAI.
Mitigation measures as detailed in Drawing Drawing No.             and all boyrow areas.   construction
T - 22, Drawing No. T - 23 A or Drawing No. T - 23 B
|shall be carried out at the various wells locations
*   identified. Refer Appendix 1 for the list of wells where
mitigation measures need to be provided.
(d) For drains carrying run-off from  the highways
entering, into surface water bodiestchannels, with a fall                                l
exceeding 1.5 m cascading shall be carried out as per                                                                              l
the details provided in Drawing No. T - 5. Sedimentation
traps shall be provided at drains location entering into
_ the water bodies as per details in Drawing No. T - 4.__-    _____ ________         _                                          .. ..
C.1.12 Flooding a) In addition to the design requirements, the contractor           Throughout project     During           Contractor.            i Engineer,
-____       -     __-_            -___________________________________-_________________                          --____--____- Lea Associates
14                                                                     r=Co



Environmental Management Plan - Package II B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to                5                                      Responsibility
Environmental                  Mitigation Measures3                    Contract          Location5       i Time FrameG
Impact/Issue                                                        Documents4                          I                      Implementation        Supervision
Cshall take all desired measures as directed by the  MoST:         i corridor, all access  Construction                              PIU,NHAIr
i Engineer such  measures to prevent temporary or  305.3.2          roads, sites           and the Defects
permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area.               temporarily acquired    Liability Period.
b) The scope for prevention of flooding  includes                   and all borrow areas.
prevention of loss of use, loss of access of any land or-
property thereon resulting from flowing or stagnant water
as direct/ indirect impact of construction.
C.1.13 Siltation  a) Silt fencing will be provided at the base of the
into Water      embankment for the entire perimeter of any water body  M
Bodies          (including wells) as per detail in Drawing No. T - 17.              Throughout Project
b) Siltation of soil into the water bodies will be prevented       Corridor, all access   During                                    Engineer,
as far as possible. The contractor will take all reasonable        roads, sites                             Contractor.
measures as per EMP Clause C.1.6                                   temporarily acquired
c) Construction materials containing fine particles shall |        and all borrow areas.
MoST:306
be stored in an enclosure such that sediment laden
water does not drain into nearby watercourses.
C 1.14 Torrent  a) No tree or vegetation other than those designated for
Run-off        felling will be cut.                                  MoST: 201,2.  Throughout Projectcl
b) The contractor shall take all necessary precautions             Cordor, all access     During            Contractor.             Engineer,
and construct temporary/permanent (as per C.1.6 or  MoST:             ora  i e            Construction. sPIUNHA1.
temporarily acquired    Cntuto                                   INA
C.1.13) devices to prevent water pollution (due to  306.2 & 4      and all borrow areas.
silltation and increase of turbidity).
C.1.15          a) In sections along water courses, and close to cross-
Alteration of   drainage  channels,  earth,  stone  or  any  other,
Drainage        construction materials or appendage shall be properly  MoST:        Throughout Project
disposed off so as not to block the flow of water.   305.3.7       Corridor, all access   During                                    Engineer
b) All necessary measures shall be taken to prevent                roads, sites           Construction.     Contractor.             PIU,NHAI.
earthwork, stonework, materials and appendage as well              temporarily acquired
as the method of operation from  impeding cross-  MoST: 306    and all borrow areas.
drainage at rivers, streams, water canals and existing
irrigation and drainage systems.
C 1.16           Retention ponds, surface water bodies will be created  Design      As per Drainage        During                                    Engineer,
Ground Water    as per drainage design. Tree and vegetation plantation  requirement    Design.             Construction.    Contractor.              PIUNHAI.
Depletion        will be conserved and additionally planted as per                  _  _                 .   _.-
Lea Associates
1 5                ..._1= :7g



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                     Reference to                                                    Responsibility
Environmental         ~~Mitigation Measures                 Contract  1       Location5        Time Frame6'
Impact/lssue                                                     Documents4                                              Implementation       Supervision
design.
C. 1.17
Increased     r                                                   MoST: 111.15  Entire Project Site.
Run-off       I Retention work will be taken up on the roadside drainage                              During                                  Engineer,
channels as per the roadside drainage design.                                          Construction.   Contractor.             PIU,NHAI.
As per Drainage                                                  .
Design        Design.
requirement.
C.1.18         a) All measures will be taken to prevent the wastewater
Contamination   produced in construction from  entering directly into  MoST: 306
of Water from    streams, water bodies or the irrigation system, as
Construction    directed by Engineer.                             MoST:
Wastes         b) Construction work close to the streams or water  111.13       Throughout Project
bodies shall be avoided during monsoon and measures              Corridor,            During                                  Engineer,
as per EMP clause C.1.13 will be taken.                          all access roads, sites  Construction  Contractor             PIUENHAI.
c) The discharge standards promulgated under the                 temporarily acquired
Environmental Protection Act, 1986 shall be strictly  MoST: 111.1   and all borrow areas.
adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be
disposed off in a manner that is acceptable to the Uttar
Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (UPSPCB) and
the Engineer.
C. 1.19         (a) The work shall be carried out in such a manner that  MoST: 111.4
Contamination    pollution of natural watercourses, ponds, tanks and
from Fuel and    reservoirs is avoided.                           MoST: 113.13  Throughout Project
Lubricants     (b) Vehicle, machinery & equipment maintenance and               Corridor, all access
refuelling shall be done in a manner as specified in            roads, sites
EMP clause C.1.7 to prevent pollution of water.                temporarily acquired,
At construction vehicle parking locations and at  MoST: 111.1  all borrow areas and    During      Contractor            | Engineer,
fuel/lubricant storage sites, oil and grease traps shall be     truck lay-byes.       Construction                            PIU,NHAI.
provided to prevent the contamination of the soil and          Location of truck lay-
nearby watercourses, as per designs annexed in
Drawing No. T- 14.                                             byes  is  given  in
(c) Waste products must be collected, stored and taken         Appendix 4.
to approved disposal sites in compliance of UPSPCB
guidelines or any other relevant laws, and to the entire
Lea Associates
16



Environmental Management Plan - Package {I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                        Reference to                        [                              Responsibility
ImpactiIssue                   Mitigation Measures3                   Contract          Location5          Time Frame6
I  Documents'                                               Implementation        Supervision
satisfaction of the Engineer.
C.1.20           (a) Construction labourers' camps shall be located at
Sanitation and    least 200m away from the nearest habitation based on  MoST: 111.14                                       I
waste disposal   the conceptual plan provided in Drawing No. T - 29 and
in construction    details of which shall be approved by the Engineer.
camps           (b) The sewage system for a construction labourer's
camp shall be designed, built and operated so that no
pollution  to  ground  or adjacent water  bodies/
watercourses takes place. Compliance with the relevant
legislation shall be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins             All Construction
shall be provided in the camps and regularly emptied               Worker's Camps
and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner, to             including areas in      During
the satisfaction of the relevant norms and the Engineer,           immediate vicinity.    Establishment,                            Engineer,
(c) In connection with underground water resources,                                       Operation and    Contractor.              PIU,NHAI.
including percolating water, the contractor shall take all                                Dismantling of
necessary precaution to prevent interference with such  M                                 Such Camps.
water resources.                                    MoST: 111.1
(d) All relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948
and the Building and other Construction Workers
(regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service)
Act, 1996 shall be adhered to.
(e) Unless otherwise arranged by the local sanitary
authority, arrangements for proper disposal of excreta
by Composting at the workplace suitably approved by
the local medical health or municipal authorities or as
per directed by Engineer, shall be made.
C. 1. 21 Wastage  (a) The contractor will minimise wastage of water in the    -  t                               _
of               construction process/operations.                    Project
Water           (b) T-he Contractor shall arrange for supply and storage  requirement   Throughout Project
of water and no such supply and storage will be                    Corridor, all access   During                                   Engineer,
provided by the PIU, NHAI. The Contractor shall not .              roads, sites           Construction,    Contractor.              PIU,NHAI.
open a new borewell or extract groundwater without                temporarily acquired    C
permission from the UP Ground Water Board. The                     and all borrow areas.
Contractor may, however, use any existing borewell or
any other source of water supply subject to necessary
Lea Associates
1 7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I E
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental .                                    3                 I Reference to                                                         Responsibility
Impact/Issue                    Mitigation Measures                     Contract           Locations          Time Framem
I  Documents4                                                 Implementation         Supervision
or relevant arrangement.
C.1.22           (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging i                                     I
Disruption to    adequate supply of water for the whole construction
other Users of    period.
Water            (b) While working across or close to perennial water
bodies, the Contractor shall not prevent the flow of
water. If for any bridgework, etc., closure of flow is
required, the Contractor shall seek approval of the
Engineer. The Engineer will have the right to ask the                                                        l
Contractor to serve notice on the downstream users of                Throughout Project
water sufficiently in advance.                                       Corridor, all access
(c) Construction over and close to the non-perennial                 roads, sites
streams shall be undertaken  in the dry session.  RAP                temporarily acquired    During                                    rEngineer,
Construction over the irrigation canals, if disruption to  requirement    and all borrow areas  Construction   Contractor               PIU,NHAI.
the flow, quality of water and adverse impact on the                 aswed as te
irrigation structure is expected (or probable in the view            surroundings of these
of the Engineer), will be undertaken at the obtaining                  s.
necessary permission from the Department of Irrigation.              areas.
(d) Construction work expected to disrupt users and
impacting community water bodies will be taken up
after serving notice on the local community.
(e) The Contractor may use the natural sources of
water subject to the provision that any claim arising out
of conflicts with other users of the said natural sources
of water shall be dealt with entirely by the contractor.
C.1.23           (a) All vehicles delivering materials to the site shall be  MoST: 111.9
Generation of    covered to avoid spillage of materials.
Dust             (b) The Contractor shall take every precaution to                     Throughout Project
reduce the level of dust emission from the hot mix  MoST: 111.5   Corridor, all access    l                                             E
plants and the batching plants up to the satisfaction of             roads, sites            During            Contractor               Engineer,
the Engineer.                                                        temporarily acquired    Construction                               PIUNHAI.
(c) All existing highways and roads used by vehicles of  MoST 111.9   and all borrow areas.
the contractor, or any of his sub-contractor or suppliers
of materials or plant and similarly roads which are part           l
of the works shall be kept clean and clear of all
Lea Associates
18                                                                        2=C7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                  M                                   Reference to        L                T      r                    Responsibility
Impact/issue                  Mitgation Measures                    Contract          Location          Time Frame
Dcmns4 I                                            Implementation       Supervision
dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by    o                               I                                           S
such vehicles or their tyres
(d) Clearance shall be effected immediately by manual
sweeping and removal of debris, or, if so directed by  MoST 111.10
the Engineer, by mechanical sweeping and clearing
equipment, and all dust, mud and other debris shall be
i removed completely. Additionally, if so directed by the  M
Engineer, the road surfaces shall be hosed or watered  MoST: 118.1
using necessary equipment.
(e) Plants, machinery and equipment shall be so
handled  (including  dismantling) as to  minimise
generation of dust.                               Contract
(f) All earthwork shall be protected in a manner  document
acceptable to the Engineer to minimise generation of
dust.
(g) The hot-mix plants shall be fitted with dust extraction
units in order that the exhausts comply with the
requirements of the relevant current emission control
legislation.
C.1.24 Emission  (a) Hot mix plants and batching plants shall be located
from Hot-Mix    sufficiently away from habitation, agricultural operations
Plants and      or industrial establishments. Where possible such
Batching Plants  plants will be located at least 1000m away from the
nearest habitation.                               MoST: 111.5
(b) The  exhaust gases  shall comply  with  the                                        During Erection,
requirements of the relevant current emission control            All Hot-mix and       Testing,                               . Engineer,
legislation. All operations at plants shall be undertaken        Batching Plants.      Operation and    Contractor.             PIUNHAI.
Dismantling of
in accordance with all current rules and regulations  MoST: 111.5                         Plants.
protecting the environment.                                                            S
(c) Monitoring of the pollutants shall be carried out by
the agency identified for Environmental Monitoring as
detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan for the
-__l project.
C.1.25 Odour    (a) Construction labourers' camps shall be located at  Contract  All Construction       During           C                      Engineer,
from            least 200m away from the nearest habitation to avoid  requirement } Labourers' Camps and  Establishment,                        PIUNHAI
Lea Associates
19



Environmentai Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to                                                         Responsibility
Environmental                   Mitigation Measures3                     Contract           Location5          Time Frames
Documents4                                                 Implementation         Supervision
Construction     conflicts and stress over the infrastructure facilities, with        immediate surrounding  Operation and
labourer's       the local community.                                                  areas                  Dismantling of
camps            (b) The waste disposal and sewage system  for the                                            Such Camps.
camp shall be properly designed, built and operated so d
that no odour is generated. Relevant provisions as the l
Factories Act, the Building and other Construction
Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of
Service) Act, 1996 and all other relevant legislations
I shall be strictly adhered to.
C.1.26 Emissioni  (a) The discharge standards promulgated under the  Contract
from             Environment Protection Act, 1986 shall be strictly  requirement
Construction     adhered to. All vehicles, equipment and machinery                     Throughout Project
Vehicles,       I used for construction shall conform  to the relevant                 Corridor, all access   During
Equipment and   Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) norms.                                roads, sites            Dunng             Contractor.              Engineer,
Machinery        (b) All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for                   temporarily acquired                                               PIUNHAI.
construction shall be regularly maintained to ensure                 and all borrow areas,
that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant  Contract
requirements of UPSPCB and the Engineer.             requirement
C.1.27 Pollution  (a) All crushers used in construction shall conform to
from Crusher    relevant dust emission control legislations. Clearance  Contract
for siting  shall be obtained  from  the UPSPCB.  requirement
Alternatively, only crushers already licensed by the
UPSPCB shall be used.                                                                       During Erection,
(b) Dust screening vegetation will be planted on the                 All Aggregate          Testing,                                   Engineer,
edge of the RoW for all existing roadside crushers.                  Crushing Plants.         .         .                              PIUNHAI.
(c) The suspended particulate matter contribution value  Design                             Dismantling of
I at a distance of 40m from a controlled isolated as well  requirement.                            pat
as from a unit located in a cluster should be less than  MoST: 111.1
500lg/rm3. The monitoring is to be conducted  is
C envisaged in the monitoring plan .                                                    __
C.1.28 Noise    (a) The plants and equipment used in construction  MoST: 111.13  Throughout Project
from Vehicles,   (including the aggregate crushing plant) shall strictly               Corridor, all access   During                                     Engineer,
Plants and       conform to the Gol noise standards.                                   roads, sites                             Contractor.
Equipment.       (b) All vehicles and equipment used in construction   MOST. 111.13  temporarily acquired
1 shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine              and all borrow areas.
-________________  _______________________________________________________________-_____________________                 .     ..---   -- -Lea   Associates
20



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to                                                       Responsibility
Environmental                  Mitigation Measures3                    Contract          Locations          Time Frame6 s
I m pact/l ssu e                                                    Documents4                                                Implementation        Supervision
servicing  operations, the effectiveness of exhaust
silencers shall be checked and if found to be defective
shall be replaced. Notwithstanding any other conditions
i of contract, noise level from any item of plant(s) must
comply with the relevant legislation for levels of sound  MoST 111.1
emission. Non-compliant plant shall be removed from      .   .l
site.
(c) Noise limits for construction equipment used in this
project (measured at one metre from the edge of the
equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers,
front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (moveable),  MoST: 111.13
vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB(A), as
specified in the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986.
(d) Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery
shall be regular and to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
to keep noise from these at a minimum.
(e) Workers in vicinity of loud noise, and workers
working with or in crushing, compaction, batching or  MoST: 111.6
concrete mixing operations shall wear earplugs.
C. 1.29 Noise    (a) Blasting shall be carried out only with permission of
from Blasting or  the Engineer. All the statutory laws, regulations, rules
Pre-splitting    etc., pertaining to  acquisition, transport, storage,
Operations       handling and use of explosives shall be strictly followed.  MoST: 302.1                   During
(b) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours
(preferably  during  mid-day), as permitted  by the                All Blasting and Pre-    Preparation,                            Engineer,
Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the               splitting Sites.       Operation and    Contractor.              PIUNHAI
people within 500m (200m for pre-splitting) from the                                      Sites.                                  l
blasting site in all directions. People, except those who  MoST: 302.4
actually light the fuse shall be excluded from the area of
200m (50m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all
directions at least 10 minutes before the blasting.
C.1.30 Loss or   (a) All works shall be carried out in such a fashion that  Contract                       During            Contractor              Engineer,
Damage of        the damage or disruption to the flora is minimum. Trees  requirement    Entire Project Site.  Construction                          PIU,NHAI.
Vegetation       or shrubs will only be felled or removed that impinge              As encountered
directly  on  the  permanent works  or necessary                   During Construction                      Engineer, PIU,NHAI
tenporaryworks with prror approvalfromnthe-Engineer:  -    -           --
Lea Associates
2 1                                                                      1177_



Environmental Management Plan - Package I1 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                                                            Reference to               Responsibility
Mitigation Measures3                  Contract          Locations         Time Framer'                - -
Impact/issue                                                      Documents4                                               Implementation       Supervision
temporary works with prior approval from the Engineer.                                 During
(b) The Engineer shall approve such felling on the i Design      As decided by the    I Construction    DoF.                    PIU,NHAI.
i advice of the PIU, NHAI, and only when the PIU, NHAI  requirement.   DoF.
receives a "clearance" for such felling from the DoF, as                               As per DoF
I applicable.                                                                           Existing                                 PIUNNHAI,
(c) Trees felled  shall be  replaced  as per the                                       Programmes.
compensatory afforestation criteria in accordance with
the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980.                                                                    Contractor
DoF, PIU,
NHAI
C.1.31          Disruption to vegetation shall be minimised and the
of   contractor shall ensure that the construction vehicle,  Contract  Entire Project Site,  During           Contractor.            Engineer,
VeCetation      machinery and equipment shall move or be stationed in  requirement                      Construction                            PIU,NHAI.
Vegetation    the designated area (RoW COI, as applicable) only.                                                                            l
During construction, at any point of time, if a rare/
C.1.32 Damage  threatened/endangered flora species is found, it shall
or Loss of      be conserved in a suitable manner. The Engineer, on              Throughout Project     During                                  l
Chance-found    specific advice from the PIU, NHAI shall approve                 Area.                  Construction     Contractor, Engineer.    PIUNHAI.
Important Flora  detailed conservation processes, plans and designs as
well as associated modification in the project design.
C.1.33          (a) All works are to be carried out in such a fashion that  Contract                    During           Contractor,            Engineer,
Loss, Damage   the damage and disruption to fauna is minimum.      requirement   All along the Project    Construction.                         PIU, NHAI.
or Disruption to  (b) Construction workers shall be instructed to protect         roads, sites a
Fauna.          natural resources and fauna, including wild animals and          temporarily acquired &
aquatic life Hunting and unauthorised fishing are                all borrow areas.
prohibited..l
C.1 34          During construction, at any point of time, if a rare/
Damage or       endangered / threatened fauna species is spotted, the  Cna
Loss of Chance-  contractor shall make all arrangements to intimate the  re mt   Entire Project Site    Durng            Contractor,I PIU,NHAI.
found Important  wild life authorities and measures will be taken for its                               Construction.    Engineer
Fauna.          conservation during the operation period also.
C.1.35 Loss of   (a) The Contractor shall provide safe and convenient  MoST: 112.7
Access          passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and            All along the Project    During        C                      Engineer,
from side roads and property accesses connecting the             corridor.             Construction                           , PIU,NHAI.
project road. Work that affects the use of side roads _
Lea Associates
22



Environmental Management Plan - Package II B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                          Reference to                                                         Responsibility
Mitigation Measures3                    Contract           Location5          Time Frame5
Impact/issue                                                          Documents4                                                   Implementation        Supervision
and existing accesses shall not be undertaken without
1 providing adequate provisions to the prior satisfaction of
I the Engineer.
(b) The works shall not interfere with or cause
inconvenience to public or restrict the access to use
and occupation of public or private roads, railways and
any other access-footpaths to or of properties whether
public or private.
C.1.36 Traffic    (a) Detailed Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared and
Delays and       submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to  MoST: 112.1
Congestion       commencement of works on any section of road. The
traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary
diversions, details of arrangements for construction
under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after
cessation of work each day.
(b)  Temporary  diversion  (including  scheme  of  MoST: 112.5
temporary land acquisition) will be constructed with the
approval of the Engineer. While approving temporary
diversion  construction,  the  Engineer  will  seek                  All along the Project    During           Contractor              Engineer.
endorsement from the PIU, NHAI.                                      Corridor,              Construction
(c) Special consideration  shall be  given  in the  MoST: 112.2
preparation of the traffic control plan to the safety of
pedestrians and workers at night.                    MoST: 112.5
(d) The Contractor shall ensure that the running surface
is always maintained in running condition, particularly       .
during the monsoon so that no disruption to the traffic
flow occurs.
(e) The temporary traffic detours shall be kept free of
dust by frequent application of water, if necessary.
C.1.37 Traffic   I (a) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures  MoST: 112.4
Control and      for the safety of traffic during construction and provide,
Safety           erect and maintain such barricades, including signs,                  EntireProjectcorridor.  During           Contractor               Engineer
markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required                                       Construction
by the Engineer for the information and protection of  MoST: 112.1
traffic approaching or passing through the section ofthe
Lea Associates
23



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Reference to |                                                       Responsibility
Impact/Issue                    Mitigation Measures3                    Contract           Location5          Time Frame6       - I
Impact/lssue  >                                   ; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Documents4                                     Implementation        Supervision
highway under improvement.
(b) All signs, barricades, pavement markings shall be
as per the MoST  specification. Before taking up
construction on any section of the highway, a traffic
control plan shall be devised to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
C.1.38 Risk      The Contractor is required to comply with all the
from Operations  precautions as required for the safety of the workmen
as per the International Labour Organisation (ILO)
Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this
contract. The contractor shall supply all necessary  Contact                                 During
safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, requirement    Entire Project site.       Construction      Contractor               Engineer.
masks, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor
has to comply with all regulation regarding safe
scaffolding, ladders, working  platforms, gangway,
stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of
entry and egress.
C. 1.39 Risk     Adequate precautions will be taken to prevent danger i
from Electrical   from electrical equipment. No material or any of the
Equipment        sites will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or
inconvenience to any person or the public. All
necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect                                     During
the public. All machines to be used in the construction  MoST: 106   Entire Project site.    Construction      Contractor               Engineer.
will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS)
codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in
good working order, will be regularly inspected and
properly maintained as per IS provisions and to the
_  satisfaction of the Engineer.                                        l                                                        ...       _
C.1.40 Risk at   (a) All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material,
Hazardous        cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., will be provided
Activity         with  protective  footwear and  protective  goggles.  MoST: 111.1                            During                                     Engineer,
Workers, who are engaged in welding works would be                   Entire Project site.    Construction      Contractor               PIU,NHAI.
provided with welder's protective eye-shields. Stone-
breakers will be provided with protective goggles and
clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
_      .        _ .- . .  .-..      ..     _.-- _-. .       __     ............... _ __   ______---_ _--_-_-
Lea Associates
24                                                                        m3tZ7g



Environmental Management Plan - Package H 8
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environrnental                                    3                  Reference to I                                                     Responsibility
Impact/rssue                   Mitigation Measures                    Contract           Location5      i Time Framefi
I  Documents4                                               Implementation        Supervision
(b) The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical
shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's i
instructions. The Engineer shall be given at least 6  MoST: 111.6
working days notice of the proposed use of any
herbicide or toxic chemical, A register of all herbicides
and other toxic chemicals delivered to the site shall be
kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor. The
register shall include the  trade  name, physical
properties and characteristics, chemical ingredients,
health and safety hazard information, safe handling and
storage procedures, and emergency and first aid
procedures for the product.
C.1.41 Risk of   No man below the age of 18 years and no woman shall
Lead Pollution    be employed on the work of painting with products
containing lead in any form. No paint containing lead or
lead products will be used except in the form of paste or          Entire Proect site     During           Contractor              Engineer,
I readymade paint. Face masks will be supplied for use  MoST: 111.1                        Construction                              PIU,NHAI.
by the workers when paint is applied in the form of
spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and
scrapped.
All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent
C.1.42 Risk      danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood,  Contract                          DurgEngineer
caused by        drowning, etc. All necessary steps will be taken for  Cnract       Entire Project site    Construction      Contractor              PIU,NHAI.
Force' Majure    prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be  r
sustained during the course of work.
C.1.43 Risk      (a) Except as may be provided in the contract or
from Explosives  ordered or authorised by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is
so provided or ordered or authorised, the Contractor
shall comply with the requirements of the following Sub-           All blasting and Pre-    During                                 E
Clauses of this Clause besides the law of the land as              splitting Sites.       Construction     Contractor              Engirreer
applicable:                                         MoST: 302.4
(b) The Contractor shall at all times take every possible
precaution and shall comply with appropriate laws and
. regulations  relating  to the  importation, handling,    ___ _______  ____
Lea Associates
25



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                    .3                                  Reference to                        ,                              Responsibility
Mitigation Measures                    Contract          Location5          Time Frame6
Documents4                                                Implementation        Supervision
transportation, storage and use of explosives and shall,
at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post i
sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the
Engineer.
(c) The Contractor shall at all times make full liaison
with and inform well in advance and obtain such
permission as is required from all Government
Authorities,  public  bodies  and  private  parties
whomsoever concerned or affected or likely to be
concerned or affected by blasting operations.
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conform to all
C.1.44 Malarial   anti-malarial instructions given to him by the Engineer,  Contract  E       P            During                                   Engineer,
risk            including filling up any borrow pits which may have  requirement                           Construction                             PIU,NHAI.
been dug by him.
C.1.45 First Aid  (a) At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit
including an adequate supply of sterilised dressing
material and appliances will be provided as per the
Factory Rules of Uftar Pradesh.
(b) Workplaces, remote and far away from regular                                          During                                   Engineer,
hospitals will have indoor heath units with one bed for  MoST: 1207.6  Entire Project site.  Construction  Contractor              PIU,NHAI.
every 250 workers. Suitable transport will be provided
to facilitate take injured or ill person(s) to the nearest
applicable  hospital.  At  every  workplace  and
construction camp, equipment and nursing staff shall be
provided.                                                         _________________
C.1.46 Potable   (a) In every workplace at suitable and easily accessible                                                   .
Water            places a sufficient supply of cold potable water (as per
IS) will be provided and maintained. If the drinking
water is obtained from  an intermittent public water
supply then, storage tanks will be provided.        Contract                              During                                   Engineer,
(b) All water supply storage shall be at a distance of not  requirement   Entire Project site.  Construction  Contractor           PIU,NHAI.
less than 15m from any latrine, drain or other source of
pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing
well, which is within such proximity of any latrine, drain
or any other source of pollution, the well shall be
Lea Associates
26



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                    3                 | Reference to                        I                              Responsibility
ImpactUlssue                   Mitigation Measures                    Contract          Locations          Time Frame   I
Impact/IssueDcumets4                                                                   lImplementation                             Supervision
Documents
chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking.
(c) All such wells shall be entirely covered and provided
with a trap door, which shall be dust proof and
waterproof. A reliable pump shall be fitted to each
covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked and
opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be
done at least once a month.
C.1.47 Hygiene   (a) The Contractor during the progress of work will  Contract
provide, erect and maintain necessary (temporary)  requirement
living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour
to standards and scales approved by the resident
Engineer.
(b) There shall be provided within the precincts of every
workplace, latrines and urinals in an accessible place,
and the accommodation, separately for each for these,
as per standards set by the Building and other
Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. Except in workplaces
provided with water-flushed latrines connected with a
water borne sewage system, all latrines shall be
provided with dry-earth system  (receptacles) which                All Construction       During                                    Engineer,
shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least            Labourers' Camps       Construction     Contractor               PIU,NHAI.
twice during working hours and kept in a strict sanitary
condition. Receptacles shall be tarred inside and
outside at least once a year. If women are employed,
separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for
men (and marked in the vernacular) shall provided.
There shall be adequate supply of water, close to
latrines and urinals.
(c) All temporary accommodation must be constructed
and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated
water is available for drinking, cooking and washing.
The sewage system for the camp must be designed,
built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and
no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses
takes place. Compliance with the relevant legislation
Lea Associates
27



Environmenta/ Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                                        Reference to                                                       Responsibility
Enimpac en                      Mitigation Measures3                  Contract   I       Location5         Time Frame6
Impact/lssu e                                                     rDocuments4                                                 Implementation        Supervision
must be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins must be
provided in the camp and regularly emptied and the
garbage  disposed  off  in  a  hygienic  manner.
Construction camps are to be sited at least 200m away
from the nearest habitation and adequate health care is
to be provided for the work force.
(d) Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary
authority, arrangement for disposal of excreta by
incineration at the workplace shall be made by means
of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical
health or municipal authorities. Alternatively, excreta
may be disposed off by putting a layer of night soils at
the bottom  of a permanent tank prepared for the
purpose and covering it with 15 cm layer of waste or
refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a
fortnight (by then it will turn into manure).
(e) On completion of the works, all such temporary
structures shall be cleared away, all rubbish burnt,
excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and
effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and
tidy, at the  Contractor's  expense, to the  entire
satisfaction of the Engineer.
C.1.48           (a) All necessary and adequate care shall be taken to                                     During           Contractor               Engineer,
Protection/Mitig   minimize impact on cultural properties (which includes                                  Construction                              PIU,NHAI.
ation of         cultural sites and remains, places of worship including
Religious        temples,  mosques,  churches  and  shrines, etc.,
Structures and    graveyards, monuments and any other important  MoST: 301.5
Shrines          structures  as  identified  during  design  and  all               Entire Project site.
propertieslsites/remains notified under the Ancient Sites  Design
and Remains Act). No work shall spillover to these  requirement
properties, premises and precincts.
(b) All conservation and protection measures will be
i taken up as per design Access to such properties from
the road shall be maintained clear and clean.                                                                 .                   I
C 1.49 Chance  ' (a) All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and  Contract  Entire Project site.  During          Contractor              Engineer,
found            structures and other remains or things of geological or  requirement                                                                0 1  D I K I
Lea Associates
28                                                                      =     L;



Environmental Management Plan - Package I/ B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environlmenltal                                  3                 0 Reference to I                                                     Responsibility
Impact/rssue                   Mitigation Measures                    Contract          Location           Time Frame6
m  Documents4                                               Implementation        Supervision
Archaeological   archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be  requirement                      Construction                              PIU,NHAi.
property        the property of the Government, and shall be dealt with
1 as per provisions of the relevant legislation.
(b) The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to
I prevent his workmen  or any other persons from.
removing and damaging any such article or thing and
shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before
removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and
carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with the
same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped 100m
all directions from the site of discovery.
(c) The Engineer shall seek direction from the
Archaeological Society of India (ASI) before instructing
the Contractor to recommence work on the site.
Road  landscape  plantation, re-vegetation  of road  Design        Entire Project Corridor,
embankments and other slopes, edge treatment of  requirement    as per the landscape
C. 1.50          water bodies shall be taken up as per either detailed or           plan prepared.                                                  Engineer,
Roadside         typical landscape designs, plans prepared for the                  Intersections where    Duinng           Contractor              PIU,NHAI
Landscape        project (Drawings in Appendix 6 detail the landscape               landscaping is to be   Construction
plans). Landscapes at the intersections according to the           done are given in
type are given in drawing Nos 3 to 5.                              Appendix 5.
Provision, replacement, restoration of bus shelters  Design
inclusive  of  bus  bays  complete  with  seating  requirement
arrangement, infrastructure, etc., if any, as per designs
shall be taken up.                                                 Entire Project Corridor,
C. 1.51          Provision of truck lay byes as per the drawings provided           as envisaged in the
Roadside         in design.                                                         DPR. Typical designs   During           Contractor               Engineer,
Amenities        The design layout drawings and specifications of the               of roadside amenities    Construction                            PIU,NHAI.
various roadside amenities shall be as per the                     are provided in the
engineering design. A conceptual design of bus bay                 DPR.
and bus stop is provided in Drawing No. T - 32 and
Drawing No. T - 33. Details of the bus stop structure are
.  provided in Drawing No. T - 34.
C. 1.52 Noise   Ia) Provision of barriers along the edge of the RoW at  Design      Along the edge of the   DureContractorer,
mitigation     I the locations indicated in Appendix 7 as per the design  requirement    RoW and at the                                              PIU,NHAI.
Oz=
____   ___________________                                                                                                                  Lea Associates
29



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                     3                  Reference to                        F                              Responsibility
Impact/Issue                   Mitigation Measures                    Contract   i       Locations         Time Frame        -                        u
Douet4 i                                        I    Implementation        Supervision
Documrents 4 
details indicated in drawings for the respective locations         locations indicated in    Construction
to mitigate the rise in noise levels.                              Appendix 7.
b) Provision of barriers around the locations given in
Appendix 7 to decrease the noise levels as per the
design details indicated in Drawings NM-2B-1 to NM-
2B-5. Noise barrier shall be constructed as per the
Drawing No. T - 10 or Drawing No. T - 11, which ever is
suitable.                                                                                                 l
C.1.53 Road     (a) Road furniture including footpaths, railings, storm
Furniture        water drains, crash barrier, traffic signs, speed zone  Design
signs, pavement markers and any other such items will  requirement   At locations as per the
be provided as per design given in the Bid Documents.             detailed design.
(b) Intersections, rotaries, traffic islands, roadside  Design    Location of bus t       DuringCntract                            Engineer,
protection and other structures or furniture shall be  requirement  for enhancements is   Construction                             PIU,NHAI.
constructed, complete with the landscape elements as              given
per landscape design.                                             given in Appendix 8.
(c) Enhancement of bus stops as per the typical design
,drawings Drawing No. T - 33 and Drawing No. T - 34.
C. 1.54          (a) Enhancement of all cultural properties inclusive of  Design   At the locations
Cultural         all such properties relocated prior to commencement of  requirement   mentioned in Appendix   During        Contractor              Engineer,
Properties       construction shall be completed as per design.                    9 for typical            Construction                             PIU,NHAI,
(b) Signage giving information about the important  Design        enhancements and
! cultural properties shall be erected as per design.  requirement   Appendix 10 for
(c) Specific enhancement measures proposed for the                specific enhancements.
various cultural properties and the specifications are
provided in Drawings 1l-B/471.9/1 to 11-8/36.9/6.
! The contractor shall work out the enhancement of the
remaining cultural properties as per typical designs
worked out in detailed Drawing No. T - 15, Drawing No.
T - 18 to Drawing No. T - 21, Drawing No. T - 27 and/or
Drawing No. T - 28 as decided by the Engineer.
(d) Details within the specific enhancement sites like                                                                            l
washing ghat (Drawing No. T - 25), Canopy (Drawing
No. T - 31) shall follow the typical designs provided.
________________                                                                                            ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Lea Associates
30



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                 Mitigation Meaures3                !Reference to        Locationj Time Frameeeo                       Responsibility
Impact/lssue   Mibgation Measures                 ~~~~Contract   ,   Locations         Time Frame5   -
. Documents4                                              Implementation        Supervision
0-1.0: Operation Stage
0 1.1                                                             K                                   '                         …
fnmnI n d      (a) Contingency plans to be in place for cleaning up of                                 Framework at
o Sol an        spills of oil, fuel and toxic chemicals.            Project       E                     State and Sector  Flying Squad of the   M
Resources from   l (b) Spill of oil, fuel and automobile servicing units  requirement   Entire Project corridor  Level is  Motor Vehicles       insetorV
Resourcestfrom   without adequate disposal systems in place to be             l                         expected to be    Department.           Inspector.
Spills due to   discouraged.                                                                            developed.       D
traffic &
Accidents
Entire Project corridor,
(a) The drains will be periodically cleared to maintain          especially in the Urban
01.2            storm water flow.                                                 Stretches.
Storm Water    (b) The urban authorities and local government bodies  Project     Recharge pits shall be  Beginning and    PIU,NHAI, Municipal
Storminater    will be urged to maintain storm water drainage system   requirement   provided at every km    end oF each  Authorities.          PIU,NHAI
Drainage        in working condition, Recharge pits for urban drains             in the urban areas     monsoon.
System          shall be provided as per the design Drawing No. T - 24.          through which
passes.
01.3 Dust   (a) Roadside tree plantations will be maintained,  PoetEirPojccridrThrough
Generation      (b) New afforestation projects adjacent to the project  Prement   & surrounding areas    operation       DoF, PIU,NHAI.          PIU,NHAI
road and in the surrounding will be encouraged.                                   .   period.
01.4            (a) Ambient Air concentrations of the various pollutants
Atmospheric     shall be monitored as envisaged in the pollution
Pollution       monitoring plan.                                                                        Through
Operation stage.  Pollution mnonitoring
(b) Pollution under control (PUC) programmes to be              Entire Project corridorOprtosag.Pluinmioig                    |
enforced adequately.                                             and Surrounding areas                  agency. 
SurrouningareStatn
(c) Atmospheric pollution will be monitored and  Project         Refer to the Air      Startingmea| UPSPCB
management plans to be developed if pollution crosses  requirement   Pollution Monitoring  I Cmpletion  M      e                PIlU,NHAI
threshold.                                       i               Programme.            of  onstr on    Soto              DoE
(d) Roadside tree plantations will be maintained.                                      of Construction   Department, STA DoF
(e) New afforestation projects adjacent to the project                                                  UPSPCB, PIUNHAI
road and in the surrounding will be encouraged.
(f) Public awareness programmes to be undertaken.   I___
3 ______                                          -           ---- Lea Associates
31



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Environmental                                    ~~~~~~~~~Reference to                                              Responsibility
Envirpact/nen                 Mitigation Measures3                  Contract          Location:      i Time Frame6
ts4                                             Implementation       Supervision
0.1.5 Noise     (a) Noise pollution will be monitored.
Pollution       (b) Based on the results of monitoring noise pollution in                               Starting
the operation stage, sound barriers and other measures          Refer to the Noise               y      Motor Vehicles
shall be constructed as per details in section 1.7.2 of  Project  Pollution Monitoring  after Completion  Department, STA DoF   UPSPCB, PIU
the Noise Quality Assessment report.              requrement   Programme.                 ou            UPSPCB, PIU, NHAI. 
(c) Noise control programmes to be enforced strictly.                                  Operation stage.          P
(d) Public awareness campaigns to be undertaken.
0.1 6 Traffic    (a) Depending on the level of congestion and traffic             All along the Project
and Accident    hazards, traffic management plans will be prepared.               corridor and
Safety          (b) Traffic control measures including speed limits to be        surrounding areas.
enforced strictly.
(c) Road  control width  to  be  enforced. Local                                                        PIU,NHAI, Local
government bodies and development authorities will be  Project                         Through          Government Bodies,      PIU,NHAI,
encouraged to control building development along the  requirement                      Operaion         Development             PIU,NHAI.
highway,                                                                               tage.            Authorities.
(d) Further encroachment and squatting on the public             Barbed wire fencing
RoW will be discouraged.                                         along all at grade
(e) Barbed wire fencing on either side of the RoW to             sections of the
prevent entry of cattle on the highway shall be provided.        corridor.
_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ____                                                               ____- ___                  ___    ______
Compliance with the Hazardous Wastes (Management
0.1.7           and Handling) Rules, 1989 including:
Accidents       For delivery of hazardous substances, permit license,
involving 0.1.8   driving license and guidance license will be required.    Hazardous                   Framework
Hazardous       Public  security, transportation  and  fire  fighting  wastes    All along the Project    Expected to be                        PIU, NHAI,
PIU,NHAI, Motor        MtrVc
Materials       departments will designate a special route for vehicles  (Management  corridor and      During Early     Vhce                   Motor Vehicles
delivering hazardous material. These vehicles will only  and Handling)  surrounding areas  Operation                            Department.
be harboured at designated parking lots.          Rules, 1989.                         Stage.
In case of spill of hazardous materials, the relevant                                                                         i l
departments will be intimated at once to deal with it with
the spill contingency plan.                                                                            |                      I
32                                                           Lea Associates
32                                                                       _!



Enuronmental Management Plan - Package HI B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.6 REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS
The Monitoring and Evaluation of the management measures envisaged are critical activities in
implerientation of the Project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether acthvties are
going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback for project management to keep the
program  on schedule. The rationale for a reporting system  is based on accountabilityto ensure that the
measures proposed as part of the Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project.
The reporting system will operate linearly with the contractor who is at the lowest rung of the
implementation system reporting to the Supervision Consultant, who in turn shall report to the PIU. All
reporting by the contractor and Supervision Consultant shall be on a quarterly basis. The PIU shall be
responsible for preparing targets for each of the identified EMAP actMties. All subsequent reporting by
the contractor shall be monitored as per these targets set by the PIU before the contractors move on to
the site. The reporting by the Contractor wil be a monthly report like report of progress on construction
and will form the basis for monitoring by the PIU, either by its own Manager (Envionment) or the
Environmental Specialist hired by the Supervision Consultant.
Desired Monitoring and Reporting Process and Resposibilities
Contractor    SuperAsion Consultant (SC)  P   UnH (PIU           NHAI (Centre)    WolId Bank
Stage of oUn (P.                                                                             
conastru FomaItem                  Im      oatonOyese
clion                              and Reporting  SuperFision Reporting to Piu  D        Ra      o           Ragout to    esire
to SC                                 LaNf
Target Sheet for EMP
PC1  Reporting            OTime              Time                               Oneo__e bimien time
Reporfing forEWP
PC2   argets              won"        _                orithly                  Quarterly  alf Y___  Quarter ty aH_ Yearly
Reporting for Tre
PK3  Traraanin            Monthly                    monthly              _r_fley              _         any _
cCukural Property
i     PC4   elcatio             Monthl         Monthly      Uonthly       Quarterly    Ouy   ___    Qurtrl
2           Relocation of Bus
c   Stops            M        oly     M     nhly      Monthly        Quarlely                        Quarey   _usaterly
I  *        Relocation of Uiblity
and Comnntnity
X     POS  Resourcees            Montly        Monthly     Morthly         Quarterty    Quaterly           Quarterly
Target Sheet for EMP
C1  Actons                DM rimo e                                             One time            One ime
Target sheet for
Enhancermentiffgatio
C2  n Actions            One Time                                               One time            One ime
Target Sheet for
C3  Roadside Landscape  One Time                                                One time            One time
Target Sheet for
C4  Pollution    itodng   One Timee                                             One time            One time
Reporting for EMP
0CS  Adions Target       One Time       Fortnightly   Monthly       _        _      rterly  Half Yearly   rtarly  Half Yearly
_Temporary Acquisilion
(0
o     C6  ofLand                Mothly         Mothy       Mnthly         Qarterty    Qarterty   ___         _______
-           Borffe Area
2     C7  kkmnfication          One Time        ne Time   One Time        One Time   One Time
8            0tockyard
O      CS  Identification       One Time       O l ime   One Rime          One Tmn    One Time
C9  Quary dentification   One Tun       One rime   One Time         O nae rn Orne Tne
Setting up Workers
C10  Camp                 One Time      One Time   One Time         One Time   One Time
Quarterly
As Per Pollulia            Monthly as per             as    pi
Cli  Polutlion Monitoring   Monkoring Plan Daily     schedule       Seasonally  sehedutl
Hygiene Reporting at                                            urprise
C12  ' _           Camp   We"y             ily       Mnthly          heckrs      ruaterty
Water Required for
C1013  uConstrion           eek-y         Wesly          hly           thl         arterly  Haf Yearly 5uarterly
L3  Asodess
33



Ent4ronmenta/ Management Plan - Package J B
Grand Trunk Road lmprovement Project
Project implementation                    World Bank
Cotractor    Supervision Consuftant (SC)  P     nc OVmti          NIW (Centre)      (WdBa)
Stage dFormal
Clonstr   No. ItImplenorntaton                                         to                 Repott lo           Repor to    DeSired
nd Reportin   Supervsion Repoti  to PIUt                NKat     Oversee
C14Sbk YrdDaiy                     ail        dnthy            orihl      Qurfrt SCYer atael WM            t Sueartyo
ipSC                         C~~~~~ompincek   (Cenfte)
Dust Suppresion at
C15  Borweas              DaDily                      Uonthly         lMo y         arteily   af Yeatlyuarerty  Haf Yearly
Dust Suppresion at
C16  Ck irrVlCwrsher Sites  Daily        Dai        ly       Monthty       y     Quarty  Haf Yearly ;uartly  HaIf Yearly
Road Sey for Partial
Ioaure of Two Lane
Cit     rag               One rime       Daity        Monthly        QIarte       QuaFte    FtaYearly Qarterl  Ialf Yearty
Rat Safety at Detour
onTemporary
C1i   TD i____            One Time       Daily            hly        Quareley    Quartey  FlafYearl   rterly   af Yearly
Surnmnary
-nhanceme
C19  nts              _    _ __l_oly     Fortnightly    ihty          _        _ QuaFtel  Yearly        uartdy  Hag Yearly
rnhancrerttliatro
orCulturmi
C20   Pies                Vion"          Fortnigity   Monthty           artedy    Q     y  yeady    Ofuarty  Fbw Yearly
C21 2   id Water odie      Moly          cortnigly   Monthly         QUM"          ____   early    Qwary   iff Yearly
nhancement do Road
C22   Pnctions               ny           ;ortihty   Monthtly          uarty    Quartery               _         Haf Yeady
rehaneetlitol
C23  nod Bus elops         bb_ _     Fornglnhtly    ______   Qw   Crtyua                                         F  Yearly
Repoditg for Road
C24  Side Plrantaion       ________  Ftiglty              ly           ______   4artey   aerly             arty    l Yearly
uival Repodin of
Rad Side
C25 L  .    _frd                 C luar_ _ted           y                  fty Ouadedy                Qua        -ag Yeady
- roalReporft for
C28 6 ranslant  Trees                        li       Quarly  rry        b    _   Quarterly   eHl _11    alf Yearly
Red      _tlprl of
C27         Areas                         ____ Manthly  Qurterdy     Quarterly       Qr        fyeaed  Owtedy  Fbtf Yeady
Redesapent of
C2S  Ouenbey__    _               __                       artedy    Quarterly     Qur  Ho Yearly Quae    IHaf Yearly
Restorr4ion df
C29           ion Sites    WM"           Uionthty        rtedy         urerty    OQuarer   Ye         QI Half Yeady
C30  Constion Debris   NeaWy              Dly          lonthly       Quarty    QualeIly   early         my   Half Yearlty
arget Sheet for
a     01      llutn loitring        OTime                                         .     One time             One Time
Reporting of
n      02   Transplanted Trees                                               QuaQuartrtel yearl              Q         Hf Yearly
ura Reporting for
03   Road Side Landscape  .__                                         urterly    Y__                  QurlyerHly    Yealy
0                                As Per Pollution
04      lution bnitoring   M   rng Plan               .              Seasionalty   Yearty    yearly    uarterly _
Note: Suprviaon Consultant would use the same format of the contractor to SC for Reponing
The formats for the reporting of the various environmental issues through the various stages of the
project implementation are appended at the end of the Management Plan as Appendix I 1.
1.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
The NHAI is responsible for implementation of all the miigation and management measure suggested n
EMAP. The NHAI is also responsible for implementation the complete resettlement and rehabilitation of
all those affected by the project and is committed to ensure the income restoration of the project-
affected and project-displaced families.
Lea Ass Coc
34                                                        az=



Environmental Management P/an - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
The NHAI already has certain organizational and institutional capacity to be able to satisfactorily
complete the implementation of the EMAP and RAP. The capacity was mainly created due to the
requirements of implementing the Third National Highway project (TNHP). TNHP precedes the GTRIP,
and the preparation and implementation of the RAP in GTRIP will benefit from that of the TNHP.
The responsibilities of the NGO, the GRC and the District Level Committees is towards the
implementation of RAP, However, for addressal of environmental issues the Manager (environment) at
the PIU will interact with the NGO, the GRC and the District Level Committees. For details about the
individual roles and responsibilities, refer to the section 10.2 of the Consolidated Environmental
Assessment prepared for the project.
1.8 TRAINING
The Environmental Unit at the NHAI headquarters and the PlUs, who would be responsible for the
implementation of the EMP, need to be trained on the effective implementation of the environmental
issues. To ensure the success of the implementation set up proposed, there is a high requirement of
training and skill upgradation.
1.8.1 TRAINING ALREADY PROPOSED UNDER TNHP
As part of the TNHP, a training programme has been worked out incorporates the project needs as well
as the intermediate-term capacity building needs of the NHAI. The programme consists of a number of
training modules specific to target groups. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates
of environmental assessment, mitigation plans and programmes (particularly the World Bank
Operational Guidelines and National Policy Perspectives), implementation techniques, monitoring and
management methods and tools.
Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules had been
suggested as part of the TNHP.
e Module I: Environmental Overview
• Module Il: Environmental Regulations and Acts
e Module IlIl: Pollution
e Module IV: Environmental Impact Assessment
• Module V: Environmental management Plan
* Module VI: Highway Projects and Environmental Issues
* Module Vll: Environmental Issues in the Project
* Module VIII: The Environmental Management Plan for Highway Projects
* Module IX: Environmentally Sound Construction Management
* Module X: Planning for Environmentally Sustainable Operation of Highways
* Module XI: Long Term Environmental Issues in Highway Management
1.8.2 ADDITIONAL TRAINING
The training under GTRIP has been devised taking into account the training already imparted under
TNHP and the budgetary allocations. The training is focused on environmental issues related with road
construction and both theoretical and practical aspects are covered. The Table 4 below gives the
breakup of the proposed training under the GTRIP for various target groups:
Table 4       Proposed training program under GTRIP
S. No.     Target group                Subject(s)               Method       Time Frame
All NHAI staff,    Environmental Overview: Environmental           3 varking days; at
1    Supervision Consultants' Regulations, Highway related provisions of  Lectures  the beginning of the
Environmental      various Acts, EIA notification, process and     irnplementation of the
Specialists        methodology for EIA, EMPs and their use         GTRIP        of   .
Lea Associates
35



Environmental Management Plan - Package It B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
S. No.        Target group                        Subjectls)                      Method           Time Frame
All Managers (Env.)     Implementation of EMPs:
NHAI (HQ & PIU),        Basic features of an EMP, Planning, designinig               3  oknIas
2  Suprvison Cnsuknts'and execution of enviroinmental miitigation and  Workshops and  3n wot eorkingdays
SEvisonm Cnult           enhancement measures, mnonitoring and        Seminars        construction begins
Seniairometsl           evaluation of environmental conditions- during
Specialists             construction and operation
Environmentally Sound Construction
Practices:
All Maagers Env,) Clean Highway construction technology,
All Managers (Emv.) P   Alternative materials and techniques for                     1 week;
Supervision Consultants'  hihwys, Waste managemnent and                 Seminars,       Jutbfrth
3      SupEnvironmental        minimization in construction, Pollution control  Lectures and    Just before the
Specalits,Contactrs'devices and methods for construction sites and   Site visits  begnningctof
Specialists, Contractors'  equipment, Environmental clauses in contract              contn
staff                   documents and their implications,
Environmental monitoring during construction,
Borrow area & Construction camp management
Monitoring Environmental Perforrnance
All Managers (Env.) @   during Construction:
NHAI (HQ & PIU),        Air, Water and Noise Monitoring requirements    Lectures,    2 days
4      Supervision Consultants'  and techniques, Evaluation & Review of results,   Workshops and  During initial phases
Environmental           Performance indicators and their applicability,  Site visits  of construction
Specialists             correctve actions possible, reporting
requirements and mechanisms
Long-tern Environmental Issues in Highway
Management:
Designing and implementing environmental
surveys for ambient air, noise, biological and               3 days
5      All Managers (Env.) @   water quality surveys, data storage, retrieval  Workshops and  During
NHAI (HQ & PIU)         and analysis, contract documents and         Seminars        implementation of
environmental clauses, Risk assessment and                   GTRIP
management, contingency planning and
management, Highways as assets-
management and value addition
Short term formnal training abroad:
Environmental Impact Assessment- New
2 positions from all    Methods and implications for highway projects,   Seminars,    Duration of the
6      Managers (Env.) @       modeling pollutant behaviour, cases may      Workshops, site course (max. 3
NHAI (HQ & PIU)         include implementation of EMPs and RAPs on    visits         months)
similar projects-financed by the WB or other
institutions.
1 position from all     Full length fofnal tipaining abroad:         Formal Classes, Entire duration of the
7      Mngr(Ev)                Environmental Assessment, Highway planning    seminars, site    Etr  uaino h
Managers (Env.) @       and environment, infrastructure development                  course (I -2 years)
NHAI (HQ & PlU)         and environmental implications,              visitscore(-2yas
The cost for the entire training programme will be Rs.2.1  million which has been apportioned to the
budget of each contract package equally.
1.8.3    Logistical Support Required
The various items that need to be procured for the Environmental Unit are listed below:
* The environment cell at the PIU will require a vehicle to inspect works on site.
*  Own equipments for pollution monitoring viz. noise meter, hand-held gas sensors, high volume
samplers, water sampling kit etc.
*  The environmental cell at each PIU to be connected to the Documentation Unit at CNHAI by NHAI-
wide LAN (WAN).
*  Adequate computing facilities to allow  the documentation unit to be self-sufficient including the
latest version of GIS software such as ARC Info, Mapinfo and Idrisi etc
.  All officials at the CNHAI to be provided their own PC, a common printer and an access to the
Internet. In addition they should have access to one licensed copy of the latest version of the
software useful for environmental wing. These could include Caline (for air pollution modelling
from traffic pollution), Sound 32 (for traffic noise) and a fugacity-based model (for predicting the
behaviour of volatile/hazardous material that might spill on the road).
* A well-stocked library with books and manuals related to environmental impacts of infrastructure in
general and roads in particular, would be an advantage.
Lea Associates
36                                                   `7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
The purpose of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project are
achieved and result in desired benefits to the target population. To ensure the effective implementation
of the EMP, it is essential that an effective monitoring programme be designed and carried out. The
broad objectives are
*   To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP
*   To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment
*   To suggest improvements in management plan, if required
*   To enhance environmental quality
*   To satisfy the legal and community obligations.
1.9.1 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (PIS)
The physical, biological and social components identified as of particular significance in affecting the
environment at critical locations have been suggested as Performance Indicators (Pis), and are listed
below.
*   Air quality w.r.t SPM, RSPM and CO
*   Water quality w.r.t DO,BOD and Coliform count.
*   Noise levels around sensitive locations.
*   Replantation success / survival rate
*   Erosion indices
*   Restoration of borrow pits
*   Sedimentation rate in the downstream where bridges, culverts, etc are built
*   Vital statistics on health
*   Accident frequency
Following sub-sections describe each of these Pis in detail.
1.9.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) MONITORING
Ambient air quality parameters recommended for road transportation developments are Respirable
Particulate Matter (RPM), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOx), Hydro-Carbons (HC), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Lead (Pb). These are to be monitored
at designated locations starting from the commencement of construction activity. Data should be
generated over three days at all identified locations in accordance to the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards. (Table 5) The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the
responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 8)
Table 5         National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Pollutants          Time      Sensitive  Industrial    Residential  Method of measurement
Weiqhted     Area       Area      Rural &other
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)    Annual*   15 iug/m3  80 ,g/m3    60 Itglm3     Improved West and Gaeke
method
24 hours**    30 ua/rn3  120 ua/mr3   go uam3     ultraviolet fluorescence
Oxides of Nitrooen (No.)  Annual&  115 uuLma3  80 ,ua/m3    65 ua/m3    Jacob and Hochheiser
24 hours*     30 La/mr3  120 uo/mr3   9 tiU/M3     Gas phase Chemiluminescence
Carbon Monoxide (co)   8 hours"    1000      500s ugam'  2000 atim      Non dispersive infrared
I hour        2000     10M00 u/m3  4000 a/rm3     spectrascoppy
Lead (Pb)            Annual*       0.50 ulg/m3 1.0 pg/rM3   0.75 I.g/rin3  AAS Method 24 hours after
p.0 g/Mn3    sampling using EPM 20000 or
24 hours**    0.75 Lg/rmn 1.5 tg/rr3   1.00        equivalent filter paper
Resoirable Particulate    Annual'  50 ua/m3  120 na/rM3   60 ualm3
(RPM)- Size less then 10  24 hours-  75 ,pg/m3  150 gg/rm3   100 Jig/rn3
Lea Associates
37                                            i:-g



Environmental Management Plan - Package It 8
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Pollutants            Time        Sensitive   Industrial    Residential       Method of measurement
Weiqhted       Area   I Area           Rural &other 
Suspended Particulate   Annual*         70 ia/nM3  30 am3  J 140 a/m3             Average flow rate not less than
Matter (SPM)            24 hours*        100  /m23 /500 ualm3   200 ualm3         1.1 cu.m / minute
Source Anon 1996-97, National AmbientAir Quality MoniToring Series NAQMS/a/1996-97, Central Pollution Control Board. Delhi.
'Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurement in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.
-24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year
1.9.3 WATER QUALITY MONITORING
The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quality relevant to road
development projects are pH, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, oil and grease,
COD, chloride, lead, zinc and cadmium. The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be
monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring
Plan (Table 8) The monitoring of the water quality is to be carred out at all identified locations in
accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification - IS 10500 :1991 (stated in Table 6)
Table 6           Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification-IS 10500:1991
Permissible
SI.   Substance or   Requirement        Undesirable Effect       Limit in the    Methods of
No.  Characteristic   (Desirable       Outside the Desirable     Absence of   Test (Ref. To           Remarks
Limit)               Limit              Alternate         IS)
Essential Characteristics
i    Colour, Hazen    5             Above 5, consumer          25               3025 (Part 4)  Extended to 25 only if toxic
units, Max.                    acceptance decreases                       1983          substances are not
suspected, in absence of
alternate sources
2    Odour            Unobjectionabl |                                          3025 (Parts   a) Test cold and when heated
e                                                         5):1984       b) Test at several dilutions
3    Taste            Agreeable                                                 3025 (Part 7   Test to be conducted only
and 8)        after safety has been
1984         established
4    Turbidity NTU,   5              Above 5, consumer         10               3025 (Part 10)
Max     .                      acceptance decreases                       1984
5    Ph Value         6.5 to 8.5     Beyond this range, the water No relaxation  3025 (Part 11)
will affect the mucous                     1984
membrane and/or water
supply system
6    Total hardness   300            Encrustation in water supply  600          3025 (Part 21)
(as CaC03)                     structure and adverse                      1983
MG/i, Max                      effects on domestic use
7    Iron (as Fe)     0.3            Beyond this limit         1                32 of 3025:
mg/I, Max                      taste/appearance are                       1964
affected, has adverse effect
on domestic uses and water
supply structures, and
promotes iron bacteria
8    Chlorides (as Cl) 250           Beyond this limit, taste,  1000            3025 (Part
mgi'l. Max                     corrosion and palatibility are             32)
affected                                   1988
9    Residual, free    0.2                                     -                3025 (Part 26) To be applicable only when
chlorine, mg/i,                                                           1986          water is chlorinated. Tested
Min                                                                                     at consumer end. When
protection against viral
infection is required, it should
l___                                                                                     be Min 0.5 mg/I
Desirable Characteristics
1    Dissolved solids  500           Beyond this palatability  2000             3025 (Part 16)
mg/I, Max                     I decreases and may cause                    1984
l________________  ___gastro  intestinal irritation
Lea Associates
38



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Perrnissible
SI.  Substance or   Requirement        Undesirable Effect      Limit in the    Methods of
No.  Characteristic   (Desirable      Outside the Desirable     Absence of   Test (Ref. To          Remarks
Limit)              Limit              Alternate         IS)
Source
2    Calcium (as Ca)  75            Encrustation in water supply  200         3025 (Part 40)
mg/I, Max                     structure and adverse                      1991
effects on domestic use
3    Magnesium (as   30             Encrustation to water supply  100         16, 33, 34 of
Mg). mg/il, Max               structure and adverse                      IS 3025:1964
effects on domestic use
4    Copper (as Cu)  0.05           Astringent taste,         1.5             36 of 3025-
mg/i, Max                     discoloration and corrosion                1964
of pipes, fitting and utensils
will be caused beyond this
5    Manganese (as  0.1             Beyond this limit         0.3             35 of 3025:
Mn) mg/i, Max                 taste/appearance are                       1964
affected, has adverse
effects on domestic uses
and water-supply structures
6    Sulphate (as 200 200           Beyond this causes gastro   400           3025 (Part 24) May be extended up to 400
SO<) mg/i, Max                intestinal irritation when                 1986          provided (as Mg) does not
magnesium or sodium are                                 exceed 30
present
7    Nitrate (as NO2)  45           Beyond this               100             3025 (Part 34)
mg/l, Max                     methaemoglobinemia takes                   1988
place
8    Fluoride (as F)   1            Fluoride may be kept as low   1.5         23 of 3025:
mg/l, Max                     as possible. High fluoride                 1964
may cause fluorosis
9    Phenolic        0.001          Beyond this, it may cause    0.002         54 of 3025:
compounds (As                  objectionable taste and                   1964
CeH5OH) mg/i,                 odour
Max
10   Mercury (as Hg)  0.001         Beyond this, the water    No relaxation   (see Note)    To be tested when pollution is
mg/I, Max                      becomes toxic                             Mercury ion   suspected
analyser
11   Cadmium (as    0.01            Beyc.id this, the water   No relaxation    (See note)    To be tested when pollution is
Cd), mg/l, Max                becomes toxic                                            suspected
12   Selenium (as    0.01           Beyond this, the water    No relaxation   28 of 3025:   To be tested when pollution is
Se), mgil, Max                 becomes toxic                             1964          suspected
13   Arsenic (As As)  0.05          Beyond this, the water    No relaxation   3025 (Part 37) To be tested when pollution is
mg/l, max                     becomes toxic                              1988          suspected
14   Cyanide (As     0.05           Beyond this limit, the water   No relaxation  3025 (Part 27) To be tested when pollution is
CN), mg/l, Max                becomes toxic                              1986          suspected
15   Lead (as Pb),    0.05          Beyond this limit, the water   No relaxation  (see note)  To be tested when pollution is
mg/I, Max                      becomes toxic                                           suspected
16   Zinc (As Zn).    5             Beyond this limdt it can  15               39 of 3025:    To be tested when pollution is
Mg/i. Max                      cause astringent taste and                1964)         suspected
an opalescence in water
17  lAnionic         0.2            Beyond this limit it can  1                Methylene-    To be tested when pollution is
detergents (As                 cause a light froth in water              blue extraction suspected
MQAS) mg'1,                                                              method
Max
18   Chromium (As   0.05            May be carcinogenic above   No relaxation  38 of 3025:   To be tested when pollution is
Cr,+) mgli, Max               this limit                                 1964          suspected
19   Poly nuclear    -              May be carcinogenic above
aromatic                      this limit
hydrocarbons
(as PAH) g/1,
Max
20   Mineral oil mg/l, 0.01         Beyond this limit undesirable  0.03        Gas
Max                           taste and odour after                      Chromatograp
chlorination take place                   hic method
21   Pesticides mg/i, Absent        Toxic                     0.001
Max
Lea Associates
3 9



Environmental Management Plan - Package I1 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Permissible
SI.  Substance l     Requirement      Undesirable Effect      Limit in the    Methods of
No.  Characteristic   (Desirabic     Outside the Desirable    Absence of   Test (Ref. To           Remarks
Limit)              Limit              Alternate        IS)
Source
22   Radioactive materials:                                                  58 oF
3025:01964
23   a) Alpha emitters                                       0.1             -
Bq/1, Max
24   Beta emiters                                            1               -
pcill, Max
25   Aluminum (as    200           Beyond this limit taste   600             13 of
Al), mg/i, Max                becomes unpleasant                        3025:1964
26   Aluminum (as    0.03          Cumulative effect is reported 0.2         31 of 3025:
Al), mg/i, Max                to cause dementia                         1964
27   Boron, mg/i,    1             |                         5               29 of 3025:
Max                                                                     1964
Source Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification-tS10500:1991
1.9.4 NOISE LEVELS MONITORING
The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all designated locations in
accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in
1989 (refer Table 7). Sound pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four hour basis. Noise
should be recorded at a 'A" weighted frequency using a " slow time response mode" of the measuring
instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution parameters to be monitored and the
responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 8).
Table 7          Noise Level Standards (CPCB)
Km.      | Noise level for Day  Noise level for
==__________ | Time Lea dBAl NiahtTimedBIA)
Industrial area         75                70
Zommercial area         65                55
Residential area        55                45
Silence zone  =         50                40
Day time - 6.00 am - 9.00 pm (15 hours)
Night time - 9.00 pm - 6.00 am (9 hours)
1.10 MONITORING PLAN
The monitoring plan for the various performance indicators of the project in the construction and
operation stages is summarised in the Table 8.
Lea Associates
40



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I f
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Table 8           Environmental Monitoring Plan
Envl           Project                                                                 MONITORING                                                                         Institutional re onsibility
component         Stage          Parameters           Special Guidance            Standards          Location (Chainage)         Frequency             Duration          Implementation      Supervision
HCMIRSPM,         locatedHig   m srm  the plant  Air (Prevention    Wherever the             3, 8-hr. samples per   Continuous 24        Contractor
SPM, NOP, lCatd 0info the            plain  ircint  and Control of  contractor decides to    day, once every        hours/ or for 1 full thogaprvd            PUNHI
H C               Use method specified by      CPCluton 1994s       ploante h oi             season for 3 years     working day          monitoring          Engineer
Construction                   I CPCB for analysis                                                                                 __   _gnc                              _
stage                             High Volume Sampler to be    Air (Prevention                                                                           Contractor
located 40Cm from the .plant  and Control of      Stec  fteta                  ape  e  a,         Cniuu  4            through approved     PILl, NHAI/
SPM RSPM          in the downwind direction.   Pollution)trules,    where construction is    once every month       hours/ or for 1 full   toring             EngiNeer
Use method specified by      Pollution) Rules,   in progress site          for 3 years            working day         agency
CPCB for anatyis
(i) SAIL crossing @
Air                                                                                                 km. 475.400 (Il) Near
hospital ~ km.
482.100. (li) At         3 samples per day,
Naubasta crossing @      once every
SPM, RSPM,        High Volume Sampler to be    Air (Prevention      km. 484 1 00 (iv) At     alternate years upto
Operation      S02, NOx C         located at 15 m from the     and Control of       Ramadevi crossing @      2006, then every       Continuous 24        PIU, NHAI           NHAI
stage          P,Hedeof paeetPollution) Rules,                                      km. 8.800. (v) On the    third year until 2015  hours
Pb, HC  edge  pavement             ~~~~~CPCB, 1994      proposed Ruma            and then every 5th
bypass @ km. 13.680.     year until 2025 at 7
(vi) Near temple @       locations
km. 14.600. (vii) In
Sarasaul village @
_________                                                                   ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~km. 25.600
pH, BOD,          Grab sample collected from                                                                                             Contractor
Construction    COD, TOS,         source and analyse as per    Water quality       (I) River Pandu (k7)       Once every year for                       through approved     PIU, NHAI/
stage    ~ TSS, DO, Oil &     Standard Methods for         standlards by        Pond 0 km. 479.480       3 years at 3           -monitoring                              Engineer
stage      ~~Grease and       Examination of Water and     CPCB                                          lotosaec
Pb.               Wastewater
End of summer
Water                                                                                                                        before the onset of
Quality                         pH,               Grab sample collected from                                                 monsoon every
Operation       BOD,COD,TD        source and analyse as per    Water quality       (i) River Pandu (ii)      altemate year until
stage          S,TSS, DO,        Standard Methods for         standards by         Pod   k  479.480         2006, then every                            NHAI                NHAI
stage           Pb, Oil and       Examination of Water and     CPCB                  on @  m.   .            third year until 2015
Grease.           Wastewater                                                                 and then every fifth
year upto 2025 at 2
__________________                                                     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~locations   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Readings to be
Free field at 1 m from the                                                                        taken at 15         Contractor
Construction    Noise levels on   equipment whose noise        Noise standards           .                   As and when            seconds interval    through approved     PIU, NHAI/
Noise levels    stage           dB (A) scale     levels are being              by CPCB              At equipment yards       necessary              for 15 minutes       monitoring          Engineer
determined.                                                                                       every hour and      agency
then averaged.
Lea Asocites
41                                                                                                  3      2



Environmentat Management Plan - Package I1 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Envi          Project1                              ______________                    MONITORING                                                                       Institutional ren onsibisitV
component        Stage          Parameters           Special Guidance            Standards        ILocation Chamnage)          Frequency             Duration         Implementation      Su pervision
Equivalent noise levels                                                                         Readings to be
using an integrated noise                           .Once every four                            taken at 1 5        Contractor
Noise levels on    level meter kept at a      Noise standards     As directed by the       months for 3 years     seconds interval    through approved    PIU, N HAll
dB (A) scale     distance of 15 from edge of   by CPCB             Engineer                at 7 locations        for 15 minutes       monitoring           Engineer
pavement                                                                                        every hour and      agency
then averaqed
(i) Near Indane
bottling plant @ km.
475.400 (ii) On the
ascending portion of    Once every
Equivalent noise levels                          ROB @ km. 478.800       alterate year until    Readings to be      Contractor
Operation     Nd(Aiscaie levelson uingan integraed"noise     Noise sandards      (III) Neat hospial       2006, then every      taken at 15ontr
Operaion  Nise evelson  usng a interatednois  Nois stanards   km. 482.1 00 (iv)       third year until 2015  seconds interval    through anEnier
stage          dB (A) scale      level meter kept at a        bCPBNaubasta crossing ~                      and then every 5th     for 165 minutes     approved            EniUNeerI
distance of 15 from edge of  bCPBkm. 485.000 (v)                         year until 2026 at 7   every hour and      monitoringFl.HA
pavement                                         Ramadevi crossing ~     locations             then averaged,       agency
km. 8.800 (vi) Along
the Roorma bypass @
km. 13.680 (vii)
Sarsaut village @ km.
25.600
Threshold for
each contaminant    At productive                                                      Contractor
Sample of soil collected to  set by IRIS         agricultural lands      Max of 5 locations                         through an
Construction   Monitoring of     acidified and analysed       database of         abutting traffic detours    for each of the 3                       approved            Engineer,
stage           Pb, Cr, Cd        using absorption             USEPA until         and traffic diversions,  f ears                                    monitori             PIU, NHAI
spectrophotometry            national           to be identified by the  ye                                         m      ng
standards are       Engineer                                                           agency
Soil                                                                          promulgated.
Threshold for
each contaminant
Monitorng of      Sample of soil collected to  set by IRIS         At accident / spill     As per the                                 NHAI, through an
Operation      hy metals         acidified and analysed       database of         locationlsinvolving      ourrence of such                               oved             NHAI
stageoiheavy gras            using absorption              USEPA until         bulk transport carrying  orccurenceot scs                           monitorng
stage  oil and grease    ~spectrophotometry           national            hazardous mTaterials   ~  i~lsagency
standards are
promulgated.
Pre-           Monitoring of     It should be ensured that    As laid out in the                           During the felling of                      Forest
Construction    felling of trees  only those trees that are   Detailed Design     All along the corridor   trees                                      Department           PIU, NHAI
Stagefligotrs                    marked are felled.           for the proiect
Road side                      suvvlrt  f        Tenme  ftesThe survival rate
plantation     Operation       trees             surviving during each visit  sol below which     compensatory             Every year for 3                           NHAI                NHAI
stage           Success of re-   should be compared with      replantation shall    plantation             years
vegetation        number of saplings planted.  be done.            plantation              year
Lea AssOaates
42



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1i B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.11 BILL OF QUANTITIES
1.11.1 SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENTSITES
The specific enhancement sites selected from the field survey have been treated with a view to retain
their unique character while allowing the road-user to identify the continuum along the Grand Trunk
Road. The enhancements have been based on certain common elements, which have been used
throughout all the packages of the GTRIP. Based on the treatment envisaged, Bills of Quantities of
various items have been prepared for each site. The Table 9 summarizes the various quantities for
package 11 B and can be used in conjunction with the drawings for construction on site.
Table 9          Summary Bill of Quantities for Specific enhancement locations
S. No. I    Description         Unit   I  Qty              S. No.        Description       Unit        Qty
Chainage 25.960                                                2     Brick Paving            sqm          280.5
1     Concrete paving        sqm          214.26           3      Brick edging            mtr           79.6
2     Brick paving            sqm          26.76            4     Lantana Red shrubs      Nos            248
3     Shrubs                  Nos.           16         Chainage 36.900
4     Mango tree             Nos.            12             1     Brick Paving           sqm           37.82
5     Bus stop                Nos.             1            2     Concrete Paving        sqm           118.8
Chainage 21.100                                                3      Bnck  work  for low    cum           2.69
1     Paving                 sqm          181.72                  Brck wall
2  Handpump  Nos.             I            4    ~~~~~Brick     edging    mtr           87.2
2     Handpumnp               Nos.             1            4     (230mm)(1 15mm)
Excavation             cum           2.65                   Shrubs                 Nos.            27
P.C.C__                cum           1.57            6     Thick Follage trees     Nos.             7
R.C.C                  cum           0.11         . 7      Frufttrees              Nos.             2
Brick wall             cum           0.94            8      For Handpump                            1
Plaster                sqm           6.28                   Excavaton              cum           2.65
PVC pipe               mtr              1                   P.C.C                  cum           1.57
Aggregate              cum           0.03                   R.C.C                  cum           0.11
Geosynthetic filter    sqm           0.94                   Pbster                 sqm           6.2
3     Ashok tree              Nos.            5                   PVC Pipe                mtr              1
4     Shrubs                 Nos.            16                   Aggregate               cum           0.03
Chainage 21.200                                                       Geosynthetic    Filter
1     Chabutra Existing tree (Type T2)         1                  fabric                  sqm           0.94
Excavation             cum          1S.03                   Drain
P C C (1:2:4)          cum           4.29                   Soak Pit
P.C.C (1:3:6)          cum           1.73         Chainage 47.900
Brick well             cum          13.96            1      Conc. Paving type I    sqm         171.77
Plaster                sqm          10.54            2      Conc. type detail-2    sqm             1.1
Earth filling          cum            2.2            3      Entrance detail        Nos              1
Brick paver            sqm          56.68            4      Low Brick wall         cum            2.9
2     Railing                 mtr           29.6            5     Brick Paving           sqm           37.75
3     Cone Paving             sqm          47.95            6     Grass area             sqm          311.04
_   4.   Shrubs                   Nos             447                  Mango tree             Nos              5
Chainage 18.700                                                8      Shrubs'                Nos             27
1     Concrete paving        sqm    1      3168
1.11.2 TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT ELEMENTS
The typical mitigation/enhancement designs were prepared using information collected during the field
visit with a view to allow the local communities and the road-users to enjoy the benefit of a better
corridor of movement while ensuring their safety. An additional aim was to try and mitigate the potential
negative impacts of the development of a wider, high-speed corridor on the host communities. All the
designs created are attached with each Environmental Management Plan. Each corridor uses only a
portion of all the designs created. The environmental management plan has referred to the particular
drawing to be used for each package for environmental mitigation/enhancement. Other details of
. -4
43                                                 z2tZDr



Environmental Management Plan - Package Il B
Grand Trunk Road improvement Project
locations are available in the relevant appendices. The Table 10 below gives the quantities for the
typical designs:
Table 10          Bill of Quantities for Typical enhancement elements
Si.        ~Item              Unit  }Quantity            No.             Item               Unit    Quantity
Drawing T-1, Dog leg for access restriction                  3        Brickwork                 Cu. rm.   0.52
1       Excavation                Cu. M.   3.67              4        Plaster                   Sq. m     17.2
2       P.C.C. (M 20)             Cu. M.   0.78              Drawing T-12, Simple Seating      ____
3       Brick bats                Cu. M.   0.40              1        Excavation                Cu. M.   0.55
4       Brick work                Cu. M.   4.03              2        P. C. C.                  Cu. M.   0.14
5       Cement tiles              Sq. m.   2.26              3        Brickwork                 Cu. M.   0.63
6       Plastering                Sq. mi.   20.48            4        Plaster                   Sq. m.   2.22
77       P.~C.C, (M 20)            Cu. m-   0.13              5        Stone slab (25 mm th.)    Sq. M.   0.96
Drawing T-2, Ramped Access        ____Drawing T-114, Oil Interceptor
1       Excavation                Cu. M.   5.25              1        Excavation                Cu. M.   57.54
2       P. C. C. (M 20)           Cu. m.   2.97              2        P. C. C. (1:36)           Cu. M.   2.05
3       Cemea t Tiles             Sq. M.   20                3        R. C. C.                  Cu. M.   11.82
4       Hume Pipe (0.9 m. 0)      No. (3.5   1               4        M. S. pipe                Kg        16
_______ _____________________m long)  _____          5        Manhole cover (I .3x0.7)  No.       1
Drawing T-4, Sedimnentation Chamber         _____            6        Manhole cover             No.       1
1       Excavation                Cu. M.   27.24             ____(11.6x.775)
2       P. C. C.                  Cu. M.   1s.54             7        Gravel                    Cu. M.   1.72
3       R. C. C.                  Cu. M.   8.18              8        Sand                      Cu. m.   0.99
4       Iron rungs                No.       7                9        Geosynthetic fabric       Sq. m.    1.39
5   Plaster                   Sq. m.   2.44              Drawing T-15, Planter detail (for 10 sq. mn.)  ____
C. 1. Pipe (0.9 m. 0)     No.       1                I        Excavation                Cu. M. I4.66
7       R.C. .pie(. m  )          No.       1                2        P. C. C.                  Cu. M.  10.75
Drawing T-4, Cascade (10 m wide)  ____3                               Cement Tiles            jSq. m. 110.00
1       Brickwork                 Cu. M.   27.00             4        Kerbstone                 No.    j20
2       P. C. C. (1:3:6)          Cu. m.   4.50              5        Earth filling              Cu. M. j4.00
3       P.C. C. (1:2:4)           Cu. M.   5.40              Drawing T-16, Gabion Box Structure____
4       Plaster                   Sq. m.   126.00G               I    Random Stone               Cu. M.   6.35
Drawing T-7, Barrier to prevent garbage dumping              2        Natural Soil               Cu. M.   0.85
1   Excavation                 Cu. M.   506.50           3        Wire Mesh box              Sq. .    64
2       Filling                   Cu. M.   161.50            Drawing T-17, Silt fencing (unit as per sketch)
3       Brickwork                 Cu. M.   630.61             1       Angles (25x25x3 mm)        M.        4.43-
4       P. C. C. (M 20)            Cu. m.   113.89            2       Geosynthetic fabric        Sq. M.    1.85
5       Soil for vegetation        Cu. M.   37.26             3       Supporting mesh            Sq. m.   2.00
6   R. C. C.                  Cu. M.   20.48             4        Bolts                     No.       6
7       Cement tiles               Cu. M.   536.50           6        Binding wvire              K0.25
8       Rkammed Brickbats         Cu. m.   536.50            Drawing T-18 (i), Seating type T-1
9       25 mm 0 pipe              M.        62.63             1       Excavation                 Cu. M.   20.90
Drawing T-8, Handpump Type. -1                                2       P. C. C. (M 20)            Cu. M.   3.89
1       Excavation                Cu. M.   2.65              3        P. C. C. (M 15)            Cu. m.   2.65
2       P. C. C.                   Cu. M.   1.57              4        Brickwork                 Cu. M     15.96
3       R. C. C.                   Cu. M.   0.11              5        Earth filling             Cu. M.   10.84
4       Brickwork                  Cu. M.   0.94              6        Plaster,                  Sq. m.    15.16
5        Plaster                   Sq. m.   6.28              Drawiing T-18 (ii), Seating type T-2
6       P. V. C pipe              M.        1.0              1I        Excavation                Cu.M.   14.65
8      IGeosynthetic Fabric        Sq. m.   0.94              3       P. C. C. (MIS5)            Cu. M.   1.35
Drawing T-9 (i), Handpump Type - 2                            4       Brickwork                  Cu. M.   13.96
1       Excavation                Cu. M.   1.49               5        Plaster                   Sq. m.   10.54
2       P. C. C.                   Cu. M.   1.49              6      1Earth filling              Cu. nm.   2.20
3     jBrickwork                   Cu. M.   0.58              7        Brick paving              Sq. m,   8.93
4       Plaster                    Sq. m.   8.54              Drawing T.19, Seating type T-3    ________
Drawing T-9 (ii), Handpump Type -.3                           1        Excavation              JCu. Mi.   5.20-
1  Excavation            ~~~~~~Cu. M. 18             2      1P. C. C. (M 20)          JCu. M. J1.39
2       P. C. C.                   Cu. M.   11.86             3        P. C. C. (M 15)         JCum.   J 0.55
44                                                    2JL



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Ni.             Item             Unit    Quantity          No.             Item              Unit    Quantity
4       Bnckwork                 Cu. m.   6.32             6        Ditch tiling (for 10 m)  Sq. m.   15.0
5       Earth filling            Cu. m.   9.18             7        Design Retaining wall    No.       1
6       Plaster                  Sq. m.   9.18             Drawing T-24, Recharging pit for urban drain
7      F Brick Paving            Sq. m.   8.60              1       Excavation               Cu. m.   0.57
Drawing T-20 (i), Seating type T-5                         2        P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   0.37
1       Excavation               Cu. m.   24.03            3        Brickwork                Cu. m.   1.32
2       P. C C. (M 20)           Cu. m.   16.59            4        Plaster                  Sq. m.   10.61
3       Brickwork                Cu. m.   15.91            5        Aggregate                Cu. m.   0.57
4       P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   0.30             6        Geosynthetic fabric      Sq. m.   7.54
5       Earth filling            Cu. m     10.18          t Drawing T-25, Washing platform
6       Plaster                  Sq. m.   14.58           | 1       Excavation               Cu. m.   9.89
Drawing T-20 (ii), Seating type T-6                        2        P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   2.56
1       Excavation               Cu. m.   7.36             3        R. C. C.                 Cu. m.   2.47
2       P. C C. (M 20)           Cu. m.   2.43             4        Stone Masonry            Cu. m.   7.42
3       Brickwork                 Cu. m.   10.04            Drawing T-26, Oil Interceptor for parking areas, etc.
4       P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   0.55              1       Excavation               Cu. M.   0.47
5       Earth filling            Cu. m.   5.41             2        P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   0.49
6       Plaster                  Sq. m.   9.54             3        Brickwork                Cu. m.   0.40
Drawing T-21, Seating type T-7                             4        Plaster                  Sq. m.   2.34
1     | Excavation               Cu. m.   12.29            5        Pipe (0.1 m0)            m.        0.10
2       P. C. C. (M 20)          Cu. m.   284               6       Lid (M. S. - 5 mm th.)   No.       1
3       Brickwork                Cu. m.   10.73             Drawing T-27, Typical paving with cement tiles (10 m2)
4       P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   1.14              1      IExcavation               Cu. m.   0.75
5       Earth filling            Cu. m.   6.00              2      |P.C C.                   Cu. m.   0.75
6       Plaster                 I Sq. m.  | 11.33           3      |Tiles                   | Sq. m. 110
Drawing T-22, Well Shaft touching ditch             l       Drawing T28, Railing
1       P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   2.49              1       Excavation             ] Cu. m. | 0.13
2       P.C. C. (M20)            Cum.  i 0.38       l       2       P.C. C.                   Cum. M   0.1S
3       Brickwork                Cu. m.   4.25              3      | Length of railing     Jm.       | 10
4       Plaster                  Sq. m.   46.79             Drawing T-31, Canopy
5       Earth filling            Cu. m.   5.0       l       1       Excavation               Cu. m. ] 38.88
6       R C. C. pipe(0.9mOj    No.         1                2       P. C. C.    .            Cu.m. M   4.62
DrawingT-23A & T-23B                               1        3       R. C. C.                 Cu. m.   19.87
1 1     P. C. C. (M 15)          Cu. m.   0.77             4        Floonng                  Sq. m.   25.0
2    | P. C. C. (M 20)           Cu. M.   0.16              5       Plaster                  Sq. m.  | 20.16
3       Brickwork                Cu. m.   3.03              6       Steel                    Kg        700
4       Plaster                  Sq. m.   20.70
__5       Gravel/Debris            Cu. m    5 17
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT - BUDGET
The environmental budget for the various environmental management measures proposed in the EMP,
is detailed in Table 11. There are several other environmental issues that have been addressed as part
of good engineering practices, the costs for which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs.
0 a   =
45                                                 m ,c



Environmental Managemefit Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road tImprovemenit Project
Table 1 1                Environmental Budget for Contract Package II B
COMPONENT              STAGE                                ITEM                            unit        it C05t IRs.) |          QUANTITY                  Total Cost (INR)
Mitigation I Enhancement costs
Construction    IDust Managerent with spnrinkling of water, covers for                                                            Covered in EngineeK5ng
Air                           ~~~~~~~~~~~vehicles transporting construction materialCot
Operation     Facilities/Arrangement tor vehicular exhaust monitoring  No.    3,00,000                         1                               300,000
Relocation/Enhancement of Handpumps
Handpump type 1                                        No.    25,000                           23                               575.000
Handpump type 2                                        No.    3,500                             310.50
Pre-Construclion    Handpump type 3                                     No.    3,500                              3                                10,500
Protection/Enhancement measures for wells
Water                                    Well type B                                            No.    27,000                            1                                 27,000
Well type C                                            No.    300000                            100
Silt Fencing (20 m long)                            locations  7.400                            6                                 44.400
Construction   Oil Interceptors at Vehicle parking areas               No.    2.000                             1                                  2,000
Oil Interceptor                                        No.    32,000                            6                                192,000
Recharge pit under Urban Drains                        No.    19.000                           58                              1.102,000
Soil                     Construction    TurfinglPitching                                      sq. m.   5                               Covered in Engineering costs
Operation     Redevelopment of Borrow areas                         sq. m.   150                            62,500                            9.375,000
Construction    Double Glazing of windows at Sensitive receptors     sq. m.   1.400                           123-77                             173,278
Barriers for reducing noise levels at sensitive receptor  M    5.000                         1121.65                           5.608.250
Noise                                   locations and raising of boundary walls
Operation     Plantation for vegetative screening at sensitive receptors
upto a distance of 100m on either side of the structure  ha    63,200                        0.2125                               13,430
within the RoW.
Pre-Construction    Relocation of Shrines, Temples, etc.                No.    100,000                            3                               300.000
Provision for seating, paving and/or enclosure as applicable
Paving around shrines not specifically enhanced      sq. m.   520                              270                               140,400
Cultural Properties      Construction    Railing around shrines not specifically enhanced        M      1.500                            45                                67.500
Seating around Tree Type 2 not specificalUy enhanced   No.    7,000                             2                                 14,000
Specific enhancement measures along i1 B (details for  Sum total                                                               2.238,711
individual sites as per specific drawings)                    I
Transplantation                                        No.    5,000                            100                               500.000
Flora                  Pre-Construction    Putting up of barbed wire fence along the outer edges of the  m  54                         80000                            4.320,000
'Row                                                   m       5                               00                               .2.0
Construction (staggered Compensatory plantation t> 2 trees for each felled  No.    75                             13944                             1 .045.800
lo follow civil works)  Landscaping along the highway using specified tree species  No.    75                    29785                            2.233,875
Tree guard for the trees in the first row @ 12 m c/c   No.    1,100                           3498                             3.847,800
Median Plantation                                      No.    35                              8750                               306,250
I ra Associates
46



Environmental Maanagenient Plani - Package It B
Grand Trunk Road Imnprovement Projecl
COMPONENT              STAGE                                 ITEM                            Unit       Unit Cost (Rs.)            QUANTITY                  Total Cost (INR)
Landscaping at T-junctionis along Ihe highway          No.    6,000                              2                                 12.000
Landscaping at X-junctions along the highway           No       12,000                           3                                 36,000
Demarcating borrow areas clearly using fencing If needed  m.   54                           as required             Covered in Engineering
Construction                                                                                                                                Costs
Miscellaneous informatory signs and others             L.S      100,000                                                            100.000
Safety                                    Provision of crash barriers near locally important structures  m  2,500                          35                                 87.500
Provisi.n for Bus-stop             No.    225,000                            6                  Covered in Engineering
Operation      Provision for Bus-stop                                  No.    225,000                           6_                         Costs
Provision of Hoarding/Posters regarding spread of
communicable diseases at Construction camps & Truck lay  No.    1,20,000                         2                                240,000
_bys and Provision of health checks at construction sites
(At Mitigation I Enhancement Costs                              33,053,194
Monitoring costs
Monitoring near all hot mix plant locations approved by the No.  of 5,000        3. 8-hr, samples per day, once every             135,000
Construction    Engineer                                           Samples                       season for 3 years (=27)
Monitoring at construction sites in tandem with construction Samples  5,000      for 3 ears (=108)                                540,000
Air                                       (i) SAIL crossing @ km. 475.400 (ii) Near hospital @ km.                         3  samples  per day, once  every
482.100. (lii) At Naubasta crossing f km. 484.1 00             o                alternate year upto 2006, then every
Operation       (iv) At Ramadevl crossing @ km. 8.800. (v) On the  No        f5.000            thr2ya1utl005 n0te0eey0it
proposed Ruma bypass t~ km. 13.680. (vi) Near temple   Samplesthryeruif21antenvryitl
l_____________  ______________      km. 14.600. (vil) In Sarasaul village @ km. 25.600                 year till 2025 at 7 locations (=42)
Construction    (i) River Pandu (ii) Pond @ km. 479.480            Sam1 es     f5000             Once every year for 3 years at a                   30o00s
End of summer before the onset of
Wator Quality                                                                                                              monsoon every altemate year until
Operation     (i) River Pandu (ii) Pond @ km. 479,480             No.'       of 5.000           2006, then every third year upto 2015              60.000
Samples                       and then every fifth year till 2025 at 2
_ __________________  t_______________________________________________  ___________                  locations (=12)
Construction    At equipment yards                                   Sanples   4,000             As and when necessary (36 samples)                144,000
As directed by the Engineer                           No. of   4,000             Once every four months for 3 years at 7          252.000
___________________                                    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Samples   400locations (=63)
Noise                                    (i) Near Indane bottling plant @ kmn. 475.400 (ii) On the                         Once every alternate year until 2006.
ascending portion of ROB @ km. 478.800 (iii) Near hospital    No of              on  everythird year until 2015 and
Operation      Q km. 482.100 (iv) Naubasta crossing l km. 485.000 (v)  SampNes   4,000          then every 5th year until 2025 at 7               168,000
Ramadevi crossing @  km. 8 800 (vi) Along the Ruma   Socations (542)
bypass @ km. 13.680 (vii) Sarsaul village @ km. 25.600                           l        (=42)
A t produclive agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and    No. of         Max of 7 locations for each of the 3              126,00l
Soil                                     traffic diversions, to be identified by the Engineer  Samples  6,000              years
Operation      At accident I spIll locations involving bulk transport carryin  No. of   6,000   Al Seven locations (assumed)                       42,000
hazardous  materials                                  Samples    __ _ _ _ _ _ _   __ _  __ _ _ _ _ _  _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Flora                   Pre-Construction    All along the corridor                                L.S     25.000                 _               __                           25,000
I a Assoc,ales
47                                                                                         77



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
COMPONENT                STAGE                                  ITEM                              Unit      Unit Cost (Rs.)               QUANTITY        _          Total Cost (INR)
Operation      At locations of compensatory plantation                    L.S       25,000 per year  At locations of compensatory plantation              75,000
~for 3  yearsI__ _ _ _                          _ _ _ _ _
_                                                                                                           Monitoring Costs                                  1,807,000
Training & Mobilisation Costs
Training           &    Construction and                                                               L.S      Portion of total cost                                                300,000
Mobilisation Costs          Operation       As per modules developed for the GTRIP               L    _            of training                              .         _
Facilities.and    Construction and                                                             For 1 Vehicle, 1 monitoring kit for air,
Facilities       and    Construction and                                                               L.S     200,000           water and  noise, 1 Computer with                   200,000
Equipment                   Operation       As worked out in the logistical support requirement'                                 printer
Erection of hoardings indicating the RoW  availability and  No.    2,000                             52                                  104,000
Advocacy and policy                        legal charges for encroachment
making for prevention       Operation       Holding meetings for policy planning and subsequent review                           9 meetings in the first three years and
of            Ribbon                        meetings  with  all  stakeholders  like  the  Revenue      No      5000              subsequent review meetings every year               100000
development                                 Department, local elected  representatives, town-planning   o.                       (-20)
authorities, NHAI, local NGOs, etc.                                _=20_
(B) Monitoring and Training Costs                        2,511,000
l__________  Total Costs (A+B)                    36,564,194
|_________  Contingency @ 6%                       1,778,210
TOTAL BUDGETED COSTS                        3,,340,000
Note 1: The provision for vehicle for monitoring will be made from contingency fund for the EMP implementation
48                                                                                          ea Associates



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.13 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT WORKS
1.13.1 JUNGLE CLEARANCE
Jungle clearance shall comprise uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brushwood, shrubs, stumps, trees
and saplings of girth upto 30 cm measured at a height of one metre above the ground level. Where only
clearance of grass is involved it shall be measured and paid for separately.
Uprooting of vegetation
The roots of trees and saplings shall be removed to a depth of 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm
below formation level or 15 cm below sub grade level, whichever is lower. All holes or hollows formed
due to removal of roots shall be filled up with earth rammed and levelled. Trees, shrubs, poles, fences,
signs, monuments, pipe lines, cable etc. within or adjacent to the area which are not required to be
disturbed during jungle clearance shall be properly protected by the contractor at his own cost and
nothing extra shall be payable.
Stacking and disposal
All useful materials obtained from clearing and grubbing operation shall be stacked in the manner as
directed by the Engineer. Trunks and branches of trees shall be cleared of limbs and tops and stacked
neatly at places indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge. The materials shall be the property of the
Government. All unserviceable materials, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be used or
auctioned, shall be removed up to a distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area under
clearance. It shall be ensured by the contractor that unserviceable materials are disposed off in such a
manner that there is on likelihood of getting mixed up with the materials meant for construction.
1.13.2 FELLING TREES
Felling: While clearing jungle, growth trees above 30 cm girth (measured at a height of one metre
above ground level) to be cut, shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and then marked at site.
Felling trees shall include taking out roots up to 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm below formation
level or 15 cm below sub-grade level, whichever is lower. All excavations below general ground level
arising out of the removal of trees, stumps etc. shall be filled with suitable material in 20 cm layers and
compacted thoroughly so that the surface at these points conform to the surrounding area. The trunks
and branches of trees shall be cleared of limbs and tops and cut into suitable pieces as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Stacking and Disposal: Wood, branches, twigs of trees and other useful material shall be the property
of the Government. The serviceable materials shall be stacked in the manner as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge up to a lead of 50 m. All unserviceable material, which in the opinion of Engineer-
in-Charge cannot be used or auctioned shall be removed from the area and disposed off as per the
directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Care shall be taken to see that unsuitable waste materials are
disposed off in such a manner that there is no likelihood of these getting mixed up with the materials
meant for construction.
1.1 3.3 EARTHWORK
Excavation in all kinds of soil
All Excavation operation shall include excavation and getting out the excavation materials. In case of
excavation for trenches 'getting out' shall include throwing the excavated materials at a distance of at
least one meter or half the depth of excavation, whichever is clearer off the edge of excavation.
During the excavation the natural drainage of the area shall be maintained. Excavation shall be done
from top to bottom. Under mining or under cutting shall not be done.
49T AsMCiafs
49zo



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
The excavation shall be done true to levels, slope shape & pattern indicated by the engineer in change.
1.13.4 FILLING
Lumps & clods exceeding 8 cm in any direction shall be broken. Each layer shall be watered and
consolidated with steel rammer or 1/2 tone roller. Where specified every third & top most layer shall
also be consolidated with power roller of minimum 8 tones. The Top & sides of the filling shall be neatly
raised. The contractor shall make good all subsidence & shrinkage in each filling embankments
traverses etc. during execution and fill the completion of works.
1.13.5 DAMP PROOF COURSE
Cement Concrete Layer
This shall consist of cement concrete of specified proportions and thickness. The surface of brick or
stone masonry work shall be levelled and prepared before laying the cement concrete. Edge of damp
proof course shall be straight, even and vertical. Side shuttering shall consist of steel forms and shall
be strong and properly fixed so that it does not get disturbed during compaction and the mortar does
not leak through. The concrete mix shall be of workable consistency and shall be tamped thoroughly to
make a dense mass. When the sides are removed, the surface should come out smooth without
honeycombing. Continuity shall be maintained while laying the cement concrete layer and laying shall
be terminated only at the predetermined location where damp proof course is to be discontinued. There
shall be no construction joint in the, Damp Proof Course.
Curing
Damp proof course shall be cured for at least seven days, after which it shall be allowed to dry.
Application of Hot Bitumen
Where so directed, hot bitumen in specified quantity shall be applied over the dried up surface of
cement concrete, properly cleaned with brushes and finally with a piece of cloth soaked in kerosene oil.
Bitumen of penetration A 90 or equivalent where used shall be heated to a temperature of 1600 + 50C.
The hot bitumen shall be applied uniformly all over, so that no blank spaces are left anywhere. It will be
paid for separately.
Water Proofing Materials
Where so specified, waterproofing material of approved quality shall be added to the concrete mixture
in accordance with the manufacture's specifications stating the quantity of water proofing material in
litres or kg per 50 kg or cement and will be paid for separately.
1.13.6 BRICKS WORK
Bricks Used in the Masonry may be of the following type
Common burnt clay bricks: Shall be hand moulded or machine moulded. They shall be free from
nodules of free lime, visible cracks, flaws warpage and organic matter, have a frog 100 mm in length 40
mm in width and 10 mm to 20mm deep on one of its flat sides. Bricks made by extrusion process and
brick tiles may not be provided with frogs. Each brick shall be marked (in the frog where provided) with
the manufacturer's identification mark or initials.
Dimensions: Brick sizes will as per standard engineering practices followed in the states of UP & Bihar.
The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corner and shall be uniform in colour and
emit clear ringing sound when struck.
Water absorption: The average water absorption of bricks when tested shall be not more than 20% by
weight.
50



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Efflorescence: The rating of efflorescence of bricks when tested shall be not more than moderate.
Brick Work
Classification: The brickwork shall be classified according to the class designation of bricks used.
Mortar: The mortar for the brickwork shall be as specified, and conform to accepted standards. Lime
shall not be used where reinforcement is provided in brickwork.
Soaking of Bricks: Bricks shall be soaked in water before use for period for the water to just penetrate
the whole depth of the bricks. Alternatively bricks may be adequately soaked in stacks by profusely
spraying with clean water at regular intervals for a period not less than six hours. The bricks required for
masonry work using mud mortar shall not be soaked. When the bricks are soaked they shall be
removed from the tank sufficiently early so that at the time of laying they are skin-dry. Such soaked
bricks shall be stacked on a clean place where they are not again spoiled by dirt, earth etc.
Laying
Bricks shall be laid in English Bond unless otherwise specified. For brick work in half brick wall, bricks
shall be laid in stretcher bond. Half or cut bricks shall not be used except as closer where necessary to
complete the bond. Closer in such cases, shall be cut to the required size and used near the ends of
the wall. Header bond shall be used preferably in all courses in curved plan for ensuring better
alignment.
All loose materials, dirt and set lumps of mortar which may be lying over the surface on which brick
work is to be freshly started, shall be removed with a wire brush and surface wetted. Bricks shall be laid
on a full bed of mortar, when laying, each brick shall, be property bedded and set in position by gently
pressing with the handle of a trowel. It inside face shall be buttered with mortar before the next brick is
laid and pressed against it. Joints shall be fully filled and packed with mortar such that no hollow
spaces are left inside the joints.
The boundary or separator walls shall be taken up truly in plumb or true to the required batter where
specified. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical
joints in the alternate course shall come directly one over the other. Quoin, Jambs and other angles
shall be properly plumbed as the work proceeds. Care shall be taken to keep the perpends properly
aligned within following maximum permissible tolerances.
Deviation from vertical shall not exceed 6 mm per 3 m height.
Deviation from position shown on plan of any brickwork shall not exceed 12.5 mm.
A set of tools comprising of wooden straight edge, Masonic spirit levels, square, 1-meter rule line and
plumb shall be kept on the site of work for every 3 masons for proper check during the progress of
work.
All quoins shall be accurately constructed and the height of brick courses shall be kept uniform. This
will be checked using graduated wooden straight edge or storey rod indicating height of each course
including thickness of joints.
The brickwork shall be built in uniform layers.
Parts of wall left at different levels shall be raked back at an angle of 45 degrees or less with the
horizontal. Toothing shall not be permitted as an alternative to raking back. For half brick partition to be
keyed into main walls, indents shall be left in the main walls.
Where bricks cannot be cut to the required shape to form cut (maru) corners, cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) equal to thickness of course
shall be provided in lieu of cut bricks.
51



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Bricks shall be laid with frog (where provided) up. However, when top course is exposed, brick shall be
laid with frog down. For the bricks to be laid with frog down, the frog shall be filled with mortar before
placing the brick in position.
In case of walls one brick thick and under, one face shall be kept even and in proper plane, while the
other face may be slightly rough.
In retaining walls and the like, where water is likely to accumulate, weep holes, 50 to 75 mm square
shall be provided at 2 m vertically and horizontally unless otherwise specified. The lowest weep hole
shall be at about 30 cm above the ground level. All weep holes shall be surrounded by loose stones
and shall have sufficient fall to drain out the water quickly.
3oints
The thickness of all types of joints including brick wall joints and cross joints shall be such that four
course and three joints taken consecutively shall measure 30 cm for bricks of standard sizes as per
local availability.
Note: Specified thickness of joints shall be of 1 cm deviation from the specified thickness of all joints
shall not exceed one-fifth of specified thickness.
Finishing of Joints
The face of brick work may be finished flush or by pointing, In flush finishing either the face joints of the
mortar shall be worked out while still green to give a finished surface flush with the face of the brick
work or the joints shall be squarely raked out to a depth of 1 cm while the mortar is still green for
subsequently plastering. The faces of brickwork shall be cleaned with wire brush so as to remove any
splashes of mortar during the course of raising the brickwork. In pointing, the joints shall be squarely
raked out to a depth of 1.5 cm while the mortar is still green and raked joints shall be brushed to
remove dust and loose particles and well wetted, and shall be later refilled with mortar to give ruled
finish. Some such finishes are 'flush', 'weathered', ruled, etc.
Curing
The brickwork shall be constantly kept moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven days.
Brickwork done during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which the work is done
so as to keep a watch on the curing period.
Scaffolding
Scaffolding shall be strong to withstand all dead, live and impact loads, which are likely to come on
them. Scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach to every part of the work.
Single Scaffolding
Where plastering has been indicated for brickwork, single scaffolding may be provided, unless
otherwise specified. In single scaffolding, one end of the put-logs/pole shall rest in the hole provided in
the header course of brick masonry. Not more than one header for each put-log/pole shall be left out.
Such holes shall not be allowed in the case of pillars, brick work less than one metre in length between
the openings or near the skewbacks of arches or immediately under or near the structural member
supported by the walls. The holes for put-logs/ poles shall be made good with brickwork and wall
finishing as specified.
Double Scaffolding
Double Scaffolding having two independent supports, clear of the work, shall be provided for exposed
brickwork.
52



Environmental Management Plan - Package nI B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.13.7 CONCRETE WORK
The concrete shall be designed in grades denoting characteristic compressive strength or by volumetric
proportion of the nominal mix concrete of the constituents.
Material
Water, cement, lime, fine aggregate or sand, surkhi, cinder and fly ash shall be as specified.
Coarse Aggregate
General: Most of the coarse aggregate shall be retained on 4.75 mm IS Sieve and shall contains only
as much fine material as is permitted in IS 383 for various sizes and grading. Coarse aggregate shall
be stone aggregated and it shall be obtained from approved/authorised sources.
Stone Aggregate: It shall consist of naturally occurring (uncrushed, crushed or broken) stones. It shall
be hard, strong, dense, durable and clean. It shall be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious
amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. It shall be
roughly cubical in shape. Flaky and elongated pieces shall be avoided. It shall conform to IS: 383
unless otherwise specified.
Deleterious Material: Coarse aggregate shall not contain any deleterious material, such as pyrites, coal,
lignite, mica, shale or similar laminated material, clay, alkali, soft fragments, seashells and organic
impurities in such quantity as to affect the strength or durability of the concrete. Coarse aggregate to be
used for reinforced cement concrete. Coarse aggregate to be used for reinforced cement concrete shall
not contain any material liable to attack the steel reinforcement. Aggregates, which are chemically
reactive with alkalis of cement, shall not be used. The maximum quantity of deleterious material shall
not be more than five per cent of the weight of coarse aggregate when determined in accordance with
IS: 2386 Part II.
Size and Grading
(i) Stone aggregate: It shall be graded as specified. Nominal size and grading shall be as under -
Nominal sizes of graded stone aggregate or gravel shall be 40 or 12.5mm as specified. For any one of
the nominal sizes, the proportion of other sizes shall be in accordance with Table 12.
Table 12      Graded Stone Aggregate
IS Sieve    Percentage passing (by weight) for nominal size of
Designation   40 mrm   20 mmw    16 nam    12.5 mm
75 mm      100             -              -
37.5 mm    95 to 100   100      -         -
19 mm      30to70    95 to 100   100      100
16 mm           -               90 to 100
11.2mm     -         -          -         90 to 100
9 5 mm     10 to 35    25 to 55    30to70j 40to85
4.75mm     Oto5       Oto10     Oto 10    Oto10
2.36mm     -                    -       1-
Stacking: Aggregate shall be stacked on a hard, dry and level patch of ground. When stock piling, the
aggregate shall not form pyramids resulting in segregation of different sized materials. It shall be
stacked separately according to nominal size of coarse aggregates. Stacking shall be done in regular
stacks, of height not exceeding 100 cm.
Fine Aggregate
Most of the fine aggregate shall pass through 4.75 mm IS sieve. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural
sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand stone dust or marble dust, conforming to IS: 2686. It
I PA Associates
53



Enwronmental Management Plan - Package a/ B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
shall be hard, durable, chemically inert, clean and free from adherent coatings, organic matter etc. and
shall not contain any appreciable amount of day balls or pellets and harmful impurities e.g. iron pyrites,
alkalis, salts, coal, mica, shale or similar laminated materials in such form or in such quantities as to
cause corrosion of metal or affect adversely the hardening, the strength, the durability or the
appearance of mortar, plaster or concrete. The sum of the percentages of all deleterious material shall
not exceed 5%. Fine aggregate must be checked for organic impurities such as decayed vegetation
humps, coal dust etc.
Silt Content: The maximum quantity of silt in sand shall not exceed 8%.
Fine aggregate containing more than allowable percentage of silt shall be washed so as to bring the silt
content within allowable limits.
Grading: On the basis of particle size, fine aggregate is graded into four zones. The grading shall be
within the limits given in Table 13 below. Where the grading falls outside the limits of any particular
grading zone of sieves, other then 600 micron IS sieve, by a total amount not exceeding 5 per cent, it
shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone as per IS: 326.
Table 13       Grading of Fine Aggregate
IS Sieve   - ______________________________  Percentage passing For
Grading Zone I       Grading Zone II   Grading Zone III   Grading Zone IV
9.50 mm      100                        100             100              100
4.75 mm     90-100                      90-100          90-100          95-100
2.36 mm     60-95                       75-100          85-100          95-100
1.18mm      30-70                       55-90           75-100          90-100
600 microns   15-34                     35-59           60-79           80-100
300 microns [ 5-20                      8-30            12-40            15-50
150 microns [ 0-10                      0-10            0-10            0-15
Type and grading of fine aggregate to be used shall be specified. It shall be coarse sand, fine sand,
stone dust or marble dust, fly ash and surkhi. Use of sea sand shall not be allowed, unless otherwise
specified.
Coarse sand shall be either river sand or pit sand or a combination of the two. Badarpur sand available
in Delhi generally falls in category of pit sand. It shall be clean, sharp, angular, and gritty to touch and
composed of hard siliceous material.
Fine sand shall be either river sand or pit sand or a combination of the two. Its grading shall fall within
the limits of Grading Zone IV of Table 13. As a guideline, fine sand conforming to grading Zone IV can
be generally obtained in Delhi by mixing one part of Badarpur sand and two parts of Jamuna Sand (by
volume).
Stone dust shall be obtained by crushing hard stones or gravel.
Sand for Masonry Mortar and for Plaster Sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or
crushed gravel sand or a combination of any of these. Sand shall be hard, durable, clean and free from
adherent coatings and organic matter and shall not contain the amount of clay, silt and fine dust more
than specified as under.
Deleterious Material:   Sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron, pyrites, alkalis,
salts, coal or other organic impurities, mica, shale or similar laminated materials, soft fragments, sea
shale in such form or in such quantities as to affect adversely the hardening, strength or durability of the
mortar.
Grading of sand for use in masonry mortar shall be conforming to IS: 2116 (Table 14).
Grading of sand for use in Plaster shall be conforming to IS: 1542 (Table 15).
54



Environmental Managernent Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Table 14        Grading of sand for use in masonry mortar as per IS: 2116
IS Sieve Designation            Percentage passing by mass
4.75 mm                             100
2.36 mm                             90to 1 00
1.18 mm                             70to 100
600 micron                          40 to 100
300 micron                          5 to 70
150 micron                          0 to 15
Note: For crushed stone sands, the permissible limit on 150 micron IS Sieve is increased to 20%. This does
not affect the 5% allowance IS-2386.
Table 15        Grading of Sand for use in Plaster as per IS: 1542
IS Sieve Designation                             Percentage passing
lOmm                                             100
4.75 mm                                          95 to 100
2.36 mm                                          95 to 100
1.18 mm                                         90 to 100
600 micron                                       80 to 100
300 micron                                       20 to 65
150 micron                                       0 to5O
Admixtures
When required, admixtures of approved quality shall be mixed with concrete, as specified. The
admixtures shall conform to IS: 9103.
Bulking
Fine aggregate, when dry or saturated, has almost the same volume but dampness causes increase in
volume. In case fine aggregate is damp at the time of proportioning the ingredients for mortar or
concrete, its quantity shall be increased suitably to allow for bulkage.
Stacking
Fine aggregate shall be so stacked as to prevent dust and foreign matter getting mixed up with it as far
as practically possible.
Steel for reinforcement
The steel used for reinforcement shall be any of the following types:
Mild steel and medium tensile bars conforming to IS: 432 (Part I)
Hard drawn steel wire conforming to IS: 432 (Part II)
Types and Grades
Reinforcement supplied in accordance with this standard shall be classified into the following types:
Mild steel bars: It shall be supplied in the following two grades
Mild steel bars grade I designated as Fe 410-S.
Mild steel bars grade 11 designated as Fe 410-0.
Medium tensile steel bars, grade 11 designated as Fe 540-W-HT.
Mild steel and Medium tensile steel.
Table 16         Elongation Percentage of Mild steel bars
Si                                                 Ultimate tensile      Yield stress N/     Elongation
No.     Type and nominal size of bar              stress N/mm2           mnm2 minimum        percent
minimum                                   minimum
1       Mild steel grade 1, For bars up to and    410                    250                 23
includinq 20 mm.
2.   _  Mild steel grade 11, For bars up to and    370                   225                 23    ,
55                                               , =J



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Si                                                   Ultimate tensile      Yield stress NI       Elongation
No.     Type and nominal size of bar                stress N/mm2           mm2 minimum           percent
minimummimu
including 20 mm           -
3,      Medium tensile steel, For bars up to &       4                     350                   20
including 16 mm
Elongation percent on gauge length 5.65 so where so is the cross sectional area of the test piece is
shown in Table 46.
High strength deformed bars & wires shall conform to IS: 1786. The physical properties for all sizes of
steel bars are mentioned Table 17.
Table 17         Physical Properties of Mild steel bars
Si.                    Property                                       Grade
No.                                                  Fe 415           Fe 500           Fe 550
1.       0.2% proof stress/ yield stress, min. N/mm2    415          500            s50
Elongation, percent min. on gauge length
2.       5.65 A, Where A is the X-Sectional Area of    14.5          12             8
the test piece.
6% more than   6   oeta
10% more than    . actual 0.2%    a l% more than
actual 0.2% proof   proof stress
3.       Tensile strength                         stress but not less   but not less  stress but not
than 465 N/mm2    than 545 N/     less than 585 NI
mmn            mm
Stacking and storage:  Steel for reinforcement shall be stored in such a way as to prevent distorting
and corrosion. Bars of different classifications, sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate
issue in such sizes and lengths to cause minimum wastage in cutting from standard length.
1.13.8 FORM WORK (CENTRING & SHUTTERING)
Form work:
Formwork shall include all temporary or permnanent forms or moulds required for forming the concrete,
which is cast-in-situ, together with all temporary construction required for their support.
Design & Tolerance in Construction
Formwork shall be designed and constructed to the shapes, lines and dimensions shown on the
drawings with the tolerances given in Table 18.
Table 18         Tolerances for Formwork
Deviation from specified dimensions of   cross section of  +12 mm
columns and beams
Deviation from dimensions of footings                      +12 mm
Dimension in Plan                                          +50 mm
Eccentricity in plan
0.02 times the width of the footings in the direction of deviation
but not more than 50 mm.
Thickness
40.05 times the specified thickness.
(Note -Tolerance applies to concrete dimensions only, and not to positioning of vertical steel or dowels.)
General Requirement
It shall be strong enough to withstand the dead and live loads and forces caused by ramming and
vibrations of concrete and other incidental loads, imposed upon it during and after casting of concrete.
It shall be made sufficiently rigid by using adequate number of ties and braces, Screw jacks or hard
board wedges where required shall be provided to make up any settlement in the form work either
before or during the placing of concrete.
5
56te  g-ae



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 8
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Forms shall be so constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence, without
damaging the surface of concrete or disturbing other sections. Care shall be taken to see that no piece
is keyed into the concrete.
Material for Form Work
Propping and Centring
All propping and centring should be either of steel tubes with extension pieces or built up sections of
rolled steel.
Centring/Staging
Staging should be as designed with required extension pieces as approved by Engineer-in-Charge to
ensure proper slopes, as per design for slabs/ beams etc. and as per levels as shown in drawings. All
the staging to be either to Tubular steel structure with adequate bracings as approved or made of built
up structural sections made from rolled structural steel sections.
Shuttering
Shuttering used shall be of sufficient stiffness to avoid excessive deflection and joints shall be tightly
butted to avoid leakage of slurry. If required, rubberised lining of material as approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge shall be provided in the joints.
Steel shuttering used for concreting should be sufficiently stiffened. The steel shuttering should also be
properly repaired before use and properly cleaned to avoid stains, honey combing, seepage of slurry
through joints etc.
Form work shall be properly designed for self weight, weight of reinforcement, weight of fresh concrete,
and in addition, the various live loads likely to be imposed during the construction process (such as
workmen, materials and equipment).
Camber
Suitable camber shall be provided in horizontal members of structure, especially in cantilever spans to
counteract the effect of deflection. The formwork shall be so assembled as to provide for camber. The
camber for beams and slabs shall be 4 mm per metre (1 to 250) or as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge, so as to offset the subsequent deflection. For cantilevers the camber at free end shall be 1/50th
of the projected length or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Formwork for Concrete Walls
The form faces have to be kept at fixed distance apart and an arrangement of wall ties with spacer
tubes or bolts is considered best.
Removal of Form work (Stripping time)
In normal circumstances and where ordinary Portland cement is used, forms may generally be removed
after the expiry of the following Table 19.
Table 19       Stripping time for form work
a)    Walls, columns and vertical faces of all structural  24 to 48 hours as may be decided by the
members                                        Engineer-in-Charge
Slab
b)    Sla                                            7 days
l) Spanning upto 4.50 M
Beams
c)                                                   14 days
___ Iji) Spanning upto 6 M
Note 1:  For other types of cement, the stripping time recommended for ordinary Portland cement may be suitably
modified.
Note 2  The number of props left under, their sizes and disposition shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full
dead load of the slabs, beam or arch as the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during
curing or further construction.                                                  `3
57



Environmental Management Plan - Package tl 8
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Note 3:  For rapid hardening cement, 3/7 of above periods will be sufficient in all cases except for vertical side of
slabs, beams and columns, which should be retained for at least 24 hours.
Note 4:  In case of cantilever slabs and beams, the centring shall remain till structures for counter acting or bearing
down have been erected and have attained sufficient strength.
Note 5:  Proper precautions should be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all
types of cement in cold weather and accoriingly stripping time shall be increased.
Note 6   Work damaged through premature or careless removal of forms shall be reconstructed.
Oiling the Surface
Shuttering gives much longer service life in the surfaces are coated with suitable mould oil, which acts
both as a perting agent and also gives surface protections.
A typical mould oil is heavy mineral oil or purified cylinder oil containing not less than 5 %
pentachlorophenol conforming to IS: 716 well mixed to a viscosity of 70-80 centipoise.
After 3-4 uses and also in cases when shuttering has been stored for a long time, it should be recoated
with mould oil before the next use.
The design of formwork shall conform to sound Engineering practices and relevant IS codes.
Inspection of Form Work
The completed formwork shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before the
reinforcement bars are placed in position.
Proper form work should be adopted for concreting so as to avoid honey combing, blow holes, grout
loss, stains or discolouration of concrete etc. proper and accurate alignment and profile of finished
concrete surface will be ensured by proper designing and erection of form work which will be approved
by Engineer-in-Charge.
Shuttering surface before concreting should be free from any defectU deposits and fully cleaned so as to
give perfectly straight smooth concrete surface. Shuttering surface should be therefore checked for any
damage to its surface and excessive roughness before use.
Erection of Form Work (centring and shuttering)
Following points shall be bome in mind while checking during erection.
Any member that is to remain in position after the general dismantling is done, should be clearly
marked.
Material used should be checked to ensure that, wrong items/ rejects are not used
If there are any excavations nearby which may influence the safety of formworks, corrective and
strengthening action must be taken.
The bearing soil must be sound and well prepared and the sole plates shall bear well on the ground.
Sole plates shall be properly seated on their bearing pads or sleepers.
The bearing plates of steel props shall not be distorted.
The steel parts on the bearing members shall have adequate bearing areas.
Safety measures to prevent impact of traffic, scour due to water etc. should be taken. Adequate
precautionary measures shall be taken to prevent accidental impacts etc.
Bracing, struts and ties shall be installed along with the progress of formwork to ensure strength and
stability of formwork at intermediate stage. Steel sections (especially deep sections) shall be
adequately restrained against tilting, over turning and formwork should be restrained against horizontal
loads. All the securing devices and bracing shall be tightened.
The stacked materials shall be placed as catered for, in the design.
When adjustable steel props are used, they should:
58



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road tmprovement Project
Be undamaged and not visibly bent.
Have the steel pins provided by the manufacture,rs for use.
Be restrained laterally near each end.
Have means for centralising beams placed in the fork heads.
Screw adjustment of adjustable props shall not be over extended.
Double wedges shall be provided for adjustment of the form to the required position whenever any
settlement / elastic shortening of props occurs. Wedges should be used only at the bottom end of single
prop. Wedges should not be too steep and one of the pair should be tightened! clamped down after
adjustment to prevent their shifting.
No member shall be eccentric upon vertical member.
The number of nuts and bolts shall be adequate.
All provisions of the design and/ or drawings shall be complied with.
Cantilever supports shall be adequate.
Props shall directly under one another in multistage constructions as far as possible.
Guy ropes or stay shall be tensioned properly.
There shall be adequate provision for the movement and operation of vibrators and other construction
plant and equipment.
Required camber shall be provided over long spans.
Supports shall be adequate, and in plumb within the specified tolerances.
General
The formwork shall include the following:
Splayed edges, notching, allowance for overlaps and passing at angles, sheathing battens, strutting,
bolting, nailing, wedging, easing, striking and removal.
All supports, struts, braces, wedges as well as mudsills, piles or other suitable arrangements to support
the formwork.
Bolts, wire ties, clamps, spreaders, nails or any other items to hold the sheathing together.
Working scaffolds, ladders, gangways, and similar items
Filleting to form stop chamfered edges of splayed external angles not exceeding 20 mm wide to beams,
columns and the like.
Where required, the temporary openings provided in the forms for pouring concrete, inserting vibrators,
and cleaning holes for removing rubbish from the interior of the sheathing before pouring concrete.
1.13.9 REINFORCEMENT
General requirements
Steel conforming for reinforcement shall be clear and free from loose mud, scales, dust, loose rust,
coats of paints, oil or other coatings which may destroy or reduce bond. It shall be stored in such a way
as to avoid distortion and to prevent deterioration and corrosion. Prior to assembly of reinforcement on
no account any oily substance shall be used for removing the rust.
59



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Assembly of Reinforcement
Bars shall be bent correctly and accurately to the size and shape as shown in the detailed drawings or
as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Preferably bars of full length shall be used. Necessary cutting and
straightening is also included. Over lapping of bars, where necessary shall be done as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The overlapping bars shall not touch each other and these shall be kept apart with
concrete between them by 25 mm or 1% times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate whichever is
greater. But where this is not possible, the overlapping bars shall be bound together at intervals not
exceeding twice the dia. Of such bars with two strands annealed steel wire of 0.90 mm to 1.6 mm
twisted tight. The overlapsl splices shall be staggered as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. But
in no case the over lapping shall be provided in more than 50% of cross sectional area at one section.
Bends and Hooks Forming End Anchorages
Reinforcement shall be bent and fixed in accordance with procedure specified in IS:-2502, code of
practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement.
U - Type Hook
In case of mild steel plain bars standard U type hook shall be provided by bending ends of rod into
semicircular hooks having clear diameter equal to four times the diameter of the bar.
Bends
Bend forming anchorage to a M.S. plain bar shall be bent with an internal radius equal to two times the
diameter of the bar with a minimum length beyond the bend equal to four times the diameter of the bar.
Anchoring Bars in Tension
Deformed bars may be used without end anchorages, provided, development lengthi requirement is
satisfied. Hooks should normally be provided for plain bars in tension. Development length of bars will
be determined as per clause 25.2.1 of IS: 456.
Anchoring Bars in Compression
The anchorage length of straight bar in compression shall be equal to the development length of bars in
compression as specified in clause 25.2.1 of IS: 456. The projected length of hooks, bends and straight
lengths beyond bend, if provided for a bar in compression, shall be considered for development length.
Binder, stirrups, links and the like: In case of binders, stirrups, links etc. the straight portion beyond the
curve at the end shall be not less than eight times and nominal size of bar.
Placing in Position
Fabricated reinforcement bars shall be placed in position as shown in the drawings or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The bars crossing one another shall be tied together at every intersection with
two strands of annealed steel wire 0.9 to 1.6 mm thickness twisted tight to make the skeleton of the
steel work rigid so that the reinforcement does not get displaced during deposition of concrete.
The bars shall be kept in correct position.
1.1 3.10 PAVING
Brick Paving
Bricks
Bricks of specified dimensions and designations shall be used. These shall conform to the
specifications described in above sections. Broken bricks shall not be used in paving except for closing
the line. The bricks shall be laid on edge.
60                                       2n=C7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Mortar
The mortar used shall be as specified (in case of dry bricks flooring fine sand shall be filled in the
joints).
Base Concrete
1.     Flooring shall be laid on PCC base concrete laid to slope ranging from 1:36 to 1:48 as decided
by the Engineer.
2.     The flooring shall commence within 48 hours of the laying of base, failing which; the surface of
base shall be roughened with steel wire brushes without disturbing the concrete. Before laying
the flooring the based shall be wetted and smeared with a coat of cement slurry at 2 kg of
cement spread over an area of one meter square, so as to get a good bond between sub-grade
and flooring.
Soaking of Bricks
Bricks required for flooring shall be adequately soaked in stacks before use, by profusely spraying with
clean water at regular intervals for a period of not less than six hours as to keep them wet to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Laying
The bricks shall be laid on the edge in plain, diagonal herring bone bond, or other pattern as specified
in the architectural drawings.
Bricks shall be laid on edge on 12 mm thick mortar bed and each brick shall be propedy bedded and
set home by gentle tapping with trowel handle or wooden mallet. Its inside face shall be buttered with
mortar, before the next brick is laid and pressed against it.
On completion of a portion of flooring, the vertical joints shall be fully filled from the top with mortar. The
surface of the flooring during laying, shall be frequently checked with a straight edge at least 2 m long,
so as to obtain a true plain surface with the required slope.
Joiints
Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are full of mortar. The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.0 cm for
brickwork with bricks of any class designation. The joints shall be struck flush and finished at the time
laying. The face of brickwork shall be cleaned on the same day on which brickwork is laid and all mortar
droppings removed promptly.
Curing
Brickwork shall be protected from rain by suitable covering when the mortar is green. Masonry work in
cement mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven days.
Brickwork carried out during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which the work is
done so as to keep a watch on the curing period.
Precast Concrete Tiles for Paving
The grade of concrete shall be used as mentioned in architectural drawing. Thickness of slab shall be
as mentioned in drawing. It must be of actual shape as per drawing. The top of the tiles must be of
smooth finished.
Laying
The earth shall be rammed and watered to get the earth well compacted. The engineer shall check the
compaction of soil. Bed PCC has to be laid as mentioned in drawing with correct depth and grade.
Cement slurry @2kg/M2 has to be spread over the concrete to fix the tile. The tile shall be laid within the
initial setting time after the laying of PCC. The top of the tile shall be true in slope as mention in
drawing. The joints between the two adjacent tiles shall be as mentioned in enhancement drawing.
61



Environmental Management Plan - Package i B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Curing
The tiles must be inserted in water after 24 hours of casting and cured in the same manner for at least
7 days, only thereafter used at site.
The curing of the paving must be start a day after the laying of tiles and it shall be done up to 7 days.
1.13.11 CEMENT PLASTERING
All cement plaster shall be 12 mm, thick for brick surfaces and 6mm thick for concrete surfaces unless
otherwise stated.
Scaffolding and preparation of surfaced shall be as specified.
Mortar
The mortar of the specified mix using the type of sand described in the item shall be as specified in
drawings for external work and under coat work, the fine aggregate shall conform to grading IV. For
finishing coast work the fine aggregate conforming to grading zone V shall be used.
Application: The specifications as in drawings shall apply except in the following respects:
Beating with thin bamboo strips shall not be done on the cement plaster, and
Further the plastering and finishing shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry
mortar.
Thickness: Where the thickness required as per description of the item is 20 mm the average thickness
of the plaster shall not be less than 12 mm whether the wall treated is of brick.
Curing
Curing shall be started as soon as the plaster has hardened sufficiently not to be damaged when
watered.
The plaster shall be kept wet for a period of at least 7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably
protected from all damages at the contractor's expense by such means as the Engineer-in charge may
approve. The dates on which the plastering is done shall be legible marked on the various sections
plastered so that curing for the specified period thereafter can be watched.
Cement Plaster with a Floating Coat of Neat Cement
The cement plaster shall be 12, 15 or 20 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement, as
described in the item.
Specifications for this item of work shall be same as described in plastering item except for the
additional floating coat, which shall be carried out as below.
When the plaster has been brought to a true surface with the wooden straight edge it shall be uniformly
treated over its entire area with a paste of neat cement and rubbed smooth, so that the whole surface is
covered with neat cement coating. The quantity of cement applied for floating coat shall be 1 kg per m2
Smooth finishing shall be completed with trowel immediately and in no case later than half an hour of
adding water to the plaster mix. The rest of the specifications described in plastering item shall apply.
6mm Cement Plaster on Cement Concrete and Reinforced Cement Concrete Work
Scaffolding
Stage scaffolding shall be provided for the work. This shall be independent of the walls.
Preparation of Surface
Projecting burrs of mortar formed due to the gaps at joints in shuttering shall be removed. The surface
shall be scrubbed clean with wire brushes. In addition concrete surfaces to be plastered shall be pock
marked with a pointed tool, at spacing of not more than 5 cm. Centres, the pock being made no
I S,
62



Environmental Management Plan - Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
than 3mm deep. This is to ensure a proper key for the plaster. The mortar shall be washed off and
surface, cleaned of all oil, grease etc. and well wetted before the plaster is applied.
Mortars
Mortar of the specified mix using the types of sand described in the item shall be used. It shall be as
specified in above section.
Application
To ensure even thickness and a true surface, gauges of plaster 15x15 cm. shall be first applied at not
more than 1.5m intervals in both directions to serve as guides for the plastering. Surface of these
gauged areas shall be truly in the plane of the finished plaster surface. The plaster shall be then applied
in a uniform surface to a thickness slightly more than the specified thickness and shall then be brought
to true and even surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges. Finally the
surface shall be finished true with a trowel or with wooden float to give a smooth or sandy granular
texture as required. Excess troweling or over working of the floats shall be avoided. The plastering and
finishing shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry mortar.
Plastering of ceiling shall not be commenced until the slab above has been finished and centring has
been finished and centring has been removed. In the case of ceiling of roof slabs, plaster shall not be
commenced until the terrace work has been completed. These precautions are necessary in order that
the ceiling plaster is not disturbed by the vibrations set up in the above operations.
Finish
The plaster shall be furnished to a true and plumb surface and to the proper degree of smoothness as
required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a true straight edge not less
than 2.5m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and surfaces shall be tested with a level and
all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work proceeds.
Thickness
The average thickness of plaster shall not be less than 6mm. The minimum thickness over any portion
of the surface shall not be less than 5mm.
Curing
The specifications shall be detailed in above section.
1.13.12 GABION STRUCTURES
Gabion
1.    Gabion Box - It is made of appropriate geotextile material as approved by supervision engineer
on site.
2.     Boulder - The boulders shall range in size from 400 mm to 200mm. They should be hard and
textu red.
Placing
First maintain the slope as specified in design drawing. Cut earth as per box size then start to pivot
Boxes from bottom. After placing 1lt layer of boxes pour the gravel, keeping in mind the bigger sizes
are at bottom. Geotextile membrane put as shown in design drawing. After that accumulate natural soil
in this space to facilitates vegetation. Geotextile membrane shall be knotted by MS wire with Gabion
box, put one by one layer in the same manner as stated above.
1.13.13 DRY STONE PITCHING
As far as possible it should be ensured that one rainy season has elapsed before pitching or any kind of
stone work is commenced, so that the embankment has time to settle, and loose spots in the cutting, if
any, show up.
63



Environmental Management Plan - Package nI B
Grand Trunk Road Improveme-nt Project
The sides and top of embankment, as the case may be, shall be brought to the required profile, slope
and gradient and shall be compacted to a firm and even surface. If the situation demands and where so
required by the engineer in consideration of the nature of the surface, the necessary back filling may be
done with small broken stone, moorum, gravel or ballast well consolidated to proper profile. In case the
soil in unreliable and if the nature of the work requires it, a 75mm thick layer of gravel or ballast may be
provided over the prepared surface and well consolidated.
Pitching
1.   Pitching shall be of 22.5 cm depth, unless specified otherwise. Profiles shall first, be put up by
means of pegs and strings or by placing stones, at interval or not more than 15 meter. Stone shall
then be laid closely in position in between the profile and firmly embedded with joints staggered
and with exposed faces true to line, gradient and in uniform slope throughout.
2.   The cross bands of approximately 22.5 cm width through bond stones equal to the full depth of
pitching, shall be provided at an interval of approximately 3 m centre to centre both longitudinally
and transversely.
3.   The interstices between adjacent stones shall be filled in with stones of proper size, well driven in
with crow bars to ensure tight packing and complete filling of all interstices. Such filling shall be
carried on simultaneously with the placing in position of the large stones and shall in no cases be
permitted to fall behind. Final wedging shall be done with the largest sized chip particles, each
chip being well driven home with a hammer so that no chip is possible of being picked up or
removed by hand.
Dry Brick Pitching
Preparation of surface shall be as specified in above section.
Pitching
Pitching shall be half brick in depth or in multiples of half bricks, as specified. Profiles shall first be put
up by means of pegs and strings or by placing bricks at intervals not more than 15 meter, bricks shall
then be laid in parallel rows breaking bond or herringbone bond pattern as directed. In the case of
drains bricks shall be laid on bed width in parallel rows breaking bond and on sides in either of the
above manner. At the top, and at every 3m intervals, brick courses of half brick width shall be lad with
bricks on ends. All bricks shall be laid closely in position and firmly embedded, true to line, gradient and
in uniform slope throughout.
Kerb and Channel Stones
Kerb and channel stones to be as per road specifications.
1.13.14 FENCING
Chain Link Fencing
Materials
The chain link mesh shall be of 1.5 standard and of an approved brand. The angle sizes shall be as per
drawings. The iron angles have to be free from rust, cracks and blow holes.
Spacing of Posts and Struts
The spacing of post shall be as per drawings or as directed by the supervision engineer. Fixing of posts
and struts will be as shown in the drawings. The angle iron must be split at the bottom for fixing in the
concrete base.
64                                         37



Environmental Management Plan - Package if B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Fixing of the Fencing
The chain link mesh shall be fixed with angle posts by means of 8mm diameter bolts. The holes for the
bolts shall be made 300mm centre to centre on the iron sections. The bottom of the fen*cing must be at
a height of 14cm from the ground level. The fencing top shall be hoizontal to the ground.
Silt Fencing
Materials
The wire mesh and geotextile miraf shall be of approved standard and brand. The iron sections to be
used as struts shall be of IS standard and free from rust, cracks etc.
Assembly
The angles are to be assembled as per drawing and directions of supervision engineer. The mesh has
to fixed with the frame after the geotextile miraf is fixed with the mesh.
Fixing
The fencing shall be fixed at site in such a manner that the geotextile miraf is placed next to the silt.
e5      es
65 u



Environmental Management Plan - Package /I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1.1 3.15 HORTICULTURAL AND LANDSCAPING WORKS
General
Scope
Contractor to furnish all materials, labour and related items necessary to complete the work indicated
on drawing and specjfied herein.
Materials
Plant Materials
Plant Materials shall be well formed and shaped true to type, and free from disease, insects and
defects such as knots, sun-scaled, windburn, injuries, abrasion or disfigurement.
All plant materials shall be healthy, sound, vigorous, free from plant diseases, insect's pests, of their
eggs, and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. All plants shall be hardy under climatic
conditions similar to those in the locally of the project. Plants supplied shall to confirm to the names
listed on both the plan and the plant list. No plant material will be accepted if branches are damaged or
broken. All material must be protected from the sun and weather until planted.
Any nursery stock shall have been inspected and approved by the Environmental Specialist of the
Engineer.
All plants shall conform to the requirements specified in the plant list. Except that plants larger then
specified may be used if approved, but use of such plants shall not increase the contract price. If the
use of the larger plant is approved, the spread of roots or ball of earth shall be increased in proportion
to the size of plant.
Deliver plants with legible identification labels.
Top Soil (Good Earth)
Top soil or good earth shall be a friable loam, typical of cultivated top soils of the locality containing at
least 2% of decayed organic matter (humus). It shall be taken from a well-drained arable site. It shall be
free of subsoil, stones, earth skids, sticks, roots or any other objectionable extraneous matter or debris.
It shall contain no toxic material. No topsoil shall be delivered in a muddy condition. It shall have pH
value ranging from 6 to 8.5.
Fertilser
Measurement of sludge shall be in stacks, with 8% reduction for payment. It shall be free from
extraneous matter, harmful bacteria insects or chemicals. (Subjected to safety norms).
Root System
The root system shall be conducive to successful transplantation. While necessary, the root-ball shall
be preserved by support with Hessian or other suitable material. On soils where retention of a good ball
is not possible, the roots should be suitably protected in such a way that the roots are not damaged.
Condition
Trees and shrubs shall be substantially free from pests and diseases, and shall and shall be materially
undamaged. Torn or lacerated roots shall be pruned before dispatch. No roots shall be subjected to
adverse conditions such as prolonged exposure to drying winds or subjection to water logging between
lifting and delivery.
Supply and Substitution
Upon submission of evidence that certain materials including plant materials are not available at time of
contract, the contractor shall be permitted to substitute with an equitable adjustment of price. All
66



Environmental Management Plan - Package n/ B
G,Iand Trunk Road Improvement Project
substitutions shall be of the nearest equivalent species and variety to the original specified and shall be
subjected to the approval of the Landscape Architect.
Packaging
Packaging shall be adequate for the protection of the plants and such as to avoid heating or drying out.
Marking
Each specimen of tree and shrub, or each bundle, shall be legibly labelled with the following particulars:
Its name.
The name of the supplier, unless otherwise agreed.
The date of dispatch from the nursery.
Tree Planting
Plants and Shrubs
Trees should be supplied with adequate protection as approved. After delivery, if planting is not to be
carried out immediately, balled plants should be placed back to back and the ball covered with sand to
prevent drying out. Bare rooted plants can be heeled in by placing the roots in prepared trench and
covering them with earth, which should be watered into, avoid air pockets round the roots. Trees and
shrubs shall be planted as shown in architectural drawings and with approval of site supervision
engineer.
Digging of Pits
Tree pits shall be dug a minimum of three weeks prior to backfilling. The pits shall be 120cms in
diameter and 120cms deep. While digging the pits, the topsoil up to a depth of 30cms may be kept
aside, if found good (depending upon site conditions), and mixed with the rest of the soil.
If the side of the below, it shall be replaced with the soil mixture as specified further herein. If the soil is
normal it shall be mixed with manure; river sand shall be added to the soil if it is heavy.
The bottom of the pit shall be forked to break up the subsoil.
Back Filling
The soil back filled watered through end gently pressed down, a day previous to planting, to make sure
that it may not further settle down after planting. The soil shall be pressed down firmly by treading it
down, leaving a shallow depression all round for watering.
Planting
No tree pits shall be dug until final tree position has been pegged out for approval.
Care shall be taken that the plant sapling when planted is not be buried deeper than in the nursery, or
in the pot.
Planting should not be carried out in waterlogged soil.
Plant trees at the original soil depth; soil marks on the stem is an indication of this and should be
maintained on the finished level, allowing for setting of the soil after planting. All plastic and other
imperishable containers should be removed before planting. Any broken or damage roots should be cut
back to sound growth.
The bottom of the planting pit should be covered with 50mm to 75mm of soil. Bare roots should be
spread evenly in the planting pit; and small mound in the centre of the pits on which the roots are
placed will aid on even spread. Soil should be placed around the roots, gently shaking the tree to allow
the soil particles to shift into the root system to ensure close contact with all roots and prevent air
pockets. Back fill soil should be firmed as filling proceeds, layer by layer, care being taken to avoid
damaging the roots, as follows:                                                          5b
67



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
The balance earth shall be filled in a mixture of 1:3 (1 part sludge to 3 part earth by volume) rn and
50gms potash, (Mop) 50gms of Super Phosphate and 1Kg. Neem oil cake. Aldrin or equivalent shall be
applied every 15 days in a mixture of 5mI in 5 litres of water.
Staking
Newly planted trees must be held firmly although not rigidly by staking to prevent a pocket forming
around the stem and newly formed fibrous roots being broken by mechanical pulling as the tree rocks.
Methods:
The main methods of staking shall be:
(A)    A single vertical stake, 900mm longer than the clear stem of the tree, driven 600mm to 900mm
into the soil.
(B)    Two stakes as above driven firmly on either side of the tree with a cross bar to which the stem
is attached. Suitable for bare- rooted or Ball material.
(C)    A single stake driven in at an angle at 45 degrees and leaning towards the prevailing wind, the
stem just below the lowest branch being attached to the stake. Suitable for small bare- rooted
or Ball material
(D)    For plant material 3m to 4.5m high with a single stem a three- wire adjustable guy system may
be used in exposed situations.
The end of stake should be pointed and the lower 1m to 1.2m should be coated with a non-injurious
wood preservative allowing at least 150mm above ground level.
Tying
Each tree should be firmly secured to the stake so as to prevent excessive movement. Abrasion must
be avoided by using a buffer, rubber or Hessian, between the tree and stake. The tree should be
secured at a point just below its lowest branch, and also just above ground level; normally two ties
should be used for tree. These should be adjusted or replaced to allow for growth.
Watering
The Landscape Contractor should allow for the adequate watering in of all newly planted trees and
shrubs immediately after planting and he shall during the following growing season, keep the plant
material well watered.
Fertilising
Fertilising shall be carried out by application in rotation of the following fertilisers, every 15 days from
the beginning of the monsoon till the end of winter:
* 1. Sludge or organic well-rotted dry farm yard manure: 0.05 cum or tussle.
* 2. Urea 25gm.
* 3. Ammonium sulphate 25gm.
* 4. Potassium sulphate 25gm.
All shrubs, which are supplied pot grown, shall be well soaked prior to planting.
Watering in and subsequent frequent watering of summer planted container- grown plants is essential.
Shrub Planting In Planter Beds
All areas to be planted with shrubs shall be excavated, trenched to a depth of 750mm, refilling the
excavated earth after breaking clods and mixing with sludge in ratio 8:1 (8 parts of stacked volume of
earth after reduction by 20%: 1 part of stacked volume of sludge after reduction by 8%.)
Tall shrubs may need staking, which shall be provided if approved by the Contracting-consulting
engineer, depending upon the conditions of individual plant specimen.
6 8
68 2



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1/ B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
For planting shrubs and ground cover shrubs in planters, good earth shall be mixed with sludge in the
proporlion as above and filled.in planters.
Positions of planters shall be planted should be marked out in accordance with the architectural Drg.
When shrubs are set out, precautions should be taken to prevent roots drying. Planting holes 40cmdia.
And 40cm deep should be excavated for longer shrubs. Polythene and other non-perishable containers
should be removed and any badly damaged roots carefully pruned. The shrubs should then be set in
holes so that the soil level, after settlement, will be original soil mark on the stem of the shrub. The
holes should be back filled to half of its depth and firmed by treading. The remainder of the soil can
then be returned and again firmed by treading.
Grassing
Preparation
During period prior to planting, the ground shall be maintained free from weeds. Grading and
preparation of the area shall be completed at least three weeks prior to the actual sowing. Regular
watering shall be continued until sowing by dividing the area into portions of approximately 5m squares
by constructing small bunds to retain water. These 'bunds' shall be levelled just prior to sowing of grass
plants; it shall be ensured that the soil has completely settled.
Soil
The soil itself shall be ensured to the satisfaction of Landscape Architect to be a good fibrous loam, rich
in humus.
Sowing the grass roots
Grass roots. (cynodon dectylon or a local genus approved by the Landscape Architect) shall be
obtained from a grass patch, seen and approved before hand.
The grass roots stock received at site shall be manually cleared of all weeds and water sprayed over
the same after keeping the stock in place protected from sun and dry winds.
Grass stock received at site may be stored for a maximum of three days. In case grassing for some
areas is scheduled for a later date fresh stock of grass roots shall be ordered and obtained.
Execution
Small roots shall be dibbled about 5cms apart into the prepared grounds. Grass will only be accepted
as reaching practical completion when germination has proved satisfactory and all weeds have been
removed.
Maintenance
As soon as the grass is approximately a 3cm high it shall be rolled with a light wooden roller - in fine,
dry weather - and when it has grown to 5 to 8cms, above to ground weeds must be removed and
regular cutting with the scythe and rolling must be begun. A top-dressing of an ounce of guano to the
square yard or well decomposed well broken sludge manure shall be applied when the grass is
sufficiently secure in the ground to bear the mowing machine, the blades must be raised an inch above
the normal level for the first two or three cuttings. That is to say, the grass should be cut so that it is
from 4 to 5cms in length. instead of the 3cm necessary for mature grass.
In the absence of rain, in the monsoon, the lawn shall be watered every ten days heavily, soaking the
soil through to a depth of at least 20cms.
Damage failure or dying back of grass due to neglect of watering especially for seeding out of normal
season shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Any shrinkage below the specified levels during the
contract or defect liability period shall be rectified at the contractor's expense. The Contractor is to
exercise care in the use of rotary cultivator and mowing machines to reduce to a minimum the hazards
of flying stones and brickbats. All rotary mowing machines are to be fitted with safety guards.
69



Environmental Management Plan - Package nI B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Rolling
A light roller shall be used periodically, taking care that the area is not too wet and sodden.
Edging
These shall be kept neat and must be cut regularly with the edging shears.
Fertilisinq
The area shall be fed once in a month with liquid manure prepared by dissolving 45gms of ammonium
sulphate in 5 litres of water.
Watering
Water shall be applied at least once in three days during dry weather. Watering whenever done should
be thorough and should wet the soil at least up to a depth of 20cms.
Weeding
Prior to regular mowing the contractor shall carefully remove rank and unsightly weeds.
Maintenance
Cultivating
The Landscape Contractor shall maintain all planted areas within Landscape contract boundaries for
one year until the area is handed over in whole or in phases. Maintenance shall include replacement of
dead plants, watering, weeding, cultivating, control of insects, fungus and other diseases by means of
spraying with an approved insecticide or fungicide, pruning, and other horticulture operations necessary
for proper growth of the plants and for keeping the landscape sub-contract area neat in appearance.
Pruning and Repairs
Upon completion of planting work of the landscape sub-contract all trees should be pruned and all
injuries repaired where necessary. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the necessary to remove
dead or injured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots and the result of the
transplanting operations. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change t!e natural habit or
special shape of trees.
7ree Guards
Where the tree guards are necessary, care should be taken to ensure that they do not impede natural
movement or restrict growth. Two types of tree guards are proposed on the Grand Trunk Road, circular
iron tree guards and barbed wire fencing, the specifications for which one given below:
Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars.
The tree guard shall be 50 cm. in diameter.
The tree guards shall be formed of (i) 3 Nos. 25x25x3mm angle iron verticals 2.00m long excluding
splayed outward at lower end up to an extent of 10 cms. (ii) 3 Nos. 25x25mm MS flat rings fixed as per
design (iii) 15 Nos. 1.55 metres long 6mm dia bars. Each ring shall be in two parts in the ratio of 1:2
and their ends shall be turned in radially for a length of 4 cm at which they are bolted together with
8mm dia and 30mm long MS bolts and nuts.
The vertical angle irons shall be welded to rings along the circumference with electric plant 15 Nos.
bars shall be welded to rings at equal spacing along the circumference of ring. The lower end of the
angle iron verticals shall be splayed outwards up to an extent of 10cm. The lower end of the flat of
lower ring shall be at a height of 45cm. and upper end of the flat of top ring shall be at the height of 2.00
metres. The middle ring shall be in the centre of top and lower ring. The bars shall be welded to rings
as shown in the drawing. The entire tree guard shall be given two coats of paint of approved brand and
of required shade over a priming coat of ready mixed primer of approved brand. The design of the tree
guard shall be as shown in the drawing.
. . ^.^=
70                                         w



Environmental Management Plan - Package I1 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Barbed Wire Fencing with Angle Iron Posts
Materials: Barbed wire shall be as per IS-278. The angle shall be 40x40x6, free from rest, cracks and
blowholes.
Spacing of Post & Streets: The spacing of post shall be 3.00m centre to centre, unless otherwise
specified or as directed by engineers to dimensions, which shall be nearest to the 3m. Last but one end
post's and corner post shall be strutted on both side and end post on one side only. Fixing of post &
struts shall be as shown in drawing the angle iron must be split at bottom end.
Fixing Barbed Wire: The barbed wire shall be stretched and fixed in specified number of rows and two
diagonals. The bottom row should be 14 cm above ground level and rest @12.5 cm centre to centre.
The diagonal weir shall be stretched between adjacent posts from the top wire of one post to the
bottom weir of 2nd post. The barbed wire shall be held by tearing the holes of 10mm dia in the post and
tied with GI wire turnbuckles and straining bolts shall be used at the end post.
Nursery Stack
Planting should be carried out as soon as possible after reaching the site. Where planting must be a
necessity and/or be delayed, care should be taken to protect the plants from pilfering or damage from
people animals. Plants with bare-roots should be heeled- in as soon as received or otherwise protected
from drying out, and others set closely together and protected from the wind. If planting is to be delayed
for more than a week, packaged plants should be unpacked, the bundles opened up and each group of
plants heeled in separately and clearly labelled. If for any reason the surface of the roots becomes dry
the roots should be thoroughly soaked before planting.
Protective Fencing
According to local environment, shrubs shall be protected adequately from vandalism until established.
Completion
On cornpletion, the ground shall be formed over and left tidy.
71



EnWronmental Managernent Plan - Package It B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATONS.
1      Landscape   Architect  mentioned   herein  shall  mean
and/or any person nominated by him.
2.     Wherever applicable, work shall be done according to C.P.W.D. specifications, in vogue, at the
time of invitation of tender.
3.     Water shall be made available, near the tube well at one point. Contractors shall make their
own arrangement for drawing water from there. Water charges at            of value of
work done shall be deducted from the contractors Bills.
4.    If electricity is required for the works, the same shall be made available at one point within the
site of works, for which recovery @ Rs.                   per Kwh. Shall be made from
the contractors bill.
5.     The work included in the schedule of Quantities include grassing as well as planting of trees
and shrubs. 'Contractors' quoted rates shall include execution of these works at different levels
and nothing extra shall be paid for any item, for working at these levels.
6.     The Contractor (s) shall not be entitled to any compensation for any losses suffered by him
and/or revision in the rates originally quoted by him.
a.     On account unforeseen delay in commencing the work, whatever the cause of such delays be.
b.     On account of reduction in the scope of work.
c.     On account of suspension of work, or abandon after award of work.
7.    The Contractor shall provide all facilities to Landscape Architect I Project Engineer and I or his
authorized representatives to make frequent inspection of their Nursery and ascertain the
process / quality of various categories of trees/plants etc., grown by them.
8.     Contractors' quote rate 'shall include the cost of transportation of tools and plants to and from
the site, sales tax, excise duty, octroi, etc. It shall be clearly understood that no claim for any
extra payment on account of sales tax, excised duty, octroi etc., shall be entertained alter the
opening of the tender.
9.     The safe custody and up-keep of various categories of plants brought to site is the sole
responsibility of the contractor and he shall employ sufficient supervisory personnel to ensure
the safety of these items.
10.    The site of work may be handed over to the contractors for shall work in phases, as soon as the
same are available and the contractor in turn shall work in these areas forthwith. Nothing extra
shall be payable for such phased execution of work.
11     While excavating I executing the work the contractors shall ensure that the existing cables /
pipe lines / structures / fittings are not damaged and if due to his negligence, these are
damaged, the same shall be set right with no extra cost to the clients.
12.    The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work with other agencies employed by the Clients and
ensure that the work of other agencies are not hampered in any way during the duration of
contract.
13.    The Contractor shall keep the site of works neat and clean during the execution of the work.
Any debris found at or near the site of work shall be moved immediately as and when so
required by the landscape Architect / Project Engineer.
14,    On completion of the work, the site of work shall be thoroughly cleaned and all debris removed
before the work is handed over satisfactorily.
7 2N
72                                           ,



Environmental Management Plan - Package // B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
1 5.    The Contractors shall, without any additional charge to the clients, renew or replace any dead
or defective plants/grass and shall fully maintain the whole landscape for a period of 12 months
after the certified date of completion.
16.    "General condition of contract and standard contract Forms of shall also form part of the
contract.
17.    Trees shall be of minimum length as specified in the schedule of quantities and shall be straight
and symmetrical with a crown and having a persistent main stem. The size of crown shall be in
good over all proportion to the height of the tree.
18.    Small trees and shrubs shell be well formed with the crown typical of the species or variety.
19.    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF PLANTS:
* Plants shall be typical of their species and variety, well-developed branches, and well foliated with fibrous
root system. Plants shall be free from defects and injuries. Plants shall not be pruned before planting.
* Plants shall be free from defects and injuries.
* Plants shall not be freshly dug and nursery grown.
* Nursery grown plants shall have been at least once transplanted.
Bark shall be free from abrasion.
All trees, soon after planting, shall be properly supported with bamboo stocks to ensure their
safety against winds or any other factor, which may affect it adversely.
* 20. PROTECTION OF "TREE TO BE PRESERVED"
i The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of tops, trunks and roots of existing trees
on site. Existing trees subject to the construction damage shall be boxed, fenced or otherwise
protected before any work is started.
* 21. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF EARTH MANURE AND FERTILISERS
* EARTH: Good earth shall be agricultural soil of loamy texture, free from kankar, morrum,
shingles, rocks, stones, building rubbish and any other foreign matter. The earth shall be free
from clods or lumps of sizes bigger than 50mm in any direction. It shall have pH ranging
between 6.5 to 7.5.
* MANURE: Manure shall be of well decayed organic matter obtained in dry state from the
Municipal dump or other similar source approved by the Project Engineer. The manure shall be
free from earth, stone or other extraneous matter. Manure shall be supplied, at site well
screened.
* FERTILIERS: If the soil tests indicate pH value not as per the above specification namely
between 6.5 to 7.5, following measures need to be taken.
* If pH exceeds 7.5, aluminium sulphate or equivalent fertilizer should be added at the rate of 1
kg per cubic metre to lower the pH by one full point.
* If pH is below 6.5, add ground limestone or equivalent fertilizer at the rate of 1 kg per cubic
metre to raise pH by one full point.
Lea AS'
73G 



ek-I
Kll
--1
lM
Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.  Lea Associates
New Delhi                              'L_IICZ11
7057



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Appendix 1    Wells and Hand pumps identified for enhancement
S. No.   Community        Locationl     Side of Road    Distance from      Category for
Resources       ChAinage       North/South      CW (in m)        Enhancement
1         Well          471.900           North           20.0             Specific
enhancement
2         Well           11.800           South            15.0               C
3         Well           21.100           South            2.0             Specific
enhancement
4         Well           31.950           South            10.0            ecemen
enhancement
5         Well           36.900           South            12.0               B
6      Hand Pump         19.300           North            10.0               1
7      Hand Pump         21.200           South            17.0            Specific
.enhancement
8      Hand Pump         36,900           South            9.0                1
9      Hand Pump         18.700           North                           with tem le
10      Hand Pump        35.200           South            11.1                1
11      Hand Pump        35.900           North            15.2                2
12     Hand Pump          12.400          North             4.0                1
13      Hand Pump        35.900           South            14.6               2
14     Hand Pump         36.800           North             5.5                1
15     Hand Pump         473.000          North            25                  3
16     Hand Pump         473.400          South            12.2                1
17     Hand Pump         473.450          South            15.0                1
18     Hand Pump         473.700          North             2.0                1
19      Hand Pump        479.500          North            16.0       _
20      Hand Pump        479.600           North           15.0                1
21      Hand Pump        479.700           North           12.0                1
22      Hand Pump        479.700           North           26.1
23      Hand Pump        479.900           North            6.5                1
24      Hand Pump        479.800           North            8.5                1
25      Hand Pump        470.150           North           10.0                 _
26      Hand Pump        479.200           North           12.1                1
27      Hand Pump        484.400           North                               2
28      Hand Pump        489.010           North            11.6               1
29      Hand Pump        489.500          South            21.3                3
30      Hand Pump         8.900            North            8.9                1
31      Hand Pump         9.750            North           12.0                1
32      Hand Pump         10.350           North            6.2                1
33      Hand Pump         13.300           North            5.2                1
34      Hand Pump         13.500           North            11.0               I
35      Hand Pump         13.700          South            12.1               II
36      Hand Pump         15.100           North            15.0               1
Note             Type -1:  Hand pumps to be relocaled        Type - A  Well to be relocated
Type - 2  Hand pump in the RoW             Type - B  Well with in RoW
Type -3  Hand pump on ihe edge of the ditch  Type - C  Well on the edge of the ditch
Appendix 2    Cultural properties to be relocated
Chainage        Type           Side         Distance        Remarks
480.200       Temple          North          10.0         Relocation
484.100       Temple          South           8.0          Relocation
26.300        Temple         North           6 0          Relocation
Appendix 3    List of borrow areas
S no.     Chainage        Distance from ROW        Side of Road
1        16.600                100.0                   N
2         17.100              500.0                    N
3        17.900               500.0                    N
4         18.000              1000.0                   N
5        20.100                30.0                    N
I aAs'=1e7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
S no.     Chainage       Distance from ROW         Side of Road
6        36.100               250.0                   N
7        474.400               10.0                   N
8        474.500               10.0                   S
9        474.700               10.0                   S
10       476.000               10.0                    N
11       477.200               10.0                    S
12       478.400                                       S
13        11.600               11.0                    N
14        13.100               50.0                    N
15        14.000               100.0                   S
16        15.000               100.0                   S
Appendix 4    Proposed Truck Parking Lay-byes along the Grand Trunk Road
S. No.    Location         Direction                Remarks                 Design Prepared
1    13.200 - 13.400                  Proposed in engineering design.  Typical Design Drawing
no. T-1 4
Appendix 5    Major and Minor Junctions identified for enhancement
S. No. I  Location      Type of Junction            Remarks                 Design Prepared
Major Junctions
1        484.100       Cross Junction    Major junction near Police Station,  Typical Junction design
. 484.100       Cross JuniSulabh S, + Temple                        Drawing No. 3
Minor Junctions
1        12.400         Cross roads       Minor junction, Road leads to    Typical Junction design
Railway Station chakori       Drawing no. 3
2        22.700          T-Junction            A minor junction.       Typical Junction design
Drawing No. 5
33.400         T-Junction      A minor junction near school, P.S   Typical Junction design
& B.S. on the June          Drawing No. 5
38.000         Cross road             A minor junction        Typical Junction design
_ _ _ _ _ _   __ ________ _________ ___   ____ _________ ________ D raw ing    N o.  3
i *a Assoebtes
KciOC:7



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
Grand Trunk Road improvement Project
Appendix 6    Landscape Plans
I ea  &  -eLts
--\=E7



Package 2B                       _
TCS      Trees               Nu.           Shrubs              No.         Turing Area (MZ)
III D - a   Syzynium cumini            167                                                  2400
Acacia auricultiformis       1333
Peltoforum ferrugineum       1333 
Total                        2833
II1 D-b   Syzynium cumini               33                                                   480
Acacia auriculiformis         267
Peltoforum ferrugineum        267                                 _
Total                         567
III D - c   Syzynium cumini            225                                                  1620
Acacia auriculiformis         900                           _
Total                        1125                      _
IV A-a   Syzynium cumini               783                                                  5640
Total                         783
IV A-b   Syzynium cumini                83                                                   600
Acacia auriculiformis         333
Total                         417
1t A     Dalbergia sisso                33 Bouganvillae                133
Albezzia lebbek               267 Total                       133
Total                         300
1t B     Dalbergia sisso               825 Bouganvillae               3300
Albezzia lebbek              3300 Total                      3300
Total                        4125
1I c     Dalbergia sisso                33 Bouganvillae                 67
Atbezzia tebbek               133 Total                        67
Total                         167|
Ili C-a   Peltoforum fe__ugineum       150 Bougavilae                  600
-______ Acacia auricufiformis          600 Total                       600
Total                         7501
Il C-b    Syzynium cumini               33 Bouganvil1ae                 133
_______ Acacia auriculiformis          133 Total                       133
Pettoforum ferrugineum        133
Total                         300
1, Vt - a   Tamarindus indica          117 Bouganvillae                467
Largestomia flosreginea       933 Total                       467
Total                        1050                      _
I. VI - b   Tamarindus indica         1013 Bouganvillae               4050
Largestomia flosreginea      4050 Total                      4050
Total                        5063 _
Va       AJbewzia lebbek               467                                                  3360
Total                         467
Vb       Syzynium cumini              1517                                                 21840
Acacia auriculiformis       12133
Peltoforum ferrugineum      12133
_Total                      25783
Total    Acacia auriculiformis       15700 Bouganvillae                8750                35940
_ Albezzia lebbek             4167 Total                      8750
Dalbergia sisso               892                   ___
Largestomia flosreginea      4983
Peftoforum ferrugineum      14017
Syzynium cumini              2842                            _
Tamarindus indica            1129 1
Total                       43729          ---------------



2          18.           3 2.5   7 25      5      7.25   2. 5-4
SECTION: 1, VI-a
j    I           I                                                       .;yA v 
_  _                                       ~~~~~~~-BOUGANVILLA
-~~   -~~~ -~~                                    ©   3M   C/C
c _ _* 2   E                >- _. .__@ 12M C/C
- - =       I                 t   = : _ LARGESTOMIA
B          I'   __   _                 f i 0                         FLOSREGINEA
@3MGC/C
I               I
PLAN: TCS-I, Vi-c
II~ ~~                                                                                   I
PKG:11-8.Design CH-13.8-15.2. RIGHT SIDE WIDENING    Rural
RCAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:1 5.7-17.1                    Average ROW cvailable =55nm
Space for piontatior =0-18.5m on left side
C>stooar<^l    RM TMNDRNK FMD iVNmENT PR0JECT                                    HVMUP Autf Of _         a
tsCLS ~~~INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW 81116-
We <nu:Cs                                                    _  .                =
O OIo I mes   O)No I e h to be 040nled rithi. 2.5m of a. ewh;no tr           i      b
|   )Aft:,n-t- inne .nd oute Arodd ofUl Aree                                      Pvt Udb.eetd  1 l_ _ d  i  sO; 
1 2            ICells  "l-e' pi  1 1 -_
I                             I    d  t                     t                                               \
JL.. ~L  --



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS4I,VI -a (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 13.8-15.2
Length (m): 1400
Average ROW available: 55m
Space for Plantation:     0-18.5m         Left
Beyond                      Spacing      No. of    No. of
North   Daylight       Species       S           No. of    s       Turfed area (m2)
_______amrLine(                  c)         e      h
1st row    Tamarndus           12         117
2nd row    Largestomia          3         467
fIosreginea
3rd ow   argestomia346
3rd row    flosreginea                    467
South   Beyond Day lIght Line                      =          _
Median (5m Median                     _
1st row    Bouganvillae              3                 467
2nd row    Bouganvillae              3                 467
Total Section
Total      Tamarndus                      117
_________       ~~indica        _ _ _ _ _ __             _ _ _
Total      Largestomia                    933
flosreginea
Total         Trees                                  1050
Total      Bouganvillae                             467
Total        Shrubs                                         467



r
8.5    3 2 5   7.25    5      .5 254I
SECTION: 1, Vi-b
I6    ---j--o   -<-*-  - 
--  ~~~                 = -~BOUGANVILLA
-e-e                        @3M  C/C
l~- ->---1--o o -t -
>    ------  ---
>                           <                              2: = = =F: = . LARGESTOMIA
_-l z +   .L. .   _ *__   _   ---F-- :FLOSREGINEA  @   3M   C/C   -
> g£ ¢ ---  . - ---I                          -     TAMARINDUS  INDICA
I>                             III.7                        12M C/C
I             I
PLAN: TCS-1 Vl-b
PKG:il-C, Design CH-15.2-17.2, 19.85-20, 35-45,        Rurol
R!GHT SIDE WIDENING                                    Average ROW avoilable =45m
Space for plontation =(-8.5m  on left side
LEZEBM-       Pvfmi
SI.XIRNAWT.    GAM TFM ROD PAP40VEEW PEl MNadUw  H%*RVW AWWioft Of brum
&)sxoGRAND TRUNKROAD WROVENT PROJECT                     1       111Hwlhz
D        j.tt/c°^i<^L   INDEPENOEN7 ENVIRONmENTAL REvlE W  jtj _           _
O  o    NeAS n .     ) No t'e C to be Ole tpeltd e.thm 2 5T 0r  0 o-  Flae MLe  LA AmNodobk South Asso PVL U
ZFA, S5 G iRtS tc     'lhere Of   .,tro   po-e ih o-ollcbl., or deleted  .h.,.,,  1   |
'es  sDace is ovolobe, unless Otirwse  s"ecteoa.



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-I,VI -b (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 15.217.2, 19.85-20, 35-45
Length (m):    12150
Average ROW available: 45m
Space for Plantation:           0-8.5m         Left
North     Beyond          S             Spacing      No. of    No. of
Daylight Line    Species      (@ mc)    trees    shrubs  Tured area (m2)
1st row     Tamanndus           12         1013
2nd row     Largestomia                    4050
2nd___ _  row_ _ flosreginea               4050
South     Beyond Daylight Line
Median (5m)  Median
1 st row      Bouganvillae            3                4050
2nd row     Bouganvillae              3                4050
Total Section
Total       Tamarndus                      1013
______________     ~indica          _ _ _ _ _ __             _ _ _
Total       Largestomia                    4050
______.______              flosreginea                  _
Total              Trees                                  5063
Total       Bouganvillae                             4050
Total             Shrubs                                          4050



Fr
.L- 4        _7 25  .3 4 7.25 _ .5, 2,         10.5 
SECTION: 1I-a
--  -                         -X. -                        - _ D X t . r    BOULGMANVILLA
-> ---t-o---C- i-
T -  _,   F  } ALBEZZIA LEBBEK
-  j  *  4                                 @~~~ 3m c/C
- t       DALBERIGIA SISSO
© 12M C/C
PLAN: TCS-II-a
PKG:11-B,De-sign CH-26 3-26. left side widening             Rural
POAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:17.1-38                         Aveoe foWrplatastjilon =0-10.5m   on right sidE
_- ._-  -i :__.          -- ..- 
L0911941- ~ ~         ~         ~         41          -
5/O"9^~~GAN   TUNKX ROAD PARDIMN PREC                                                       A_wL Of _ ml
TKPA D  ANOEPENDENT ENCIRONMENrAL RA                                        RlEW       l _              rih |idj
00                    t u 1) N. r- i. to be. PbrM.o iathi. 2,5,, of a.i    tiqe,'  |m A. IJI     SCUM Aft P1#L L , 
2) Adt-we i-1 OM -tv lap.c.for plantation =t-1O.5m d
__. _     tess spoco i3 "albk-, -ni-, oth-.ls -pecifild.   l   |_        _



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS4I-a (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 33.2-33.6
Length (m):     400
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:          0-10.5m         Right
Beyond                        Spacing      No. of    No. of
North      Daylight       Species    |     m cac)    trees    shrubs  Turfed area (m2)
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L in e          _ _ _ _ _ _  _ _  _ _   _  _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
South     Beyond Daylight Line
1st row    Dalbergia sisso       12         33    _
2nd row    Albezzia lebbek       3          133
3rd row    AlbeZzia lebbek       3          133
Median (3m)  Median
1 st row   Bouganvillae                3                 133
Total Section   _          _                             _
Total      Dalbergia sisso                  33
Total      Albezzia lebbek                  267
Total             Trees                                     300
.____________  Total       Bouganvillae     _                         133
Total             Shrubs  I_1133



7
105         3 1.5  7.25    3    7.25       ,i2 71
SECTION: 11-b
6 
---------  -   -                      ALBEZZIA   LEBBEK
-I                   ---1--- -  --                    3M   C/C
-       -0-- - __ __                    -             BOUGANVILLA @  3M  C/C
*                                                    ___ W W   ;X];Et  I)DALBERGIA SISSO
© 12M C/C
-t    -- ---.i--* -0 -      - - L-J-- I
PLAN TCS-II-b
PKG:11-B,3esign CH-21.6-z.5.0. 26.7-33.2, right side widening    Rural
Average ROW available =50m
;         ~~~ROAD LANDSCAPE 5iECTION:17,1-'i8                    Space for plantaition =0-10.5mn on left side
m(.3 tREES/GRAND RUW ROAD IMPROVEMETPROJECT                                       HVvwm" Au*f Of a1d
INDEPENDENT EWRONMENAL REVIEW        .
AwSuE IKESs    _   _
o   O  UtOUhSSS | N2))  A4f0t -t.   i-,  ..d    -t t  ou,    fo* I-     ..    orto   b.    .p t p od  |     .   0l  s
E_E-a^Si urr. | hell -ele e.1rJ SPoce il -0.01OOle o delletO wher_e,e  |     l       ftl  e Asc
4|1s OC s wol  n-s tewsseflol |_  _ 



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 28, TCS-11-b (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 21.6-25, 26.7-33.2
Length (m):      9900
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:          0-10.5m         Left
North  ~Beyond                      Spacing     No. of    No. of
North      Daylight       Species     (S ainc)    trees    shrubs  Turfed area (m2)
Line                .
1st row    Dalbergia sisso    12         825
Albezzia
2nd row    lebbek                       3300
South      Beyond Daylight Line      _
Median (3m)   Median
1st row    Bouganvillae             3                3300
Total Section
Totai      Dalbergia sisso               825
Total      Albezzia                     3300
____ ____ lebbek                                       _ _  _ _ _ _
Total               Trees  |_|___4125
|Total     Bouganvillae   |           l            3300
Total              Shrubs                                        1 _  3300



2   7)75    42      7-25  I      7-25 ~25 4 .7 75   2
SECTION: 11-c
3
'14
. -                      -   - - - - - - -  -
c                                -k ___; +---0--     -
-       _         _-                               _              _ _ __   -DALBERGIA  SISSO
_-- ____  o _  __ _ X --@5 12M C/C
----------         -0---   -- 
--------
1_   ____  ____ _          3  --BOUGANVILLA
L_ _____-_____- -0-           -                     @; 3M  C/C
P LAN: TCmS-11-c
PKG:11-B. Design CH-26.5-26.7. Concentric                 Rueral   O    vilDe=0
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:17.1-38                           Space for plontaiticn =0-775m  on
Each side
C>>@ S9^cEJGRAN D TRIJNK ROAD) IkfOEMET PROM=U  Autft Of Hn
[ES        ~~~INDEPENDENT EWVIRONMENTAL REMIEW                                                           I I _S_ 
e ~ ~  ~     ~     ~    ~     ~    0                          -.,Zo~l    _l l@ -_-
O  s |I No t- 1. lo b. pbnted .1thl. 2.501 -.i..  ol-                c    n         Amoldft  South AIMO |PA Lld.
2)Alt rote  n-e  ..d ..t.r   -, cr tre ... ...  L.  rerzeoled  Ad.  |    MI!1110111111011111
IpI



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-I1-C (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS. 26-5 - 26.7
Length (m):    200
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:          0-7.75m      Both sides
Beyond                       Spacing      No. of    No. of
North     Daylight        Species      ( m cc)    trees    shrubs  Turfed area (m2)
Line
1st row     Dalbergia sisso     12          17
2nd row     Albezzia lebbek .               67
South     Beyond Da li ht Line                                        _
1 st row    Dalbergia sisso     12          17
2nd row     Albezzia lebbek      3          67
Median (3m)  Median      _       .1
1 st row    Bouganvi lae              3                  67
Total Section
Total       Dalbergia sisso                 33      .
Total       Albezzia lebbek                133
Total             Trees                                   167
Total       Bouganvillae                              67
Total            Shrubs                      .                   67



3.5...751l   7.5  .Is        7.5  ]111 3-751.1 6 25
SECTION: IlI-C-a
-j-     --- I_ -             BOUGANVILLA
--GCP .- | _Ca ©3M   CC
/  --t  ~   ~     ~      ---- ----
-          -- ------                   -----
_       -          -       -e-----------
_ N_ _. .__ .______  _____ ------ --
--  - -- - ~~~~~~--e--- --                  I-                 PELTOFORUM
FERRUGINEAM
___        ---      -      -G .___  O -____-  __             _ <
-~~~~-          --- --       -I                                     2      /
-       ~~~- ----- -   --  --
__ -           -__O-  ______ 4--*   __ ____ _ _ACACIA AURICULIFORMIS
_e __    ________ee  ---- -                                _       _ _ _ _ _    3M   C/C
PLAN: TCS-IIIC-c
PKG:!H-EBDesign CH-25.4-26.3. CONCENTRIC WIDENING              -egeRW volbe=0f
Space for plantHtion =0-6.2t5nr  on each side
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:17.1-38
RU RAL
00(3   trI^L      GRAND TRUN K R     DIMPFVETPOJr    NCj ,                        H4lhw w         l             _   |
lff          ~~~~INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW   11         |       
0 0  CD. 9%8S           N.,*1 t.                                         1 p-La.~25~f t.U  Asaoclita SXMff Ask Pyt. Ltd
gy32 L/°wtsY 1_                                                   II
O O           hS1PAS ts 2) wtesn,e -er  _-d .tC  .. f I sa  h I brp.  d   | T0 1                        I.,
v77773cilAss r"ns;   _heee  W. sr sp.c. il rrroHbl.. Cr d. Wed wh.'r'  ||T lt  _t                   tesoce
1essSWceis  woiole,  le-   oth-i.,s spe.ifi.d.     1  



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-I1I-C-a (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 25.4-26.3
Length (m):    900
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:        0-6.25m      Both sides
Noh  Beyond                      Spacing      No. of    No. elf
No        LDayin        spces        (e m cdc)    trees    shrubs  Turfed area (m2)
1st row   Peltoforum           12         75
Acacia
2nd row    auriculiformis      3          300
South     Beyond Day ight Line
1st row   Peltoforum           12         75
Acacia
2nd row    aunculiforrnis                 300
Median (5m)  Median                  _          _
1st row   Bouganvillae              3                  300
2nd row     ouganvi lae              3                 300
Total Section
Total      Peftoforum                     150
____ ___ferrugineam    _ _ _ _ _    
:   Total  Acacia
____________________auriculiformis60
Total            Trees                                  750
Total      Bouganvillee        _                    600
Total           Shrubs                              _          600



12.5   t.2   4    Il|t|  7 5    -   7.5  1111 3.75  
SECTION: 1-C-b
i K          ri 
i~~~ --  --K                           --t---  --T -:
t  -  3( , -                    .             _  -BOUGANVILLAE
--------                      t                  3M   C/C
, t t =-  PELTOPHORUM
-___           0   -----1-   -i -  FERRUGINEUM
i~~~~~~~~~~~3                                                        C/CT
-  -- --    --   --               ~ACACIA  AURICULIFORMIS
1 0 X t- t 1 @~~~~ 3M C/C
I                                           --   +   = __1__   :  .  =SYZYNIUM   CUMINII
e <  _ ----    o  H-        @   12M   C/C
.                           0 0 t-4-- -  A-
PLAN: TCS-IIlC-b
PKG Il-B,De-sign CH-25.0-25.4, RIGHT SIDE WIDENING   Average ROW available =50m
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:17.1-38                Spoce for plantation =0-12.5rn or) left s,de
rT,    JfX  IGRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PJECTHM
tvss      W       INDEPENDNT RONMENTAL REIAEW          1           ''
O O                 1N. U.. i, tos I bFe pian ed a.th  2.5m of --n 9 t'M   L. Aaodim  SaLih Aaia Pvt Ud.   LE
2) Alte-noe ner and oute cas of tes or leabe he.pa                                 Arocitn
I=23-5 N-              h."       sCe is odo Soe.n,aw. olbe.e  e   ,ena - ad  II  K_-___ _



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS411-C-b (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 25.-25.4
Length (m):    400
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:           0-12.5m           Left
BeyondSpacing                                No. of    No. Of
North     Daylight         Species         Spcic)    trees    shrubs  Turfed area (m2)
1st row    Syzynium cumini        12          33
Acacia
2nd row     auriculiformis                     133
Petophorum
3rd row     ferrugineum                        133
South     Beyond Dayliiht Line
Median (5m)  Median                                     ..
1st row     Bouganvillae                 3                  133
2nd row     Bouganvillae                  3                 133
Total Section   _                             _                       _         _  _____
Total       Syzynium cumini         _          33
Total       Acacia                             133
_________auriculiformnis13
Total       Petophorum                         133
_____ ____ ferrugineum_ _ _ __                      _ _ _ _
Total             Trees   |_ ___     300
_____________ ITotal       Bouganvilla                                  133
Total            Shrubs                                             1 _  133



1 19.               1.:3.75alL81 7 
SECTION: III-D-a
-e - -  -  -  -   --  -  -
TURFING
- ~ ~ ~ ~  ~     '         -------  …-  … --  - I
____ ffi =              -            SYZYNIUM CUMINII
_                                                                     @ g  v  t  ,  c X , 4 c u  12M C/C
-r-E -----------
Co0  - ~ ~    ~   ~   ~   ~   -  --  - -     -  -  -  --  -     
-  -    I-…--        - - -  -        - - - -  - - -
r--o    ----                         ~~~ACACIA AURICULIFORMIS
- -V v-.                                       @~~~ 3M C/C
-i -  -      I~~~~ ~~-.  -----       - ---    ---     --- -
--   ~~~~~~~~PELTOFORUM
--  ----    -------FERRUCINEUM
-111111 ----- 7                                         3M  C/C
PLAN: TCS-IIID-a
PKC:II-B,Design CH-19.1-19.85, 20.35-21.6,                         Avercge ROW  available =50m
RIGHT SIDE WIDENING                                               Spoce for plcntation =0-19.3m  on ieft side
Urban
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:17.1-38
I                  1fI                                        N i Hkpay AUtodLy O   nl
GRAND TRUINK ROAD SWROV~ELff PRO.JECr1         ~       
y   TAlts              INDEPENOENTENTLNVSONAENTAL REVIEW N'VE         N-s      D I
O a .EO sUoS       I) No t.. i. lo bN pln.ied .ithin 2.9n ol onsi9 tro.  ;i L   AuMM bu SOu  Afl PA Lld. f
Aje-t. 2 i)   ovh d on te,  ro-s Of t0ees  O'e  I 0 0be   1ePec  ||   _tWA              isviof
pess._i, 0p000 0 000 Noshi o- dif d si                _m- _



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS411-D-a (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 19.1-19.85, 20.35-21.6
Length (m):     2000
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:         0-19.3m         Left
Beyond                      Spacing     No. of    No. of  Turfedi area
North     DayLight       Species      (@ m cdc)    trees    shrubs  (m2)
____ ____ ___ Line_                     _ _ _ _ _
1st row    Syzynium           12         167
tcumint
2nd 'low    Acacia             3         667
auriculiformis
3rd row    Peltoforurn                    667
ferrugineum
4th row    Acacia              3          67
Pe toforum
5th row    ferrugineum         3         667
South      Beyond DayUght Line
Median (1.2m) Median    r _
_Grass     I                                                      2400
Total Section                                         I   -
Tyzynium                      167
jTotat  cumini         __________
TAcacia
(Total     auriculiformis  _             1333
|TOtal     Peltoforum    1               1333             1
Total     jfem.Igineum
Total              Trees                                 2833
Totai             Grass                                                           240J



~~~~-                     T    N     II   D    b
Ill               ~SECTION:  Wi-D-bl
-I               ~ ~~SyZyNIUM   CUMINII
0      --     ---        --- -                                           12        C
IR i CULIFORMIS
POLTOFO RUM
\              ~~PLANl TCS-mID-b 
-D WIDENINGe  OW avaiteble =50rnl 
PKG:11- JDesign CH-33.2-33.6. LEFT SIEWENG          Space for plartation=01.morih  de            l
I  \         ~~~~~ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION17.1-38          lUrbainl                                      l
luo> l G~~RUNKMD RKOADIPROVBCT                                       i | v  *= 
|&)sor;/t |     INDEPENDENI ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW   l1I @_
±: *a>: 1%1>::w,ta; 7-,,d,:ff:td Irlr P9L taX l
2    tt     t  b.                                                  ----  
L~~~~~~~~~   



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-III-D-b (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 33.2-33.6
Length (m):    400
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:           0-19.3m         Right
South      Beyond          Species        Spacing     No. of    No. of  Turfed area
Daylight Line                 (@ m c/c)    trees    shrubs  (m2)
1st row     Syzynium cumini      12          33
Acacia
2nd row  aunculiformis13
PeHtoforum
3rd row     ferrugineum           3         133
Acacia
4th row  aunculiformis13
Peltoforum
5th row     femrgineum            3         133
North      Beyond Dayli lht Line
Median (1.2m)  Median      _                                      _     _   _ _ _
Grass                                                                  480
Total Section   X                                         _
Total       Syzynium cumini                  33
Total       Acacia26
i______237_=auriculiformis
Total       Peltoforum                      267
d____I ___I ferrugineum    I            _
Total              Trees   |                l               567
Total              Grass                                                                480



9.65      Ji 3.75 11 1     7.5            7       1I 75             9-65     1
SECTION: III-D-c
A    IA
- - - - - -   - - - - -  - - - - - - - - - - i-  
-----                -----    -       ---    -----.- 
-   -    --   -     -     -     -   -       -     -    -   - 4
-  -   ~ ~~            ~                    --    -~~~    TURFING
r-  1--e  -  ---             - -----   --              ---  r
L -  -   --- - - - - - - - - - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~ 
I     
- - - - - - - - -      - - - - - - - - - -
PLAN: *------  ---   -- -. e-~   -~    SYZYNIUM  CUMINII
r~~~~~~~~~~~~~ra
LII  11111                                                        ©~~-------            12M     C/C
L                                                 -NEEDN  ENVlhONMETAL-REvlE  - g -i -t -
---- ----                   --------  ---ACACIA
I ---                                    I    I    ~~~~~~AURICULIFORMIS
I    I  ~~ -- -----T----© 3MC/C
L  -   I       ……-        - -       - - -       - - -   -   - .---  -   -
I  I                                                             I         I~-- -  - -- -I  - -- -
|         ItSttA  ISCAP                   I1 Space for ptcntotion  =0-9.65m  o    boh.id
I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
ES   1I0DBO          es  NCH   7  15VIO18NT5  CONENTRCEWDE   NC Mv   g                     O    aalberO
0 0        S-O es    mam    I) N.o tree ,, to b. plton d .*h; 2.5n of a  e   q  es     i     ft     I   Ausooc.ta  South Amb Pvt. Id..
M)AtenI -. t? on~ d 0Out I-  of trees1 at. be tOeo ed             I M
h.e. -s etoc Ie ;soc Itb. 0u0fll.eS O r,. dpeleted.____I               -



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCtS411-D-c (Rural)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 17.15-18.5
Length (m):        1350
Average ROW available: 50m
Space for Plantation:         0-9.65m      Both sides
Beyond                      Spacing      No. of    No. of  Turfed area
North     Daylight       Species      (@   ec)    trees    shrubs  (m2)
Line
1st row    cSyynium            12         113
Acacia
2nd row    aunculiformis       3          450
South     Beyond Dayl ght Line
1st row    Syzynium            12         113
cumini                       ____
Acacia~
2nd row    auriculiformis      3          450
Median_(1.2m) Median
Grass                      __=___X_1620
Total Section
Total      Syzynium                       225
cumini
Total      ACaCla                       900s
Tauricuiiformis
Total             Trees                                  1125
Total             Grass                                                           1620



7.25      11    75           |5                       7.25     |.
SECTION: IV-A-a
4~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ ------                                          ----               -----
4    ~ Ill 4
.~~~~~~~~~~ -___ ____ - ........ - _ _ _               -      - - -  - - -          
4. .-... ... - - … .  - …         -       .- --.4- .-. _ 
-4-.1 -    -        ----- ---           - --  -1 
4~~~~~~~~~~. .
H-V--I-- ~---------  ----                                                      -              ~              TRE
(23 0                                        -e -S  - -T   - - - - -      - - - - - - - --- -  -  _
---H--I--  -  …      . .                    -    --- -      ------* --              --     -I
…--- - -- -----                                 -- -
-                    --   -    -- ------ --                                                     -- -- 
I-----  ---- -- -- ---    .-------    ----  -   --
l~~~~~~~~~~Aerssoge  ROW   ovcilabeales  ole=;e4pele.__X
14                  4                             ……                           …- pi
4,C-                                                                              I 4=I                      4      .
F-- I-E-S…
0 0 C-.S-         pioM      ) NI--  .t.b.  l-d -hi 2.-4    4                                                 I.  L    A4   oIdnSuhA eP
24Aj 4                -PM.t    4-   I4t ..otdAmw                                                     A1110h 
I  4    I                                                                                    4.   .  -'    .C  ..-...~dI.dm  4 to



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-IV-A-a (Urban)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 9.1-1 3.8
Length (m):     4700
Average ROW available: 40m
Space for Plantation:              0-1.5m         Both sides
North      Footpath          Species         Spacing      No. of    No. of  Tre area {m2)
(@m d1c)    trees    shrubs  Tre  ra(2
1st row     Syzynium cumini          12         392
South      Footpath                      _
1st row     Syzynium cumini          12         392
Median (1.2m)  Median
Grass                                                                       5640
Total Section
Total       Syzynium cumini                     783
Total              Trees                                        783
Total              Grass                    _ _                                             5640



F-                                                                                                                           7
8.   5      7.25   1    75   1I 75   .1.   725    .    5.25
SECTION: IV-A-b
-     - - - -    - - - - - - - - -
---- -      -- ---    -----CUM IN---
----             --     -          -- --        -- --                        T  RFED
--    1     ------   -- ----                                -- t
i ~ ~  ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -_               - --- - - - - - - -C/C
--------       ----   -- -  ---------    0
-     .------- -   -- ------------.4
--i-----CAC----A-------
_-            __-___                                                                A ____ _E __ __   _ __  ,    A ,   UMNCULIFORMIS
---- --- --- -  - ---- --- -----©                            32M    C/C
---1                                 --a
PLAN: TCS-IVA-b
PKG:II-3,esign C-9           9 7-9.1 ,9.0-9.1, CONCENTRI  WIDEN NG Aerase ROW  availacle =55m
S ace for plantation =C-8.25m on each side
ROA 0     DSAE SECTION:47O-492 3                      Uban
rEEES | INDEPENDENTENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW 2  |
o"u                  ra                                              Ci~ Ias _uoImu  SuiAl t. W.    L~>
K      f        .1                ,, o5 ceivoiloble. unkfl;S oWerwd leCf d  Jhe^   Mm= _
L ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ -     -  - -- - - -         -- -  -  -    - -   -



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-IV-A-b (Urban)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 491.7- 492.1, 9.0 - 9.1
Length (m):          500
Average ROW available: 55m
Space for Plantation:             0-8.25m        Both sides
North     BDayonht dSpies                   Spacing     No. of    No. of  Turfed    (m2)
DaLighnSece                     (  m c/c)    trees    shrubs  Tre  ra(2
1st row    Syzynium cumini         12          42
Acacia
2nd row    auriculiformis                     167
South      Beyond Dayvl ght Line
1st row    Syzynium cumini         12          42
Acacia
2nd row    auriculiformis                     167
Median (1.2m)  Median      __
Grass                                                                      600
Total Section
Total      Syzynium cumini                     83
Total      Acacia                             333
______ _____ _   ___ _____ auriculiforrnis__ _ _ _ _  _ _ _ __   _ _ _ _  _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Total               Trees                    _            _     417
Total               Grass  1                    _                                           600



1*   7.25  ,}il 7.5                7.5   1'11    .5 Ws
SECTION: V-a
r~~~~~~~~--r-n -- ---!--- 11-1
Fl]W_+         _ __ ____ ___,__ _  -------   -  -- -  --  -      ___
--I---- I---I---.                                 L
. 1^ Z ---t--------         . ---I
!   F -   --         …        ----4-----                                   t    I-           AA
o F--F---4   ______..                    ~      L.                       ---|-I-- L--- ----  - ,--
_____                             _                           _ _---   ---  ------------
,       1--                      -, -  -      - - - -                           I   I
r --u-i -                     ---i       --    -----t---                    I. - L-
F-l1- F                    .  I- ---- L---.           ----i-                I   I   F--
F-- -F-- t - 3-               ---1       --…             .     …          - t-l--F --
I -- -                             1      -- - ---- --->--               ---- - ----F   I   I1-
Ft t----            …     …---                            :               -I- 0--             0FN
P LAN: TCS-V-- a
PKG tl-B,Design CH-470.0-472.8 CONCENTRIC                   |Averace ROW   o-voiloble =40m
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:470-492.3
ORGAN SECTION
F)<<^ GRA     D TFII    t OAD      IP                                               Ftt PO T
"EES                 INDEP>ENDENT ENsetRONMENTAL- REvtEW               NMGS| 
0 0   NED"  ssM         1 ) No.fe t,   so ft. fb ic pd.t   thi. 2.5- oF on -ili.9 te.,   ||t A|odb   S*V As|v   b
2) A-t. i-nc od ot r   Of trees o wo t-  t- o-    . JJ      A4          JaA   LeO EKJ
leso-                   iS                                ovul.-  wal--j ©le"s 12Mci C/C ~
F. --  F.  .-  -    ~              T                         .              F.   I .-.i  f



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-V-a (Urban)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 470472.8
Length (m):         2800
Average ROW available: 40m
Space for Plantation:           Pavement       Both sides
North      Footpath        Species       Spacing      No. of    No.sh   Turfed area (m2)
A m dic)    trees    shrubsTueara(2
1 st row   Albezzia lebbek      12          233
South      Footpath
1st row    Albezzia lebbek       12         233
Median (1.2m)  Median               .
Grass                                                                  3360
Total Section    T
Total      Albezzia lebbek                  467 47     =
Total               Trees                                    467
,Total               Grass                                                               33601



18.75 Reserfe Icn,d     7 25  Ilk |    7 51    7.5   i 1|1|  725
SECTION: V-b
|_                  -  4 --M -
I--.-
4               ___~~------------
1~  ~     --         ----   -     -- -
~~=~~i-.  ~~~-ACACIA
AUR RIC CULIFORM =IS
I--   © ~~3M C/C
____ _______SYZYNIUM
-   ~~~~~~~~~--                               CU    I I
-'- -     k.--..            - ~      -       ©   1 2M   C/C
-<.. -~ - --I-- -------------
4 ----                                                      ~~~~~~~~~~PELTOFORUM
- FERPUGINEIUM
- -- --     -     -    -  -- -- -    D   C/C
1L  --~~~-  - -- --…-- -TURFING
PLAN: T2S-V-b
Average ROW available =6Gm
PKG:1I-B, Design CH-473.6-491.7, ?H 1IT SIDE WIDENING   Spoce for plantotion =O-18.75m  on left side
ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION:470-492.3                            Urbcn
t IE/-WiEWAL    GRAND TRUWI ROAD PROWBENT PROJECT  ||II                    N       _,       Ala  Ob
INDEPENDEN  ENVIROENTA REV EW                 
^9  j7 ZNU                                                           __ ._   I                  ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
0 0  W ~5--u'   NMI Mmn  1)N                               8 .t .Pitd 25  -1  f- iq. L   A-.if   othAi Pv.1          41=4
Th.fl.f f    lUee 2) All-rnol- .n d - o.r e     btob.   t                    !jo An                       Lit AsSoh'oteS
|~ ~~~.V l5- 5DC soslu.  U.,es st.,ws dP.cird h....                    00%_f _  



LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 2B, TCS-V-b (Urban)
Landscape Section: 470-38
Design Chainage for TCS: 473.5-491.7
Length (m):        18200
Average ROW available: 60m
Space for Plantation:            0-18.75         Left
North     DSpecieBeyond                  Spacing      No. of    No. Of
North   Daylight        Species       (@ m  c)     UeV"      shrubs  Turfed area (ni2)
Line
1 st row   Syzynium cumini       12        1517
Acacia
2nd row    3acio                           6067
au ncu liform is
Peltoforum
3rd row    ferrugineum                     6067
4th row Acacia                 366
4th row    aurculiformis                   eo67
PeKoforum
5th row    ferrugineum3                    6067
Beyond
South      Daylight
Une
Median (1.2m)  Median
Grass                                                                 21840
Total Section   __                           ______           _
Total      Syzynium cumini _       _        1517
Total      Acacia                          12133
_____ ____ auriculifoffmis   _ _ _ _ _ __          _ _ _    _ _ _ _ _ _
Total      Peltoforum                      12133
____ __________ ferngineum
Total              Trees                                    25783
.Total              Grass    _                                                         21840



Environmental Management Plan 7 Package 11 B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Appendix 7    Noise Mitigation Locations
Side of        ~~~Distance of  Distance of
Chainag Side of  Name of  building from   Boundary       Size of    No. of
haag the                              wall from   building B(m)                 Mitigation Proposed
e     rroad   institution   Caniageway Carriage Way   x L(inm)  storeys
(in) ~   ( 
A structural barrier of height 2.5m shall be
481 900  South  Hospital (RH)    25           20       10.8 x 20.0   G+3  provided along the edge of the shoulder
fram km. 481.800 to km. 482.800 on the
s southem side. (NM-2B-1)
A structural barrier of height 2.5m shall be
482 000  South  Hospital (RH)    29           25       12.3 x 20.0   G+2  provided along the edge of the shoulder
from km. 481.800 to km  482.800 on the
southem side. (NM-2B-1)
A structural barrier of height 2.5m shall be
482.700  South  . Hospital       39           35       30.0 x 20.0   G+2  provided along the edge of the shoulder
from km. 481.800 to km. 482.800 on the
________ _____  ____                                    southem side. (NM-2B-1)
Height of the boundary wall shall be raised
490.800  South    School        30.4         19.2      57.8 x 18.5   G+2  to 5.5m and double glazing of openings in
second and third floors. (NM-2B-2)
SIngle Boundary wall of the receptor shall be
21 100  South    School          29           18       16.5 x 8.0  stionried ncreased to 5.5m  and openings in the
osuter walls to be double glazed. (NM-2B-3)
Boundary wall of the receptor shall be
ncreased to 5.5m and openings in the
25 960  South    School          18           3        30.0 x 20.0   G+1  outer walls to be double  glazed and
l1antation along the RoW for a distance of
100m on either side of the structure. (NM-
______ _                          _________    ________2B-4)
Single Boundary wall of the receptor shall be
36900  South    School           39           8        7.0 x 15.0  stgled  ncreased to 5.5m  and openings in the
sorie  outer walls to be double glazed. (NM-2B-5)
Appendix 8    Table of Proposed Bus Stops along Grand Trunk Road
S. No.   Location      Direction                  Remarks                   Design Prepared
I 1    12.400      North & South   Propose bus stop                    Typical design drawing
No. T - 33 to T - 34.
2       22.700      North & South   Existing BR jacks the road going to  Typical design drawing
village                              No. T -33to T -34.
3       25.960      North & South   People presently stand in front of the  Typical design drawing
school.                              No. T - 33 to T - 34.
33.400    North & South   Propose bus stops                    No. T -33 to T - 34.
5      484.100      North & South   70 m from Naubasta junction         Typical design drawing
INo. T-33 to T-34.
6      479.000      North & South   Existing bus stop to be enhanced    Typical design drawing
No. T - 33 to T - 34.
Appendix 9    Cultural Properties Identified for Typical Enhancement
S. no    Chainage         Type          Side   Railing (T-28, Type-1) Paving (T-27,   Tree sitting
Type                             ~~~~~~~~~Type-2)
1       19.130         Temple           N                                       Seating around 5
I_                 Temple          N                                -            trees
2        9 900          Temple          N          Railing-1Om        14sqm
3       11 800          Shrine          S                             48sqm
4       31.950          Temple          S       Crash barrier-1 5m    24sqm
5       11.150          Temple     ;   S        Crash barrier-i 5m    20sqm
6       29.800          Temple          N          Railing-l Om       36sqm
7       35.500          Shrine          N          Railing-15m        56sqm
8       30.500     3 huge papal trees   N                                       Seating around 3
of 8m girth                                                   trees
9       24.800          Temple          S       Crash barrier-lOm     24sqm
10       14.300         Temple          N          Railing-1Om         26sqm
I Pa As.tciat



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1I B
- Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Appendix 10 Cultural Properties Identified for Specific Enhancements
S.         Type         Location  Dist From    Side of        Remark (Existing I            Design Prepared
No.         Tp           Lotin       CW (in)     Road              Proposed)
Very old temple complex-
1     Temple complex    471.900      10.0       North    Presently library exists in front  Detailed design drawing No.
of temple complex and, it will      1l-BI471.911
get exposed after widening
2    Brahmadev temple   18.700        1.0       North    Trucks stand here to pay a  Detailed design drawing No.
2____  Brahmdev tmple 18.70           1.0         orth   visit to deity,                       Il-B/18.7/2
3      Ternple+ Well     21.100       2.0       North                                  Detailed design drawing No.
3  Temple+ Well    21 100  2.0   North                                 I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~l-B/21 .1/3
4          Well          21.200      17.0       South    Well in front of school        Detailed design drawing No.
11-B/21 .2/4
5     Sarsaul College    25.960       1.6       South    College being used as a bus  Detailed design drawing No.
5 _______________ SralClee 2.6   1.        Sot      stop                                  ll-B/25.96/5
6     Community Well    36.900        4.0       South    Community area                 Detailed design drawing No.
L ea Aass6ates



Environmental Management Plan - Package 1/ B
Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project
Appendix 11 Reporting System
Iea AfL%wihfs
1U7Z1J]
,-'K01~



[E
111
~o^
Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.  Lea Asociates
New Delhi



GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PRJEP T
S                                                        1
7                                                        I_
|~~~~ -r 2'IN
_            EMPREc
43                                                       [
* 
*,                                           
4~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ConC* @-59
*-- ------- we-'' --- -^-~ rrI_wrr.__^:s..,,,_,,,,,



esr   U ontng and Reportng Proces and RespeibilteB
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SPfii                                               Poet    bmtdio Un             NM (Ceris         wo   Ban
Stage of     Forumat            __nOvsd  o
I on  RetIo N                                      lnpoleentat  anid Supwvsion Repotin    Coiranc   RePOrt OD NA j (CReport to   Desired
Reportngo SO                 to P      CMnorn*nc    (- d)W                              uomo
Target Sheet for EMP
PC1   Reporling                   One_T___          One r_         _                   One tme                  One Un _ime
PC2   Reporting for EMP Targets    Mm"                         Monthly                 Quarterly     Hif Yek. o
Reporting for Tre
PC3   Transplantation             M y                          Md                      Ouart
PC4   Cnitulrat Pery Rdobon        _o_ Mon"                                            QUM br
PC         Rdocsabn of Bus S"      Mthb'             M-         M"          uarbrFy     aQur
Rdocation of Ulty and
m-Conskucbon    PC6   Cormunity ResourcrM                             Mm"       forMo   Quartwty        Qua                       Quarery
C1   Target S fret for EMP Actions  Ore Time          .   .                            Ome tme                  One brme
Target sheet for
Eran fmenlMgation
02   Acbons                      O_Oe Time                                                          One tmme  _____
Target Sheet for Roadside
C3   Landscape                   One TmeI                                              One time                 One time
Taget Sheot for Pouton                                                                                       _
C4   rMonitr_ One Time                                                                 One tire                 Onetime
Rep- bng for EUP Acions
05   Target                      O Tme              Fortighi  MonUf                                  NY_l__  Q2 L  H y  Q ay Kaf Y-!y
CS   TwW           AisitFn of Land  MotlyMrN                    oihly                     S
C7    lorrDw Aea kdeiation           Tim           One Tine  One Time        Tifm      One OTim
C       srd  onication           O      e          One Tne  One Time    rOwe           Onw Tne 
co   Quarry Identification           Time          One T      One Time  O     me       One Tane       _
C10   Selling up Worers Canp       Tome              On Tinm   One lim e   Time        One Tr         ____
AsPerPolutbon              per                          u as
C1l   PdulionW= Moniting               rDirlyk Sedt                                     per schedt
Hygie_ Reportig pe"
C12 Con              Cmnp         W                            MM"   duwredy
Water Required for
"             ~~~~~~C13  'Co                     WeddyWeddi                              Mondilyy                    Hf Yea*   Qubfi Hgff Yewly
L ~~~~~C14   Dust SWpe    at Stock 80                                                   Mnr d D e          m        Hailf Y-oy  Quoff  Hag Y_yO HrewV
_                  ~~~~~~Dust Suppreslon of Baonew
r C15   _ot_                                                                            cuar_ DaIy Mrut   HMf YeaWer  Q _ ly H   Mm
Dust Suppresron at
C16   QudwryCrusher Site          Da        b       Dabonhl    Mornlr                   %Ainwl       Hjtw    Quwar     Half Yearly
LK                RoDd 9dieb hSaty fr Parfial Cosure
C17   of TWo Lano Camigew         One Time          Daql       M          Qubeiiy   Q uwry             tYfQr            S Y_1y
Road Setey at Detur on
C1Ie ema  DeiTine                                   Dail        UIY       bYtte           Qua,       Half Ye1              td b#j H yr
Summ-ary
Cm C   L9gedorEnhanoanet          Mm"l              F          Monrth ly    Quar1rif    Qu Bteiy      Yearly      Ou      HW Yeafly
C20   cura Properies              bl                FoMdgfhy   Uy    Quartely                 y      Yea         Qty  HO Yealy
tEnhwncme intfMigtaon of
C21 c  Wat Eeodie s               Mon"              FohighJy  Mtn         Quarterly     QuOar        Yearty      ,QubV Haff Yearlt
Enhancemrent of Road
C22   Junceiofs    Mm                               Fwgh       M a    Quay              Qary          Yearh        us   Half Yearly
Enhancenient/Mitigation of Bsm
C23   sps                         MonWv             Forbght  Mohy    Quarty             Quarty       Yeart       Qua      Haf Yearly
Repotibng for Road S9de._.                                    .._
C24   P_Ardon                     Matx              Fortnghtly            Quarry        QuS          ] early       Qu     HIfMY-II/
Surval Reportng of Road
C25   Side adwepscping            Monthb Moty                    uartotly  Quarterly    Quarterly                      ryr  Q   Half Yeay
Survival Reportin fokr
C26   Transplanted Trees          MMory    Quarly   Qarterly                            Quarterly                          Half Yearly
Redevebpment Of Borrow
C27   Areas                       Monthly           M rty    Quarterly   Quarte          urtery       Half Yearty  Qu      Half Yeariy
C28 R3 evetpment of Quarnies    Monihi              Montid   QuaeFy   Q                 Qurarbdrly    HofYeady  Quarr  Hlf Ye
Restoration of Construcion
C29   Sites                        Moh              Mon#       Qu         Quartrly      QuarI         Yearly     Qutery Hal Year
Constructon
Mm           C30   Disposal of Constuction Dbris Weehd            Dalb      Monthly    0artary         uart"rly    Yearly      QulHalf Yearb
Targot Sheel for Pollution
01   Monitoring                  One Tm                                                One me                    One Tome
Survhral Reporting of
02   Transplarted Trees                                                  Quaftrty      Qrarterly      Yearty      uarly Half Yearly
Survival Reporting for Road
03   Side Landscape                                                      Quarterly     Quarterly     Yearly      Qa    HYearb
rer 
trbon       04   Polution Monin               Monibrig Pln                            S"sonaly      Yearly         early      Q1try
Note: Supervision Consultat woud une fte same form  of te contractor to SC for Re)t



GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
EMP REPORTING
Pre-Construction Stage
Reporting by PIU to CNHAI
Contractor--
t    Supervision Consultant-
---------______
Report dtd-
Package-



PCI: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP ACTIONS REPORTING
I(Reporting by PiU to NHAI (Central) )
lPre-Construction Stage: Quarterly Report: Date _Month      Year
Targets for Activity
S.No      Pre-Construction     Responsible                            Time Schedule (to be
Activity           Agency       Physical    Financial  completed by ddbmmly)
Unit          lacs
Site Clearance
1    Tree Transplantation                  -nos
2    Tree Felling                           nos
3    Utilitv Relocation                      m
4    Community Resources                    nos
Relocation                          _         _
(Signed)
Project Director
Tree Transplantnation Plan containing.
Annexur 1- List of Trees to be transplanted including-large, side of road distance from CW of each tree to be
transplanted and location at which it is proposed to be transplanted.
Annexur 2- List of Trees to be felled including chainage package, side of road and distance from CW of each
tree to be felled.
Annexur 3-UblKty Relocation Plan containing List of all Utilities to be relocated including chainage, package, side
of road, existing distance from CW and proposed relocation site details.
Annexur 4-Location specific, package wise list of all community resources to be rebocated including cultural
properties, wells, handpumps, bus stops.



I                                                           PC2: REPORTINrG FOR ERIAP TARGETI
|(Reporting by PIU to NHAI (Central) )
Pre-Construction Stage: Quartely Report: Date _ Month      Year
Physical Target                     Financial Tar et                    Completion Target
S.No         Activity            Agency       Totab   Tareet    Target       Y Oftask      Total   Budget  % used   Target  Date of Completion    Reason for
Achieved    completed    (lacs)    Spent                Date    If task completed    Delay if any
1  Tree Transplantation                      nos   ________
2  Tree Felling                              nos
3  Utility Relocation                         m
4  Community Resources
_ _ _ Relocationfl                             S_                                                            _ _ _  _ _ _ _  __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _  _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(Signed)
Project Director



GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROiECT
EMP REPORTING
Pre-Construction Stage
Reporting by Contractor to SC
Contractor--
Report dtd-
Package-



!              ~~~PC3: REPORTING FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Pre-Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date    Month   Year_
Chainage   Tree   Side of  Distance CW       Date of        Chainage of     Side of
S.No     (Km)      No  Road (NIS)    (m)         transplantation   Transplanted site Road (NIS)
Certified that the above information is correct and all relevant infoffmation as required in attached
Project Engineer                               Transplantation (Contractor)'
(Supervision Consultant)



I                                      CULTURAL PROPERTY RE:LOC;ATIONI
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Pre-Constructfon Stage: Monthly Report -0  ____Moth   Year I
S.No   Chainage    Prope       Package      Dateto    LoicKan   Side (N/S) Land Use   Area             Date of
Type..  ___            Relocation    (Km)    ____                    mxml    Reestblishment
Certifhed that the fumished information is corect and all relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer              (Contractor)
(Supervision Consultant)



I        ~PC5: RELOCATION OF BUS STOPS                
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
|Pre-Construction Stage: Monthly Report -
S.No        Chainage        Side (NIS)       (ddoiolny)
Certified that the furnished information is correct information as required i
attached
Project Engineer
I(Supervision Consultant)                  (Contractor)



PC6: RELOCATION OF UTILITY & COMMUNITY RESOURCES
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
gPro-Construction Stage: Quartely Report: Date    Month   Year
Phys ical Task                      Cor zletion Schedule
S.No       Activity        Responsible    Unit           Completed In   Completed In    % oftask    Target  Date of Completion   Reason for
Agency                a  Previous Quarter    quarter      completed     Date   If task completed              l
Relocation of
Community resources
I  Wells                                 nos
2  Tubewells/Handpump   Jal Niham        nos  _
3  Cultural Properties          _        nos
4  Bus Stops                             nos-
Certifiedthat the above information is correct
Project Engineer
(Supervision Consultant)                                                                               (Contractor)



GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
S                           PROJECT
0.                                                                  I
*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
i  EMP REPORTING
ronstruction Stage
Reporting by PIU to CNHAI
9~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
*
*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
*
* = =-= --= =-= - _ = = = I
*    Lo;g racro        t$
r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i
0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~



Cl: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP AClIONS
(Reporting by PIU to NHAI (Central) )
Construcion Stage: Date    Month        Year
S.No  onstucinActiity  esposibl  Targets for ActivU3r
S.No     ConstructionActivityr   Responsible         Physical      Time Schedule (to be completed by
Agency           Physical                 dd_mmlyy)
Unit
2    Temporary Acquisition of
sites I Lands for Diversion                nos
3    Temporary Acquisition of                    n
Borrow Areas                               nos
4    Identification of Quarries                  n os   _
5    Set up of Construction camp                 nos
6    Set up of StockYard                         nos
Total No of Site specific
enhancements                               nos
8    Total no of Typical                         nos
Enhancements
9    Pollution monitoring                     locations
10   Landscaping works                         Sepanate ibtms 
ntractor



IC2: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP ENHANCEMENT MITIGATION ACTIONS
(ReOorti-ng by PIU TO NHAI(Central)
Construction Stage: Report -Date   Month-Year
Target to be prepared by PIU before Construction perod
All Annexures to be appended with format
Impleme gTargets for Activity
S.No     ConstmuctlonActivlty    Implementing      Physical       Financl    Target Date
._____  __________________________    U nit
I Cultural Properties         Contractor  nos
2 Water Bodies                Contractor  nos
3 Road Junctions              Contractor  nos
6 Bus Stops                   Contractor  nos
7 Truck Laybys                Contractor  nos
8 Access control gates        Contractor  nos
Ramped Access to             Contractor
9 embankment                              nos
Stepped Access to            Contractor
10 Embankment                     nts nos
11 Sedimentation Chamber       Contractor  nos
12 Chain link fencing          Contractor  nos
13 Cascade and Gabion Sbtucture  - Contractor  nos
Barnier to prevent Garbage   Contractor
14 umping                                nos
15 Handpump Type 1             Contractor  nos
16 Hand Pump Type 2            Contractor  nos
17_ Hand Pump Type3            Contractor  nos
18 Noise Barrier Type I        Contractor  nos
19 Noise Barrier Type 2        Contractor  nos
20 Oil interceptor             Contractor  nos
21 Seating Around tree I       Contractor  nos
22 Seating Around tree 2       Contractor  nos
23 Seafing Around tree 3       Contractor  nos
24 Seating Around tree 4       Contractor  nos
25 Seating Around tree 5       Contractor  nos
26 Seating Around tree 6       Contractor  nos
27 Seating Around tree 7       Contractor  nos
28 Seating Around tree 8       Contractor  nos
29 Well shaft touching ditch   Contractor  nos
30 Well shaft within embankment    Contractor  nos
31 Well shaft within RoW       Contractor  nos
32 Canopy                      Contractor  nos
33 Washing Platform            Contractor  nos
34_ShrineI Contractor  nos



Annexure 1 Location specific list of all cultural properties to be enhanced
Annexure 2. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 3. Location specific list of all Road Junctions to be enhanced
Annexure 4. Location specific list of all Bus Stops to be enhanced
Annexure 5. Location specific list of all Truck Laybys to be enhanced
Annexure 6. Location specific list of all accesss control gates.
Annexure 7. Location specific list of all Ramped accesses to Embankment.
Annexure 8. Location specific list of all Stepped accesses to Embankment.
Annexure 9. Location specific list of all Sedimentation Chambers.
Annexure 10. Location specific list of all Chain link fences.
Annexure 11. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 12. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 13. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 14. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 15. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 16. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 17. Locabon specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 18. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 19. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 20. Locabon specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 21. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 22. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 23. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 24. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annex=re 25. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 26. Locaton specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 27. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 28. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 29. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 30. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 31. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 32. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Annexure 33. Locabon specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced
Anexure 34. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced



C3: TARGET SHEET FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION
(Reporting by PIU NHAI Centre)
|Construction Stage: Report -Date   Month       Year|
Location at which                Targets for Activity
S.     trees to be                      Financial      TagtDe
No.   transplanted        Physical    Total@Cost        Target Date
Km-Km         Unit    nos        /tree
Certified that the furished
information is correct
Project Engineer                                   Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



|C4: TARGET SHEET FOR POLLUTION MONITORING
(Reporting by PIU To NHAI(Central)
Construction Stage: Report -Date   Month   Year
Target to be prepared by PIU before Constructon period
Al Annexures to be appended with format
First Year of Construction-    Second Year of Construction-
S.No              Monitoring to be complete by- Montoring to be comphte by-
Locations for Rainy  lWinter TSummer   Rainy  jWinter    Summer
Monitoring   Season jSeason lSeason    Season jSeason    Season
Air Pollution Monitorinj          .
d
e
Noise Pollution Moni oring
Water Pollution Montrin
Soil Pollution Monftofg n11                          11
a                       



JC5: REPORTING FOR EMAP ACTIONS TARGETS--                                -I
(Reportng by PIU to NHAI (Central) )
Construction Stage: Quartely RePort: Date    Month     Year
-                          -                     Physical Target                    Financial Target                    Completion Target
S.No          AOtivlty         Responsible                     Target     % of task    Total   Buidget             Target  Date of Completion    Reason for
Agency    Total   Target   Achieved    completed    (lacs)    Spent   % used    Date r      f task completed    Delay If any
U nit           _ _ _ _ _    _ _ _ _ _ _  _ _ _ __                      _ _ _                       _ _ _ _  _ _
Enhancements and
Mitioations
5  Temporary Acquisition of
sites I Lands for Diversion            nos
Temporary Acquisition of                      .
6  Borrow Areas                            nos                                   .
7  Selection of Quarries                   nos
8  Set up of Construction camp             nos
9  Set up of StockYard                     nos      --
(Signed)
Project Director



0
GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
0
*    EMP REPORTING
,    Construction Stage
Reporting by Contractor to SC
=-
*   Contractor--
Report dtd-
Package-



C6: TEMPORARY ACQUISITION OF LAND
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Quartely Report: Date    Month     Year
(Site Layout of ail locations to be attached with format)
Target Date for       Date of     Locatlon(C   Present    Size   Existing Trees   Dist from    Distance from    emarks by
S.No        Reon          Establishment      Esablishment      H)       Landuse | (mxm)  gr|ater than      Nearest    Nearest Water   SC,f any
1  1 ____________   _______              J ______30 cms girth   Settlment        Source
I   Borrow Areas
BA1 I
BA2. 
BA4
2 Workers Camps
- WC2                               --- I                                                      
3   SItt for SatchingPIt rnt                                                                 .
BPI 
4   Site for HotMix Plant _    i
HMP2                                                           
5 S8tockYard
-SY2_
_    A               _______________________ ____=_  _ _______
3Cetified that the furished informalion is corroct and all tetvant information as required is attached
|Projec t Engineer                                                 Contractor
4up te   f oislon Consultant)                                                                                                                   I



C7: BORROW AREAS IDENTIFICATION
(Reporting by Contactor to SC)
Construction Stage Report -Date_Month_Year
Site Layout of Borrow Area and Proposed Borrow Area ReDevelopment
Plan to be attached with fonnat
Format to be submitted before target date as (decided by PD) for establishing Quarries
Borrow Area no. BA
Location of Borrow Area (Km)      Package
S.No Item                  Unit           Details              Remarks by SC
Date of Borrow Area
becoming operational
dd/mm/yy
Current Landuse
No of settlements within
.__ 500m of Borrow Area    nos
Total Capacity        cum
No of Trees with girth    nos
more than 0.3 cms
____  Length of Haul Road  km
Width of Haul road    m                                ___
.__ tType of Haul Road     metalldirt
No of settlements within
200m of Haul Road     nos
Size of Borrow Area   sqkm
Area of Borrow Area   km x km
__ |Quanbtty Available     cum            |
Dist of Nearest Water    Type/Size/Capaci
Source                y/Present
Quantity of top soil
removed               cum
Detail of storage of topsoil
Certified that the fumished information is correct and all relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer                                               (Contractor)
(Supervision Consultant)



Cg: STOCKYARD IDENTIFICATION
RKeporinIg by  "ct-co 10 3c
Coratiuctton Stage: Quartly Report Date _Ionth        Year_      _
(Se Layout of StockYard to be atached with format)
Format to be submnited before target dats (dackled by PD) for stockyard to become operational
StockYard no.SY-
Location of StockYard (Krn)      Package
S.No                  Item                      Unit                  Dedalbs               Renwks by SC
1 Detea of stodcyard dated Sy belowing
-     operonal ddfmm/yy
a  Present Landuse
b  Size of stock Yard                              - sqkm   ..
c  Area of Stock Yard                    km x km
d  No of settlements within 500m of stockYard
e  Lengrh of Haul Road                    km                _
f  No of setlements vAitiin 500m of stockYard   -                                        __ke_I_'_._._
g  Distance from Nearest WaterSource      I ypel s   b ap
h  No. of btees wth gk  more than 0.3m.
2  Detals of ToPeoll Stcina_
a  Quantt of top soil stacked            ownm     _        __
b  Detais of Tepsoil Stad_rg
90wo COM    Ila
a  Cement                                  .m_
b  Aggregate (Coarse) _cu.m.
c jBitumen                                No. of drums                _
d  Dbsl           
e Sand
f  AggrgfeSe(fie) __
9Water tank                            bes
3   Detals   of V ehicles                  _  _  _  _      _  _  _  _   _  _  _  _
a  NoofTankems                            nos                   -                   _
b  no oTrucks                             nos
4  D_f_-_of E_ul_ffm_                                                                             _
a               Plant                     nor
b  Batching Plants                        nos
c  Horbx Plat                            nos
d  WetMiIxPlant                           nos
5  Detals of workfowce                    ____            _________
a  Total No of Labourers                  oos
b  Total no of Male Workers               nos
c  No of Male Worker beow 18 years of ae   nos
dTotal No Of       Workers                nos
_~ ~ ___ _ __ios_
f  No of chidlren
6 Dsbfls effaclltiu  _
a    Fencing around StockYard               Y/N
b    Avallabty of security guard 24 hrs a day    YIN
c    Details of First Aid Facility
Certified that t  fumished information Is correct and al relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer                                                                          (Contractor)
(Supervision Consultant)



I                      ~~~~~Cg: QUARRY IDENTIFICATION 
e ng bContractortoSC
Construction Stage Report -Date_Month    Year_
Site Layout of Quarry and Proposed Quarry ReDevelopment Plan to be
attached with format
Copy of Licence to be attached with format
Format to be submitted before target date quarries as (decided by the PD) for establishing
Quarry no.Q-
Location of Quarry (Km)      Package
S.No            Item                Unit             Details              Remarks by SC
_ Location                Ch                                    _    _   _   _   _   _
License no
License Valid till         Date
_____  Size of Quarry            m  xm                                _  _______X          __
_ Area of Quarry           km x km
Quantity Available        cum
Total Capacity            cu.m
No of SetLements within 500m
L__ =--of Quarry                nos
Width of Haul road        m
_ Type of Haul Road        metalled/dirt
|Length of Haul Road       sqkm
No of Settlements within 50m  Name
of Haul Road
Distance from Nearest Water  Type/Distance
source                     ___________                         _
- Wheiither Crusher Plt located YsN
Certified that the fumished information is correct and all relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer                              Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



C10: SETTING UP OF WORKERS CAMP
Reportig by Contractor to PIU after Ceification byuq
Construction Stage Report: Date _ Month       Year
(Sie Layout of Construction camp and working drawings of dwelling unis with allied facilites to be attached with format)
Fornat to be submitbtd before target date (decided by PP.) of establishing camps as
Camp no.WC
Location of Camp (km      Package
S.No |tem                                               Unit              Detils              Remarks b SC if any
1   Detail of item camp
a   Size of Camp                                 nixm
b   Area of Camp                                 sq_m
c   Distance from Nearest Settlement
Type/SizelCapac
d   Distance from Nearest Water Source           ty/Present
Use/Owne_shil
Date of camp bekwing operatonal ddimmlyy
Present larnid use
N No other trees with girth > 0.3m.                                                    _        _
2   Detalis of toposoll sacking
a   Quantity of top soWI removed                 sq.m
Describe
b   Detail of storage of topsoil                 sladding
_________________________________________  arrangem ent
3   Deitlis of workforce
a   Total No of Labourers                        nos
b   Total no of Male Workers                     nos
c   No of Male Workes below 18 years of age      nos
d   Total No of Female Workers                   nos__
e   No of Female workers below 18 years of age   nos
f   No of children                               nos
4   DetaIls of dwelllr unit
a   No of dwellirgslhuts                         nos
b   Minimum Size of Dwelling                     nuMMn
c   Noof d  ns per dwelling                      nos
d   Minimum size of npunn                                        __"_                                    _
e   Wails                                       IE ef 
f   WRooesng                                       dfications   |                        _        _       _
f   Roofirv                         ~~~~~~~~~~specHicatiin
h   Dinidng Water Tank                           spedfications   _
i   Capacity of Dnkilng water Tank               cim
I L -Size of Drinking Water Tank                    nmxmxm
k   Total no of WC                               nos
I   No of Wcs for female workers                 nos
m   Minimum Size of WC                           mxim
*   Total No of Bathrooms for female workers     nos
o    Size of septic tank for WC/Baths            mxmxm
Capacity of Water Tank for WCs/ Bathrooms and
_    general purpose
q   Fencing around camp                          YIN
5   Details of facilities
a   Availability of security guard 24 hrs a day  Yes/No
b   Details of First Aid Facility                Yes/No
c   AvailabWity of Day Care Centre               Yes/No       J
Certilied that the fumished information is correct the quality of work is as per god practice and aH relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer
(Supervision Consultant)                                                                   (Contractor)



Ci1: POLLUTION MONITORING
(Reporlng by Contactor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report Dat__1MonthL   Year
(Locatons at which monitoring to be conducted as per EMPI
CopWfon Trgd             |
S.No   Chinage    LDetails of      Duration     Instruments   Target     Date of    Reason for Delay
S.No    Chainage Location     Monitoring      Used              task Completed Nan
t lask conplted I
Air Monitoring
1|
4
Wder Monitoring                                               _       _
32           _      _              _             _         __                     _       _
5.                   -
Soil Mon torinn
1
-2_=
5
Noise Monito ing
2                                             0.
2   ______   =_______                              =             =-_____
Cerbfie that the Podlution Mondonng has been conducted at all thie locabons spofedW in the EMP and as per the diecffons of the
SC
PrSject Engineer                                                                     Contractor
(Supervision Consugtant)



C12: HYGIENE REPORTING AT CONSTRUCTION CAMP
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
IConstruction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month      Year
S.No                Item                  Unit        Quantity      Remarks
2  Total No of WCs                   l         l                  l
3  No of WCs Functioning              _
4  No of Bathrooms functioning
5   Water Tank cleaned               Yes/No
6  First Aid Faciiities Available
7  Emergency Vehicle available &
functioning                            .
8  Camp visit by Doctor/month        no of times
9  Accident occurred, if any          e given t
10  Measures taken                    be giv n
11  Security available 24 hrs daily   Yes/No   I
12  Waterlogging if any in Camp       Yes/No
13 If yes,measures taken
Certified that the furnished information is correct and all relevant information as required is attached
Project Engineer                                                             Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



C13: WATER REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month    Year
Frequency and Quantity of Sprinkling of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC after
Inspection of Condition of Haul Road
o~~
S.No SorceName) _t                         Z iWater Drawn         Re  rs
S.No Soume(Name)               IE~ mcm/dayReak
I Rivers    ___
2 Wells           I         I            l
3 Tubewelis        I                      _ I_                       _
4 Other source/tankers
____ Total Water Used            _
Certified that the avove information is correctl
Project Engineer                                        Contractor



IC14: DUST SUPPRESSION AT STOCKYARD
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Constuction Stage: Monthly Report -Dat _MontI_Year
Frequency and Quantity of SprinkOlng of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC aftr lnspetion of Condtion of Haul Road
Format (Reporting Format No- ) for StockYard prepared during PeConstruction s_ta  to be submltted during each montly reporting
STOCKYARD                                    Date
CODE                                         1 23 45 6 78                         10 11 12 131 4 15 161 18 a19 20 21 2212312425 2627 2829 30
SY      Frequency of Spnnkling of water on
SY_______  ~lHaul road (times/day)
Quantity of Water Sprnlded(litres)
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
SY      Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
Haul road (timesdy
Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litres)
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
__ _ _ _ _   ite-
Sy      Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
SY_______  Haul road (timesiday)
Quantity of Water Sprlnkled(litres)
Quantity of Water Spnnkled around
Site
y       Frequency of Sprinklng of Yvater on
Haul road (times/day)
Quantity of Water SptInked(titres)
QuantRy o Water Spinkled around
Sy      Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
Haul road (times/day)
OuantRy of Water Sprlnkled(Itrs)
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
Sy      Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
Haul road (timeedav
Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litrs)
Quantiy of Water Sprnkled around
Sit
Sy      Frequency cf Spinkling of water on
Haul road (timesday)
iQuantfty of Water Sprlnkled(lltres)
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
F -~~~~~t



CIS: DUST SUPPRESSION AT BORROW AREA SITES
(Reportng by Conftlctor to SC)
COnsIruotIon Stage: Mont  Report -at      Month      Year
Frequency and Quantty of Spriniding of Watr on Haul Road to be decided by SC afr Inspection of Condition of Haul Road
Fonrmt (Repouling Forant No - ) for each Borrow Area prepared during Pr-Construction sage to be submitted during each montly reporting
Borrow                                  Date
Area  do         ~~~Item                  -…
Ama Code                Item12    3  4 6678                         7   8   9  10  11  12  13  14  1  116 17  18 19 20121 22  23124 25  26 271 28 29   30
BAI    Frequency of Sprinkling of watr on
Haul road (times/day)
Frequency of SprinWling of water at
Borrow Sits (times/day)
Total Quantity of wate
Sprinkled(iftr)
BA4    Frequency of Sprinkling of wator on
Haul road (tmes/day)
Frequency of Sprinkling of water at
Borrow Site (times/day)
Total Quantity of Water
Sprlnkled(lIfre)
BA     Frequency of Sprinkling of wate on
_____  Haul road(bmtesday)
Frequency of Sprinkling of water at
____   orroSit(times/day)- -…                                                                  - -----                                                 
Total QuantIty of Wate
Spnnkled(libte)                 _   _  _   _                                             - _     -  -   - _  _  _       - _  _     - _  _  _
Certfied that the above mentioned works have been completed as spocified by the Project Engineer and PIU
Project Engineer                                                                                                                                Contractor



|C16: DUST SUPPRESSION AT CRUSHER SITES
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date    Month    Year
Frequency of Sprlnkling of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC after Inspection of CondItlon of Haul Road
Format for Quarry prepared during Pre-Construction stage for Crushers to be attached with the format
Date
Crusher              Item
CI  21  31 4   5   6 | 7  8    9   10  11  12 13 14 1              1617  18 19 20|21 |22  2324226 127  282930
C    Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
Haul road (timesday)  
Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litres)
Quantity of wiater Sprinkle on
____Convevor Belt
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
site
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
Crusher Site If any
C    Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
Haul road (times/day)
Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litres)
Quantity Spfinkled on Conveyor Beit
Quantity of Water Sprinkled around
C    Frequency of Sprinkling of water on
C     Haul road (timsday)            - _  _       _                                                           - _  _   _  _  _   _  _  _  _
Quantfty of Water Sprinkled(litres)
Quantity of water Sprinkled on
____Convyor Bel
Quantity of Wate Sprinkled around
Crusher Site if any                                  _   _       _                      - _   _  _  _       _  _  _  _  _                     -
C    Frequency of Spinklding of water on
Haul road (hmsday)             -   _   -   _                                       - _      - _     - _   _  _  _            - _  _  _  _  _  _
Quantty of Water Sprlnkled(lIftres)                                                                                                                I
Quantity of water Sprnkled on
Conveyor Belt
Quantity ofWater Sprinkled around - -…- - --- -------------
____Crusher Site If any



C18: ROAD SAFETY AT DETOUR ON TEMPORARY DIVERSION
One time reporbng on owmmecmen of costucto In the Conruction zone
Sketch of Consruction Zone showing all sub zones and location of signs etc to be attached wih fonnat
(Repoiling by Cordractor to SC)
Forrat on Aoquisio of Teniporaay diversions to be attadied with fornat
Constructon Stage: Monthbl Report -Date   Month    Year
DIVERSION NO-
LOCATION (km J
S.No   Item           ._Unit                                                     Compliance        P arks
1 Details of Construction Zone                           .         ..
a Length of Construction Zone                      in km
b Distance between this and next Construction Zone  in km                         .
Length of Transition Sub Zone(should be min 50 fro a speed
c of 50 km/h)                                      ' in km
Length of Work Sub zone in urban stretch  (should
d be<2 kin)          ____ in km
e Length of Work Sub zone in rural stretch  (5-10 km)  in km
f Distance between two work sub zones
North sife    South side
2 Slgnages In Constuction Zones
-    S~gag in Advance waming sub zone
a       Sion sayhg Men at Wore I km ahead of TranstUon sub zone YIN
b E =7 Supply sign saying Diversion I km provided         YIN
ic      Sign saying Road Cosed ahead provided             YIN
Id      Cornpusay Tum RightLett sign provied              Y     _N 
| Detour sign plced                               Y/N                                 .
lSharp Devkbfion sign placed at end of advance warning sub
f                                                         Yzone  YIN
SJgnage In Transiton Sub wbi* zone 
9         nage sang IQ" Rkeft provided                    Y/N
h       Delineators placed along lergth of transition     YIN
|    IS nWe In wwl subZone
Hazard Marker placed where railing for CD structure on
d1veY                                                              ____ion sta_t___N  _     __       _YIN
li___  mXBarricade on eilher side of of work sub zone     YIN...
Tnnrdnbon sub zone
Sigftor tIndication of erid of work zone 120m from end of
k      |ternination sijb zone                            YYIN
Certfied that the road safety meqasures have been adopted as specified and as per the directions of the SC
Prolect Engineer                                                                                    Contrctor
(Supennsion Consultant)



C17: ROAD SAFETY FOR PARTIAL CLOSURE OF IWO LANE CARRIAGEWAY
One time reportng on commencement of consrucion In the Constructin zone
Sketch of Construction Zone shoing all sb zones and bcation of signs etct be attched with fornat
(Reporffng by Contractor to SC)
Format on Acquisition of Temporary diversions to be attached with fornat
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_ Month   Year__
DIVERSION NO-
LOCATION (kmn)
.1 Itern                                          Unit                   Complance        Remarks
1 Details of Construction Zone
a Length of Construction Zone                  in km
b Dist:nce between this and next Constution Zone  in kmr
Length of Transition Sub Zone(should be min 50 fro a
c speed of 50 km/hr)                           in kmr
Length of Work Sub zone in urban stretch  (should
d be<2 km)                                      in km
e Length ol Work Sub zone in rral stetch  (5-10 kin in kmr
f Distance between two work sub zonesr
_ ______________________________________                       North  side  Soulh  stde  _________________Norh_s___o____Id
2 Sagnes in Contrucin Zones
- lSgne hI Adivnce wartg swe zone
Sign saying 'Men at WorkW I km ahead of Transitlon sub
a  zone                                           YIN
b  Suppmenbrysign -Diversion 1 km- pnkided    Y/N
Sign bor Road NafoiK                          YIN       
d|Cornay Tum PigtiVLer sign vll ided              YIN
Sign forClosure T o   Catria w ith llandicath dWeto
whight/Lew at point frafm where pelide is exdited to
dwemv ng   r dtraf sc                          YIN
Sign feratersion to toe otfm carriageway' beloeewin_
l above sign and                                  YIdian gap  Y/N
Sign fer aShtrp Diversion of Route with compulsary gTum
nghtaTum seK provkied where gap in medYan opening
starts and tlaics diverted to otf trangsewa   Y/N
Sign for 'Two way   Zotne i plate inokatn oSance to
which tMo way pal  is aedwed pracld at edin t ctuet on
_  moving traffic                                 YIN
Delineatoms placect startirng thor Caniaway cbse sig
_abng the cenbeline Of Cw      _     _
e  DetcDu sgn  eitosd                             YIN               _ 
tSig  oevtr Idicon  p poed at ewd of advanoe waff f
f  tub zone                                       Y/N
_    ~    In  rra"Ssion Sub Workr zone   7     
g9  Signage saying rKee RighVLdRprovede           Y       =    =
CDerineators toced afet meqsn of transe bena
_Sroj age in wCna ct Zoneor
Hazard Marker placed where raing ror CD siructure on
i  diversion stafts                               YIN
Banicade on eithe side of of work sub zone     Y/N
_Signg in TwmirsUlon sub zone.
Signi for tndthatin of end of work zone 1 20m from end of
lk  termination sub zone                          YIN
Cerlified that the road safety meqasures twiae been adople as spedfie arnd as per the dirediorns ord the SC
Proect Engineer                                                                           Contractor
(SurJerv6ison Cornsuttanl)



CIS: SUMMARY MITIGATIONS/ ENHANCEMENTS
(Monthly Reporting by Contractor to SC )
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Dato    Month    Year
Physical Target                        Financial Target                           Completion Target
No.                Item                       TreTaet %otak                         oalDate of
No.                itet                                   TAchigevd completd    (To)l   Budget Spent    % used          Target Data   Completion If  Reaon for Delay If
Achieved cornp__td__lac_                                                 task cornlete          any
1 Cultural Properties                  Unit
2 Water Bodies                          nos                                                                                _
3 Road Junctons                          m
6 Bus Stops                             nos
7 Truck Laybys
6 Access control gates                  nos
S Ramped Access to embankment           nos
10 Stepped Aocess to Embankment          nos
I Sedimentaton Chamber                   nos
12 Chain link fencing                    nos
13 Cascade and Gabion Structure          nos                                                  _                                      _
14 Barrber to prevent Garbage dumping    nos
15 Handpump Type I                       nos                                                              _                              _
16 Hand Pump Type 2                      nos                                                                              ._-
17 Hand Pump Type3                       nos
18 Noise Barrier Type 1                  nos
1 9 Noise Barrier Type 2                 nos
20 Oil interceptor                       nos



21 Seating Around tree I                  nos                                            .                                                    _
22 Seating Around tree 2                  nos
23 SeaUing Around tree 3                  nos
24 Seatng Around tree 4                   nos                                                             _
25 Seating Around tree 5                  nos
26 Seating Around tree 6                  nos
27 Seating Around tree 7                  nos
28 SeaSing Around tree 8     _            nos                                                                     _
29 Well shaft touching ditch              nos____ _                   _                                     _             ___
30 Well shaft within embankment           nos
31 Well shaft within RoW                  nos
32 Canopy                                 nos                                                                               _
33 Washing Platform                       nos                                                                                            _
34   S hrine                              nobs  __ _  _ _ _ _  _ _ _   __ _  _ _  _ _ _ _  _ _  _ _ _ _ _   __ _  _ _ _ _  _ _ _ _ _ _   _ _ _ _  _ _ _  _ _   _ _ _ _  _ _
leted as specified and as per prevalent good constrcution practices.
Project Engineer                                                       Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



C20: ENHANCEMENT/ MITIGATION OF CULTURAL PROPERTIES
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month       JYear_|
5.deN/S and lvn(Ch}  DW>nx  mCompletion Target
S. No.  Encatln(cd   Distance from CW
Enhan.ed          (mn)            Target Date         task cofmpleted        Reason for Delay if any
7                       -~~~~~~~~~~-
Certified that the mitigation/enhancement works have been completed as specified and as per prevalent good constrcution
practices.
Project Engineer                                                                  Contractor
,(Supervision Consultant)



C21: ENHANCEMENTIMITIGATION OF WATER BODIES
(Reporting by Contractor to PIU after Certfiion by SC)
ConstructionStage: Mionthly Report -Date   Month   Year
Completion Target
S.   Location/   Side(NIS) and
No.  Chainage  Dist from CW(m)               Date of Completion  Reason for
Target Date  If task completed   Delay If any
3
2                                            _
". 41~~_
3  _ _ _ _ _ _ _  .__ _ _ _ _ _ _
i1  _   . ____   _   _______
52  .__ _ __ _ _   ___ _ _ __ _ _ _              __ __ __.
ProJect Englineer
(Spervision Consultant)



C22: ENHANCEMENT OF ROAD JUNCTION
(Reportng by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date    Month  JYear
S. No~   Location/         Completion Target
S. No.  Chalnage    Target   Date of Completion  Reason for Delay If
= __________    Date    If task completed         any



C23: ENHANCEMENTIMITIGATION OF BUS STOPS
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date   Month    Year_
Location/  Side(NIS) and                       Completion Target
S. No.  Chainage     Distfrom    _
CW(m)       Target Date    Date of Completion    Reason for Delay if any
Certified that the mitigationlenhanceffent works have been completed as specified and as per prevalent good
constrcution practices.
Project Engineer                                                    Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



IC24: REPORTING FOR ROADSIDE PLANTATION
All landscape works to be as per Landscape Plan
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthiv Report -Date_Month       Year
Landscape             Trees along roadside         Traffic on  Shrubs in Creepers on
S. No.    Section                                            fopt        mein       Noise
(Km-Km)        t row    2nd row   3rd row   4th row   tpath    median    barriers
._ _                  1s   o    n    o   r    o    t    o                         _   ____  _ ___.___



C26: SURVIVAL REPORTING FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date   Month       Year           |
al which                 Transplanted trees
S. No.           Total Trees    Total
Km-Km  Planted       Surviving           % Survival
nos       nos           %
-           -
Certified that the
Project Engineer                          Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



C27: REDEVELOPMENT OF BORROW AREAS
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date  Month      Year
Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period
Drawing for Redevelopment to be attached for each Borrow Area
Description of Redevelopment,if
Quarry Code       anylConfirmatation to existing
S.No  No                    Redevelopment Plan            Remarks by SC
Certified that the funshed information is correct
Project Engineer                                          Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



C28: REDEVELOPMENT OF QUARRIES
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date   Month       Year                         l
Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period
Drawing for Redevelopment to be attached in case Quarrying has been done at site which did not
have redevelopment Plan
Description of Redevelopment,if
Quarry Code        any/Confirmatation to existing
S.No  No                      Redevelopment Plan            Remarks by SC
ICertified that the furished information is correct
Proi,ct Enctirpeer                                          Contractor
(Supervision Gonsuitant)



IC29: RESTORATION OF OF CONSTRUCTION SITES
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date  Month    Year
Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period
So.                 Item                Location(k   Unit  Volume of Topsoil    Remarks by SC
No.                 Item                    m)    (cu .m)  Restored (cu .m)
1     Restoring top soil at diversions
a
b
2     Restoring of topsoil at Workers Camp
a
b
c
d
Restoring of topsoil at Construction yard
3    and disposal of spoil
a
b._
d-
=    ________________ _ ____ ___:
Certified that the mitigafion/enhancement works have been completed as specified and as per prevalent good construction
practices.
Contractor                                                                 Project Engineer



GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
EMP REPORTING
Operation Stage
Reporting by PIU to CNHAI
-
Contractor--
Report dtd-
Package-
I-..                                           l



IC30: DISPOSAL OF CONSTRUCTION  DEBRIS
(Reporting by Contractor to SC)
Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date    Month   Year__
Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period
Drawing for Redevelopment to be attached for each Borrow Area
Location of
Disposal     Volume of Spoil
S.No    Site(km)      Dumped(cum)   Remarks by SC
ICertified that the
Project Engineer                      Contractor
(Supervision Consultant)



01: TARGET SHEET FOR POLLUTION MONITORING
(Reporting by PiU To NHAI(Central)
Operation Stage: Report -Date   Month   Year_
Target tc be prepared by PIU before Construction period
All Annexures to be appended with forrnat
First Year of Constructien-  Second Year of Construction-
S.lo tI                 Monitoring to be complete by-    Monito  to be complete by-
. Locations for    Rainy     Winter    Summer  Rainy    Winter  ISummer
Monitoring        Season   Season    Season  ISeason   ISen  jSeason
Air Pollution Monitoring
a                 _                     _
b
c
d
e
Noise Pollution Monitoring
a_
c
d
e
Water Pollution Moniitoring
b
d.
LSoil Po llution Moniton-ng
c i  _ _  _ _   _     _ _   _   _        I  _ _ _   _ _       I_         _
a
d
'-e



ty)V F'i.TJ Hr\"L'-
w~i IC ~ 'V ie'; T~n;t~i~rtWcI                   am'wpIntec T ree S
IOtdi 1rr..~.;  fTMa  SurviJi-in             %A 'Survi vz
Kyli-Kr)          ~PIh:rltEid
*   ......~~~~~~~.L.J[... ..
T '~?tf~   tI7'; 'L? f Ur i sI id  i~~n1 fni > c r ic .; o re ct



I I   I I~~~~~I ~~~                        44-  I
I       I   £    i  CZ
It  I
4  4  4     ________~~~u
tz,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
L            4        
4111 I~~11I$iIIII                              WIll''
4L~~~~~~~~L
4 -iiiiitI  



HRAND TRHNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
EMP REPORTING
Operation Stage
Reporting by Contractor to PIU
Contractor--
Report dtd-
Package-
t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~



04: POLLUTION MONITORING
(Reporting by Contractor to PIU)
Operation Stage: Report -Date _MonthtYear
( Locations at which monitoring to be conducted as per EMP)
Comtoletion Target
Details of Duration of Instruments              Date of
S.No    Chainage  Detion  Durin             Used        Target  Completion  Reason for
Location  Monitoring     Used        Date      if task    Delay if any
.________ ._______    __________   __________  ________   comn leted
Air Monitoring
1
2
4
Water Monitoring
1                                             .
3
4
5_
Soil Moniltoring
2.
4
5
Noise Monitoring
2
43
3
Certifted that the Pollution Monitoring has been conducted at all the locations specified in the EMP
Contractor|



W3
Ci:
7
RM
rLi
Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.  Lea Associates
New Delhi                               2   r7
0J7A;7



KEY PLAN
EX/STINO SHOPS.
EXISTING OLD PEEPAL. TREE
I__________   DIA    -
EXISTING TREE TO BE REMXVED
EXTNG SHRAMAQEV TEMPLE
TRUCK/CAR PAR ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~EITNGGAR   W
PROPOS- -       E  CAROP R LE
PROPOSED MECtAN EDGE-  27 W/
-  , 7;?                ~~~~75000                      I7\
IE  XROW
PER  -YPICAL DETA  - T27, TYPE2
PRGPXSED DCXV CE LANE ETA  ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~     ~     ~      ~     ~     ~     ~     ~    ~     ~    ~ ~ PRPOEDBRCKPAIN-A
PER RP CAL DETAILA  27, /YPE4
-- PROPOSED  PECAN EDGE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~    ~     ~     ~      ~     ~     ~     ~     ~    ~     ~    ~ ~ POKE   eIC   EG
_PROPOWSED  SHRUSSPECIE
E                                                   ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~D-hgIn N.   11 B/18 7/1  DRAVYN.  SUNIL  PFROJECT           ~          ~           -I NXonal Highways Authonty Of India
-                      GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMEN                                                       A-~~~~~~~~~XGPXE  CNCETEPAIN  X
, ,, - ~ ~ - . . PACKAGE:   IICHECKED:   MRINAL                     GRANDOTRUNKROENT ENVPRONT                                                                     ETAL -.TI,WTYPE
-D-ESI1GNE-D-:  MR-NALP   TICA  D IL- T. _ _PE
GRD T K RD '        FORMENHAN REMENTOFNBTAHMADE                             T TEMPLE   L
SCALE         l:1E           APPROVED:  DIPALI-.



I   ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R.J\CT                                                                                          NSioa Hihwy Auhrt OI
,L    A                                          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~KEY PLAN
PROPOSED ASHOK TRE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~Ls socaesSut  si  A.Ld
PROPOSED HANO-PUMP                           4                                _:  1 : :: RED 01.2 C/C
HAIAE                         ENHANCEMENT  PER 
l                                  ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TYP!CAL OETAIL T PE2|                      
PROPOSED =RACK PAVING AS-             PA          j
PER TYP CAL DETAIL T27, TYPE4                                            - j 1
FXSIGSCHOOL BUILD NGE                                            ::     1
__~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- N_  11_21 _RVN    LJN                              'RCUECT          -NTitonal Highways Authority Of India_
DFaWfW NO  IIB21.V2 CKDRAN SUI                 GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                'M A 1 BAnivh-
- .! S. %,9 ~~~~~~~~~~~~PACKAGE: I                      C        ECED MRINAL                              _== UnDhl -11ei
.T- ,                                           .                                                    Ua=!L, .E NAE2  GDMTTEDESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF SCHOOL AND WELL  SOUth A ia FP t. L-, L



X                                                                 _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~OS   EXISTING ASHOK TP \
/RAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROV                     EAROUND EPROJN C TPEE
PAC//AGO,   US  CH8CK5D~~~~~  MRINAL                INDEPaNOENTEN1RONMRNT~~~~AS PR vTYPCLDEALw18  I
CHA/NAJ   21_  .2          O0S  ED~   \PL            trtEX                                                                             Las  Associates SouthEAsia P C.C. LdAER
PROPCSEO 3=ICK                                                                                       OEAf NO1  2     N
o   _                                                TPrPVlCAcLAtSE9AElLR iesr  LL    Jj                   | gA NG AS PERPROPCSED SHOUNG A
TYPICAL/0                                            DEIN   O   EHNCMNTOLWL  AND  TE P,CL ETIN0
APPVEO/  2/PAL                                                                                               P. .0824PROPOSED  SRA  LFE
-   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -~~~!                                                                                                                 -                           _ 
_.   .                      ~~~~~~~~D.-wg N.:  11 BM 21 2 3  AlAN:    Y.RAJU     PRuETNastional HighwaEys Authodty Of India
_ t-. - < , , : _¢ ~~~~~~~~PAKAE    11 H3                                   ?7  CHECKED: |MRINAL                                   I RNDERN (A)IPOYMENMEwNWDIl 1EA
,9  1s            =5v-, L  LE            1aN           LPPRO  D | DIPA I        TTLE D~~~~~~~~~~ESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF WELL AND TEMPLE                        iLA-=.          ,  Sout Fsa        td 



PROPOSED BLS STOP AS
PER TSPICAL DETAIL
P     D BS _YPPOSED CNCRETE
2                                                                                    f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TSPICAL DETAIL. TRPE2 D   
aTIG WLEXISTING RUILDNG ELOCK
-_                                          ~~~~~~~~~~Draoing No  113/125.954  DRAWN:  _SUNIL  PR JGRAND   TRUNK    ROAD             IMPRO   YEM ENT   PROJECT           Na o   l   gh   ys  u  ort  OfIdaa
n  ,_L r.pa  EL ~  '.; _ ~  s.PACKAGE:  JI3                           CHECKED:  MRINAL.                               INDEPENDENTENVRONNEENTALREVIEW           __        r.lw6.   1 Fi6.
r~c~0 ,s  i 0 1;> 5!. .'rv _rL I _= O;4 *LE 5M DESCND R AF  TDESIGN FOR ENHANCEMETO   ASU    OLG                                                         .~.pwc.n
PROPOSED ~ ~ ~   ~    ~    ~ ~ CLE              lS          APOVD   DPL
S OULDER EDGE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~29~2A



TROPOOED MEDIAN
PROPOSED EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
\        EXISTING CARRAGEWAY EDGE
-       -                                                                   --          -  -                    ,,  1      -1                                     .                                                          -' - - -
KEY PLAN
DELHIP
- --- -    KANPUR
PROPOSED FRUIT BARING TREES
OF SPECIE MANGO 0 6MC\C                                                                                                                                   PROPOSED
~~~~~ t _ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ANOWAN TrE-E-
PR-OPOIS  RAIN AROUND) WELL
AAJD RAND POWAG PER TYP DErAIL
PROPOSED LOW BRICK WALLTE
-      PROPOSED CONCRETE
23Gmm  BRICK EDGING                                                                                                               -                 PAVING TYPE-2
PROPOSED SOAK PIT                                  EXISTING BG LDtNG LNE
FOR WELL AND HAND PUMPN
PROPOSED THICK fOLAGE TREES                                                                                                                           EXISTING LOW WALL
OF SPECIE ASHOK 0 3m C/U                      \\A-                                                                                                    E        L   WALL
PROPOSED BRICK PAVING- T27, TYPE4
PROPOSED TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT
-__-_____ -  - FOR EXISTING HAND PNMP WITH
DRAIN AROLND T -TYPE2
PRCT0SED SHRUGL,R A              -     - 
PROPOSED PLAN,\EP
AS PER rrP CAL DETAIL.
B\ALE   \   PRVED      DPAXISTING TREE
_ -~~ \~ E IS NG SCHOOL
: = ~~~~~~~OJC                                                                                                           Natonal Highways Authority Of India_
, -TRR                                                    Orawlng No:  11SV2"3.9/S      DRAWN.       SUNI                              GRAND  TRUNK< ROAD  IMPROV'EMENT  PROJECT                                    W,-1 B 9.9h>
T __   5  ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~    _ _                         P~~~ACKAGE:   11 a            CHECKED:   MRINAL          |                                INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                               LE    soitsSuhAi   v.Ld 
_    -=  _   :   I   .  '   1 -; ~r L    , bFe-  - CHAINAGE.   36.9                     DESIGNED:  MRINAL                   DEINFRENHANCEMENT OF COMMUNITY SPACE                                                   NGN10B                                                       ,
- R :: _. F 1= ' ' ~~~~~~~~SCALE                                   1:4EOAPOE:DPL ce!800I



EXISTING SCHOOL-
-EXISTING SCHOOL
PIAND PUMP
LOW BRICK WALL
/- IPROPOSED FRUIT BEARING (SN
I                   ~~~~~~~~~~TREES:SPECIE:MANGO
TYPICAL SEPA L/   4'-
DELHI ~ -,4 t~i ~KANPUR
EXISTING WALL
PROPOSED PLANTER WITH
CONCRETE BLOCK                                                                        BRICK EDGING                           KEY PLAN
PAVING AS PR*WITH L-ANTANA RED SHRABS
T'YPICAL  DETAIL  NO.1                                                          EITN
1X..  :~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TES
PAVING~~~~~~~~~~ AS, PE                                      >-a                                                        :
TYP'L_OW .tn'RTTE'4 31x_I'CAL  .DL NO2                                                            POIDMN  I /4716  G DR  SUNIL    PtROJECT  NlainaiHighways AuthorityOfindia 
CONCRETE BLOCK ~ ~ ~ ~     ~      ~~                  GAN  TRNPOARMRO             OETPROJEIGWYECTGE
PA  NG                      PCAE lER         CHECKED:   MERVIL 1E E                                REJE           N.n S^S  1100,
u FE55-5    <S           E     HIAE 4 71.5   DESGNED : MRNAL  TTLE DESIGNFORENHANCEMNTOFANCIENTT EMPLE  COMPLEX EaDt. L td. 
WOALS  1:350  APPRGSWo:  3/PALlIStN   TEPL                   PRPOED   HODE
EXISTJNG  BUILDING                       N  'CHAeLfTRA'                EDGE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~sas.asgo



A
AS PER LENGTH OF COMPOUND W               LL        L L L L K K
L AVING  L L      PER  GNTH OF COMPOUND WALL
LLA
_RC _AT                                                        TWALL_____L_L
< t~LlLLLLLLLLl_L-                                                    
tLL\LLLLLLLLg
\ t<LLLuLLLLLL 
\~~~~~~~~DTI AT'BL LL L                                  11
L~~I_ L LL
r B ~~LA
SECTION A-A                1  258 f
298 
NOUS                            =TU                MAWN    R~~~~~ ~~~~~UB4ESH  IPROJECT  GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                       Autonaorghw yu0? INndia 
1)FOLLOWWRMENDSN90NSONLY                          ~    ~~~~~~CIECSED   RSIKS               IDPNETVROMTAREIEW                           DN. l.d11COK
I3) srTIFEF,014a IFANY. TO BE MADEG4LYONAPPRUVM. OF           C                           5D NaHUHKS M TriE    DETAILS FOR PREVENIIiON OF DWRECrACCESS ON HIGHWAY  Lea Associates South AsiaPvt. Ltd. 
SSINNAPPVED  DPAU                                                               I-1; ;PI



{ |
a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.                                                ....  .  ..                ............          .. ,,
......F .  ..           -   -  -   -                -     - ----t         ''                                 
-U                                                                                                                                                                                                             I fii0.,     C
_ __                                                        r_____________k 
0  §  g  g                                .           .          _  _  _  _  _           _  _  _   4    ---a---          ..........~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~...........   2  i              j          t       S
_ | l O ::\'~~~~~~~.'. ____________......... .......                                    .         .      .  .              ' ' ................. .
o~~~~~~~~~~~~~:.                                     ..                                               ,,...........  __   __  
m : , .                                                                                                                                   .  .......i
2      ~                         ~                       ~                        IIi
g O i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.  ..  ....                                                      -          .'-  -     - ,  -            ....    ----
fi  Z   X                          :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::....
I-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
. X...
5-F



CT   7El TYPE 1,  D     P.C.C._  dSUL
DtmmAt (0.9  D:s                                                               Pll ,2 RITYPETF Ll FT          
'AID Ta P.C.C. 0420,
754M -AbO
loom   PLC. MO2) S PFM                                                              O.ITO COME A. 5
SI=N                                                                                   FXIe T"l. P.C.C. (MOO) - Pu    .
r   > Tn Fhar nF RoW                                                                                              SlllW~~~~~~~~amiE
. ,. ,., .., .'.,i'.''.''''',''' .......................     .. .'''.'':
~~~~~~~~~~ Tl1!!!!!.:'!!M j;. .  j,j ;jjj.,j!j....... .............................i:   ::. 
.............    ..........                                                                       .    . '. '.  ''.. .     . .........   .......  .     .. ..   .......
A                                                                                                                                                                                      A l l ... ........
L T n t ... ' SllatlEi~COACn 
IN ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~   ~    ~    ~    ~     ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~SM
..         . . . .                  ......                               ':.'.'.'''"..'     .-' .''"''''..........             ..     ........  .......... .''''I
15 TMlI:AMMILASOfIMP
_lo  I                                                                                                                                                                                                      _AfW
NLOTS         r DIMUENSIONSY                                                Ius  IT4                         CHRAKED  HRIJSIIKSSH PROJECT                  GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT    IflcoalNigoways Authority                                                                           a IIdMP
1) FOL10W WRTENU                    ONLY                                                                     CHECKED..  HRIJU4E         1                                INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                            I  I IDE     .110p
2) ALL DISIONS IN MS UNLESS OrMERWISE STATED                                  SI RUSHKESH   TLee Asoites South Asia POF  Ltd.
5) SMUEPECIFIC CHANGES F ANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ONAPPROVA[ OF                   SCL:i0DhEa Tf                                                                      TPE     CESTOEaNGETt                                                                                                                     I
TIHE ENGdINER                                                                                             A,PPRp:  uRPAU                                                                                                               PowOS-uSW



MANHOLE (1.2 M. x 0.6M.
12MM THICK PLASTER                                                                                               WDITN  LINE
DITCH LIN                                     ...*.
RUNGS (MS SECTION                                                                                                 OPENING FOR DITCH
45MM x 45mm) 0.45m.                                                                                               WATER (0.6m. x 0.6m.)
CAST IRON PIPES ON                                                                                                CAST IRON PIPES ON
EITHER OF THE SIDE     _          11                 . .                  _                                   _   EITHER OF THE SIDE
TOWARDS POND                                                    j                                                 TOWARDS POND
(0.9M.DIA.)                                                                                                       (0.9M.DIA.)
FOOTING                                          
REINFORCEMENT AS          F
TANK. 12MMO MAIN                      O2O6TO 
REINFORCEMENT. 5 MM               SECTION X-X          CAST IRON PIPES ON               ELEVATION
DEIANDISRCEMET                                         EITHER OF THE SIDE
REINFORCEMENT                                          TOWARDS POND
x         - -                       (O.9M.DIA.)
.Rn _ 38FO6MM DIA. 0150MM
1___    _ _-__             HMANHOLE  (1.2                               ____________     _        C/C  AS
M. X 0.6M.)                                                 DISTRIBUTION
__r_C  _  _        _   C   1          WING WALL                                                   REINFORCEMENT
I    1    X    ;  ''  :. -' f '  B;H  4  12MM THICK  F  1eI 1 1 1 I ft2ff (TREATED AS ONE
I I  1W  ..PLASTERING (1:3 MORTAR;   I  T   T
OPENING FOR DITCH
1     WATER (0.6m. X 0SM.)-                                      IC
SITFENCINGIOM 20MCC
16MM 0 IRON                                                REINFORECEMENT
|  | I  [it:4t. , . I,  . v :. :-  f  f W5<a, .BARS                                         (TREATED AS ONE
I  Lt1'  . !-  ,,, . * f . .-;,FVI  I  <?       LILlJ1JI s } I I I ((J(UI~~~~11     WAY SLAB)
I   L -  -1 -           -  -  1- -   FOOTING
SCALE:
PLAN                                                 TOP SLAB REINFORCEMENT               & . 7-7
NOTES 1) FOuLCWIWRtTTN DIMENSIONSONLY                 Dr    No: T4      I DRAWN:   HRUSHUXESH PROJECT                                                           Nalonal Highways Autholty Of India
2) ALL DIMENSONS IN WA UNLESS OfrERWISE STATED                                                      GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT   I  GW  ,
S3 EITNER OF ma pipESaHAS TO BE USED DEPENDING UPON  I             I tAtEt I HMINDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                                           N-. 1,,,
7HE SITE CONDMTON                             SCALE. lAO           OGEB*D. HRUSHId iTM.E                                                                LaAssocdaesothAiPt.td
3) NIM SPECIFIC CKANG  IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPR| VPJ|                                           SEDIMENTATION CHAMBER                                           Sout- Asia PvL Ltd.
OF THE ENGINEER                                                   APPROVED: O|ALI



100 DOG    I0co       5000 PAVED
g   HLDR SHOULDER
-ISOC _ Gl X R~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IVER BANK  P-ROLEU__
8 8                                                                                                                      \1  ~~~~~~~~ ~                        ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(TYPICAL)._
NATURAL FALL LINE OF THE LAND
(GRADIENT UNE DETERMINES SPACNG O
15 0         O                }   -                       OF WEIRS FOR CASCADE) \
I    1DOO                                    q                                     1 ffi rLAST WEIR WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN
PROFILE ON NOON BANK AND BADE OF WEIN
IF REQUIREO SIDES ANO INVERT -                     |                                        WAL TO BE 1000 BELOW RAVER BEO LEVEL
OF DITCH TO BE PROTECTED WITH
P.C. BLOCKS LAID ON                                                                                  RIVEN BOO3  .
RECFER LTOQDOETAIL 'A' ON MISCELLANEOUS DETAIL                                                            _O  RVR 2E.311 1
SLOPE PROTECTION                                                                                                                                                        MAC AFERR DRA91                                                    SEO T LE  4ON OR
SNOR EOUVALENT                                                      SIMILAR APPROVES
CASCADE (STANDARD)
LONGITUDINAL  SECTION
"'!AEASIO  BOB~ LAID SIN
LEVELLED AND COMPACTED
_DETAIL-3         GROUNO
DRAINAGE CHANNEL
ROADUNPAVED              3X1X1
_\>00 _ _ 350 _0 !1. 7DO        ,  ZSO      1SHOULDER                                                               MACCAFERRI GABION OR EQUWALENT
100
ROAD
GEoTExnLE 140N OR 0.1
SIMILAR APPROVED                                                                                                                   KEEP OR EQUIVALENT GABION(M.C.)
-                     __   ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                           S~~~~~~~ABION MO  LAID ON
Tm                  -         -                           _                                                                GLEVELLOD AND COMPACTED                                                ° 1                                  2.1.1
IF REQUIRED SIDES AND INVERT                                                                                                                                                                              GEOTEXTILE 140N OR                                         MACCAFERRI GABION OR EDURVALENT
SF DTRCH TO BE PROTECTED WrTH                                                                                                                                                                              SIMILE 14-ONES
P.C. BLOCKS LAD ON GEOTEXTLE                                                                                                                         DETAPL-i
REFER TO ON MISCELLANEOUS OETAL                                                                                                                      DETAIL-1
* SLOPE PRTECTION                          CASCADE  CROSS  SECTION
\-GABION BOX LAID ON
LEVELLED AND COMPACTED
GROUND
r  GA81GN X                                                                                                                                                                                        DETAIL-2
GABION EXrENDING_   SIDER           WG       WING WALL GAB10N                                                                                                                            IO
m~ IN TO CHANNEL      SI                    WTrH  DWPHRArMS
RIVER BANK PROFILE                                                          -UIDEA L
(WWG  Aml-                                  ~~~~~~~~~~~~~TrYPICAL)
LAST WEIR WALL TO BE CONSTRUC ED
(CC)         (Bf~~~  wFS4I  PROFILEOSR RNIVER BANK ZDS
B1\ D   aASE OF WEIR WALL TO BE  ODO BELOW
1 \ I   WATER FLOW IRIVER MEO LEVEL
WATER=       EXISONO BED
1 (CS)             I       (            W LG)E                                                                                                        I
GEOTEXTILE MIRAFT TNON             l        ;                          II\U 
OR SIMILAR APPROVED AT BACK                                                           S                                                                                 GEOTESTILE IVON OR
SF CASCADE AND WING WALL GABIGNS         I           ES)                 (WWN)I       °                                                                                 SIMILAR APPROVED
L-X             |R~~~ENO MACNESSI                                                              
CASCADE GABION
WTH DIAPHRAGMS                                                                                                                                                                  I OGABIN BOX LD ON
F'             ~~~~LEVELLED AND COMPACTED)
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION DETAIL THROUGH                                                                                                                                                       GROUND
STEPPED GABION "CASCADE" FOR DITCH ENDING                                                                                                                                  DETAIL-4
DETAILS OF GABION BASKET RETAINING WALLS
NOTalE8                                                                      I         a T4                  DRMN:    |HRSHEs, IPROJECTBI  NaiOnal Highways Authority Of India
1) F-OLTOVDRAIN:EHRDIUSNOIONSPROJECT                                                                                                                         GRAND  TRUNK  ROAD  IMPROVEMENT  PROJECT                                      1._ 1 Aw0
2) AU. DIbENSICNS W4 MM                                                          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CHIECKED:   HRUSHIKESH4                     INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                                   N-m110
3) SITE SPECFIC CHANGES IF ANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF              |                             |                                                     CASCADE AND GABION STRUCTURE                                            |           Lul A o   SI OA          P.
SUPERVISION CONSULTANr                                                                                    APPRoVED   DIPAU           NI ND i' 11COS



2500
ANGLE SECTION
(50 X 50 X 4)MST[E
iv~~~~~~~.. M20,
CFMENIT MORAR
HOLDFAST
ELEVATION
400
0
SECTION  A-A                                                 CHAIN                           A|
LINK     B-7
18MM THICK           C      CHAIN          °_1_ _                                               _ __1
PLASTER IN 1:6              LINK                           L
CEMENT MORAR                                                                      B         ANGLE SECTION
O 4  BRICK WORK IN                                          (50 X SO X 4)  A
a   O 1   I a-~~~~1:3 MORTOR                                          PLNA
--T                                                ~~~~~~~~~PLAN
O ! . M - P.C.C M20                                            SCALE:
Comm  2OO*mm 0mm  500mm     7000mm
SECTION B-B                                                                        I1Ii
NOTES:3Dm0 NxT4                                                                                                                                       NioWN:  |nal HF?Hw    Au t Of Incia
I) FILLowwrrTT DIMEsGNSIONS ONLY                                     CHECI~  RLJ H                  GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT  '-E --
2) ALL DIMENSaMS IN MM ULW  OTHEMMSE STATErD                                                                 INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
31) &IM6 C4HANGESFANY.TOSEMADEONLYONAPPROVALOF    SCA E.             DESE   RUSHEH  TITLE            CHAIN LINK FENCING                             AL,aAsoctatsSouthAsia Pyt.Ltd. 
SUPERWSIO CONSULTANT                                               APP       DIPA I                              _ C .                                   l ;
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ _   .-ss



RAILING TYPEI
75 X 75 X 6                        o
MMMS AN/   DUMPER    ///
SECTICN    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
75MM THICK P.C.C.
(M20) BED ACTING AS
A D.P.C.
25MM 0 G.I. DRAIN                                                       750
PIPE AT 1M C/C                                                                       10
THROUGH OUFT THE
LENGTH                                                                                                                                                                     M                    T
G GARBAGE
P IVOT 
500M   20MM   OMM         50MM          lOOM
BRICK WALL IN                                                                                                                                                                                                 ......
1:6 CEMENT
MORTAR
CEMENT TILES                                                                                                                                            EMSTING SCENARIO
75MM THICK P.C.C. (M20)
RAMMED BRICK
BAT
G,L.                                                                   ~~~~~~~        ~        ~~~~~~~~RAILING  PLANTER  SHUTTER~j  CAN
NOTOPEN _ 
GUM PER
IOOMM THICK P.C.C. (M20)              ... .      .-BARE
DETAILS OF BARRIIER
SCALE                                                                                                                                                       PROPOSED MITIGATION TO PREVENT
500MM   2DDMM OMM           50DMM         1DoOMMGA                                                                                                                    GED MP             G
DONwk N.: T-7         DRVt        PSKHPROJECT                                                                          Natkonl H-ighways AuJthodty of india
1) RXLOW WRrrrEN IXMENSIONS ONLY                                                       ~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
1) ~~oUowwR1rrsN OEIa4SD4S ONLY                                ~~~~~~CHECKED   HRUSHIKE9H                   INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
2) ALL OWAESIO  NS  MM UNLESS anHERWISE STATED              SCALE 1:2D             DESIGED: HWIJKE9H  TITLE        BARNJER TO PREVENT GARBAGE DUMPING ON HIGFWAY SIDE              Le ~Asoclates Soutlh AWsi Pvt. Ltd.
3)  SIT  PECIFC CHANGES IPANY TO NE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OFPMN   .  d
ThiE ENGINEER                                                                   APPROVW. OPAL]                                                                                             __Mllm



SECIIONB-B
i  w                ~~~~~~SEC1IONAA                         D=eDDDDDDDDDDDDD: DD D=/
> B   1tDDO ID D0..DDD.00 0000 . 0...  ODD      B
_ ~      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ._ ..........
_  R ffi i f n                                       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DETAILS OF SLAB
F-I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ II-T--7                                                                               I
iXTi -- I                                             ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~REINFORCEMENT PLAN OF THE SLAB
PLAN
NOTES:                                         DMf Nw.T-         DRAWN:  HRUSHIKES ||ROJERUKRODIPRVMETPRJC                                  Natonal HlghTways Authortty Of India   A
1)POLLO wmrrEN DIESONS oNLY                                     CHECKED: HRUSHIKE5H ||INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                     MO."h B%f G
S) 81TE SPECIFrC CHANGES IF AY TO BE MADE ONLYON APPROVAL OF    SCALE: 1:b0  DESleNED: HRUSHIKESH TITLF                                     LeeUM  YE    = Assocdals South AWa PvL. LtO.  
THE ENOINNER ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AFPROINED: DIP&,I                                                                            M _ - _ V
000  oooooooooflEo  0000  00 000000000M00



DITCHE           P.C.C. (13 16)__                                        DIC  
A                            1                                      ;;;  0  :----  0  0 A   B                                                             B
L g . . . . . eHAND PUMP e  L PC.D    
;;.     ARN   _         .........  _                                       APRON                        APRON
PLAN                                                                                       PLAN
)                                              ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~USING FIRST CLASS BRICK AND
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CEMENT MORTAR (M20) AND =I
I I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FINISHED WITH NEAT CEMENT- 
HIIWAY              IIHKIIHWAY                                                         SLURRY
EMB IANKMENT                                                   EMNKMENr           DRN AIRN . 
V P.C.C. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RAMBE EARTH
SECTION A-A                                                                                     SECTION B-B
TYPE 3: TUBEWELL ON                                                                               TYPE 2: TUBEWELL
SCALE                          EDGE OF THE DITCH                                                                                  WITHIN ROW
NOTES:~~~~~~~~ Drf Nm T48                                      [DRWN   I HRWHIKESH I PROJECT                                                                NatOnal HlghW8Ys Authority Of India_
NOV3                       I                     I    : I_            1I            ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1 1EX-A -
1) FOLLOW WRMIEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                     ||CHECKED. |HRUHIKESH|I _                                                                                                 m=-
2) ALL DIMEMWM IN MM UWM MMMM STATM                                                        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW  ~   d-l
2) AILLDIMENSIONS H Wi UMSSOTHERWISESSTATED     COALE 1b50                      D         HRUSHKESH  TITLE          HANDPUMP TYPE                                       | Lea Associates Sotith Asia PvL Ltd.
) SITE BPECIIC CANE GES FMAY.TO SE MADE ONY ON APPROVAL OF                              | D        II   W
THE ENGINEER                                                                APPROVED: DIPAUI                                                                            N.        IO



2 POLY CARBONATE SHEETS 25mm THICK
e                           2~~~~~~~~~~~940()  ljO/           -                                  '17                                                        24Cll
IRON FLATS                                                                                               IO  LT
50MM THCKOE                                                                                                  TIC
SMMTIECX ~  ~     EOTNGA.J                )UTNGWL
1. 75                                                                                               1A
lSLB 75                 SW X   C5<             ISLB 76>             ISMC 76                              ISB751 1SMiC 75                                 tSt375               ISMC 75+
SMC                                                                                                    Ig  i
I  18       C75 C                                        C 715UAC7C 75
TYPE-1: NOISE BARRIER OVER EXISTING WALL                                                              TYPE-2: TYPICAL MODULE OF NOISE BARRIER
NOTES:                                                   D    No, 1-1         DRAWN:   PJESH        PROJECT        GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                  Na alHighways Authory Of India
I) FOLLOWWRITtENDMENSIONS ONLY                                  .OP1EDNE N D.SATISH                                                     *MENT REoEW                       d..-r 
2) ALL DIMENtSONS IN 1MM UNLESS OrHERHlSE STATED          _                                                                                        -rm
3) SZTE SPEOfIC CHANOGES IF ANY, TO BE MArE ONLY ON APPRYVAL Of  SCALE: N.T.S  DESIGNfD                                      NOISE BARRIERS: TYPE 1)a                    Lta Assocdates South Asla Pvt Ltd.
THE ENGINEER                                                           .     PnDi pATEIl               .



-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PLAN
SIDE ELEVATION
=m.c 75            ts  n               s.c 75
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION AT A-A
PLAN
NOTES:                                                                                                                              ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Natioal Highways Authority Of India
2) ALL DIMNWRINS~ IgN81On4r  OTHEV  gE STATED-11DRAWN'   RAESti                                          PROJECT         GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                    iE~'
2) ALLOWENW rNMIN WtNUSG OHEy E STATw                            N  CTE11DH                   D.8AT18H                          INDEPENDENT  ENMRONOENTAL  REIEW                  N_D-m  l10USL
3)M 8 PEC S1CHaES IF ANY, TOD BE MA4DE OM,Y CN APRVAL OF__
THE EN13NEER        '                                                           DESGNED  SAhTD8H       TIE_                                                                    Lea Assodates South Asia Pvt Ltd.
4) TEELMOEE    W CATEOIsN ELPVATVN :HALL BE IMRED IN        S CALE: N.T.8                                              CONCEFTUAL DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL NOISE BARRIER             N Dmbl.  
TO D ONCPE1E PIERP ON EDW                                                       APPROVED:                                                                                      l-.8AT18H 



:3 CEM[sT TON cE SU    P    N   1:a
TI 3I 1M TI S  SOM   THICK  P.C.C. (M2O)
NISH1 INTITH NEATCEMENT SLURRY
Baw   TSICX  CEMENT  PLASTER  IN  1I1 MORTAR
BRICK MASON R IN  I
MORTAR~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~ORA
_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1M THICK.{ 
SECTIN PLAN
120M5MTHICK  THICK RK                                               SOMMOTHICIAM
N rE S:~ ~ ~   ~   ~  ~ ~AL   N   i   CE I                    FND:        I10  WT-12  EACR IW EN T      H ISHU I I    R J C                                                              a  o S  H g w  y   o  l  e     n l
WALL IN 1l3 CEMEN  STORE) SLAB PLASTER IN i.e
THE...        - FIORTAR                   CEMEN MODTAR
PLAN                                                                                                  PLAN
TYPE I                                                                                                TYPE 2                SCALE
500MM   200MM 0MM             500MM
PdOIES   ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~.     N.:T-12                            DRtAVW     HRWNSHIK4 IPROJECT                                                                          Nalional Highways AuUthtty Of Indla
1) FOLLOW WRMM DNEMWW ONILY                                                                     ~~~~~~RAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT  1AM
2) ALL OWENEtONE r4 mm uNLEss oTHeRwIS sTATED                   SCALE:e  Sut A)aPv. td
2) SITlE WEMCEWiG WdES FABA   O SE MAUONLOYONAPPREVALOF                                 DESIGNED: HRA11HIKERANGEMEh A-                                                                                                  a Pvt..HLtd.
THE                                                                                   APPRVED,DEPA



___S                                                     DnWrmw  No:T-13       DRAW      HRUSHIKESH |PRO3ECT                                                             NaGonal Hihwas Autho   Of India
1) FOwOWRVl-rEN DIIANSIONLY                                                   CHECKE   FFUSHIKESH                         INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL   AEW               t      E 1.
2X ALL DIAENSIONS IN MA LJILESS OTHERWISE STATED               N    SE   HRUSHIKESH                                                                                      M-NISEBARIE
3) SThE SPE    CFIANGM IF ANY TO BE MADE ONYON APPRVAL OT                   DESINE   HRUSH    TtLE              NOISE BARREER                                          Lea NAod a i S    l A       Ld
THE ENGINEER                                                                APPROVD  DIPAUJ                                                                           N-_W-180@



K~~
- 1
-r-           V--- -                             - -  - - - -__ _ _ _ _
l                                                                        l~~~~IPR  FOR I  *I                                               CH IA 0D
j:S-11                    *00400 P15850                                                                           IX  
L------------------------------------ L1
J | p<Li- l ji.lW48>~E-li                                        I_            _                                   IIOL
I                                                              I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~N
.7N ..I                                        G       R        AO                                     -                           X
W-                                                                W~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I..
WTr-
3) SlTESPEaFlcGEs FANY, TD EEE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~T                                       EaONLONALO TSC  EE:1TAIT ILIPOR L WAiL
Tff  ENGINEER DIPWALI 



500                       500
WHERE PLANTER IS ON SOIL
WHERE PLANTER IS WrITHN PAVING
=TT-FFI                                         AS PER DESIGN
I_~~~~ ~~~ PRFhlL MUTPEO    500M  _l      L 
:Y .                     GRANDTRUNKROADIMPROVEMENTP            CCEMENT TILES AS
RAMMED EARTH                                                      PER RECOMMENDED
I I I II I I                                                       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~75 MM THICK P.C.C.
CEMENT TILES AS 
PER RECOMMENDED                                                                            RAMD AT
AS PER DESIGNDTAIL
( STE~~~ BPREOFICCER FANYOBEEOLY ONUALTYL OF 1:00MM}TEpD=LsHbXL
THSSPEIF CHANGESIFANY,TOBEMADEO N  PER OES IG DI
ThE ENGINEEREFEAPPROMVEDYPLFOF 500-



1000
SPACER
-      GUARD RAIL BEAM
ISECT ION POST                                                                                                                                  =TO
150/75, 1900 LONG                                                                                                                             GEWTERTEo   ALHR E
OT  TO PAS W,R A70
GAIO_L  IN THE  C RSEOIL TI.
| O\SW OF ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~700M 
IG.00MM   20M OMM SMM                                                                                                                      1000MM
GABlON BOX                           TYPICAL SECTION                                                                                                                              FOORWAWATERODBODYARNEARE HTHHWAHIGHWAYO
NDTES                                DFsNoT-18           | ~~~~~DRAWN:   HRUSHIKESH PROEC     GRN   TRN   RA   M OV               ETPOJECT  |                    WAdOYfni                          a
Z) A1L DIMtN9CNS IN WIM UNEESS OTHERWI  8TATED  {CKED-  HRUSHIKESH  INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL RtEVIEW    SL
3D5TIeBEmCaflFNY,OED1:2A1L SRU7H  TOFLL  GABION STRUCTURSEFORSLOPEPROTECiTlON            i s AssoiaSouth AsiaP Ltd.
QPG                                                                                                 SCUM~~~~~~~~~~ZZ 
WPROVHO  GIPAJ.I                                                    N~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~50N 20M    M  com     IDM



r0      0                SLOTS 100MM C/C
SUPPORTING MESH                                                  0 - ANGLE FRAME                           A
Lfl
GEOTEXTILE MIRAFI t
140 N OR SIMILAR                                                                                               M.E. ANGLE
APPROVED MAKE -                                                                                                                 X 3MM)
GL~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5 L-                                           co  {<
i  S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~M   X LMM)
LO)
ELEVATION                                                   SECTION A-A
GE[1TEXTILE FIXED TO L AND T SECTIONS WITH BINDING WIRE
5A                                                        M . EGEOTEXTILE MIRAFI1
275                   275                   140 N OR SIMILAR                   M.S. ANGLE
I___________                APPROVED MAKE                   I    (25MM X 25MM X 3MM)
JLE (25MM X 25MM X 3MM)                                                                    SUPPORTED ON MESH                    (
-BINDING WIRE
625                               THROUGH SLOTS
A
PLAN                                               DETAIL AT A
DmwEiS TNaT-17  TD9AWN TRUSH ESHPROJECT    GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT  | 1AuthorityOf India
1) FOLLOW WRImEN DIMENSKOS ONLY        IICHEOKD HRUSHSESH                             INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL EVIEW         
2) AL DISBSN IN MM UNLESS OTIERMSE ErATED  |     1N               KLAssocIats South Asia Pvt Ltd.
S) 51r;ESPeCIIqCHANOES FANY TO BE MADEONLY ONW  APPOVLE OF                       C3DE58IHUZKES ITEelLE DETAIL  |            H..& S  PtLl 
THE ENGINEE                                           APPROVED: D WAU                                                |l F _ 5



W~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                                                                                                                                                    B
A                                                                                                           A- 
A           j;0                            23                                        00                                            A                                                    0                                      
Sitting ArrengmentElt                                                    
PLAN OF S~ITTING A~REA(TY~PE 2
TREE TR".N
EARTH                            25     8       6      0
N OTtO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~TMKO TEZ M  HCZ
1) TO~N WITTE  DIENOIOS ONY                                                          CTC~OT~ RACKIKESITTINEGENT  NVI1NMENAL RVIEWALL0
P.C.C. (MZO)        -    ; j 0                                                                                                     AlWGO
2) AL TIN4NOONSIN lA ~NLES OTHERICK                                                                                   PAVING~to             ~o                                                                          s~aIwt.ld
BRIYI                                                                         ±0,00 GROUND~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~e  OII-  F00
/hE ENGINEER             APR I    OAU                                                                                                    PAwn. -2200SECTION    E-B  (TYPE  2)
SECTION A-A (TYPE 1                                                                                                                                                                             T|;                T
MOTES:                             Drowing No: T-IM           DRAY/N:    | H=USHIKESH   IiPROJECT        GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTND                     PROKJEOADCIMPOVEMENT PROECT  1. E-1
1) FOLLOW WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                                                               CHEKED       HRUHIgS INEEDNTEvRNENA   EIE                                                                         oo
2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED                                                  CHCE-    H_ IKSIDPNETEVRNETA_EAWN.Nh     105
3) SrTE SPECIFC CHANGES IF ANY. TD BE WAE ONLY (N APPROVAL OF         sCL:ar                      EINO        RSIEH         TU                  ETN A oNaE1A22C                                                                Sam FrPnT oln
TRE EVCINER                                                          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~APPROVED:   DIPAU                                                                       PI-G-hE  -  1221900806-50k2909 



<9
6 /80     1320                2460                 1320       680
1   --±oo          ________                                                                4~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~<  +0.0
-~±0o                                          42      00 400
+ + 100                  4±450              1~      15+00         c                                          4+?53r                 ++430          --\S+150
O++15                    ++450                   S50ITTI( RRNGMET(T                                                                                  +3
*-0+300  0+300    )_  l                                                              EARTH FlLING  t3 CK REST
-6-+750                                                                    *F+°.°      ++450       =     2 1          ;  23fo+450 #+
45o             T         D  4T050                                                                                                                 2            +    
2000
0+450               +50
I I _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+ 0.0\ 
-&+300                          F          +00                                                                                    +0.0                         \
0+150                                           O+150       _                                                     PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 4)
+±00c                                         +~~~~~~~±000 
<0t                                t  m   /                                                        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EARTH FILLNG 
1.  6460         _.F| P.C.C. (K20) 75MM THICK (                                                                                              6
BRIC|   ISE)PLAN OFSITTING AREA (                                                  
P.C.C. (MOO)  .~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PC7mN0
TW OF TME TREE       //SITTnNG ANNGmENT (MIA4)                                       PCC 4       
BAK EARTH FILLING \\//           3251 520      971 I  901 I/ 
P2X               50MM THICK0C,   
J     ASMM THICK BRICALWALE
SECTION A-A (TYPE-3)                                                                                                                              I . T
D_KNOT-18               A           SEiS Hkihwp" Ar'N-nlv t'f Incli1
.  H,  S     IKESH       GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                      I       ,
1) FOLLOW wRITTmEDIMBSIONS ONLY                                                  CHECKED   HRUSHIKESH |                       INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW              |   li.linIL
2) ALL DENSUONS IN M UNPSS OTHERmWB  STATED             r                                                                                                                      Lea Asoodates South Asia P,t Lt.
3) STE SPECRIC CHANGES IF ANY. M BE MADE ONLYONAPPROVALOF                                                                                                                      N     SIIS
THE ENGINEER                                                                             DIPAU     I                                                                      I    -no  _i



300   1700                     2460                    1700             300
4 SI  ++0.0                          1-  0                                                           3660                7
7uT00                      0                                               SITTING D*R04AENT
++150                                                        *+150,
4+450
° +450   _    _   =   o   B                _        EARTH FtLllNG    W CK RES1
**300                                 O-&+300                                                          +45                                ++45 
Trunk of th   T                                                                                                 T0007TRU
o  ++ O .   ++45S0          @              _        +20tO450 °   _       r '                                        _          4+450          _
230 _                                     200D  _   _60020
600
l   J    Eorth            t                                                         PLAN  OF SITTING  AREA (TYPE 6)
L    +300                         Fi'ing    --+300r
Sitting A,rengment
++150             1            +450                        ++150
j 4°                                        1i        c ,                              ~~~~~~~~~~~~    ~     ~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~EARTH FILLING  S I   INrG ARENMENT (OTLA)
4+0.0                                                                              BAKRS7L1Q2
6460                                                                  P.C.C NM20) 75MM THI                                                   STOW P(TCHNG
PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 5)                                               250MM THICK BRICK WALL
BA4CK RESTHFlG \141    - Ct2)
B5R-tI T51C,  BRHK  A.00  RO ND
SECTION B-B (TYPE 6)
SCALE
SECTION A-A (TYPE 5)                                                                                                                                  w,
NOTES                                                         Drswiig Na T-20 )                            PROJECT                                                                      NS&IOnW  Highways Authority Of India
GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT  | 15M. A-
1) FOW WRrTTEN DImENSIONS oNLY                                                       CHECKED-  HRUSASKESH                           INDEPENDENT ENVIRoNMENTAL REVIEW                 |  _
2) ALL DIUMESONS IN MIM LI115985 aOTEWISE STATED             54*                 ~~iTESAIGARUD~3LoAsdtsSuhAl  v.Ld
2) SL SEI  CHNNGES IF ANY, TO SE mADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF    |S ING? MROUND TREE4                                                                                                      A'mM.S SOFU                Pv,
THE EAGINEER                                                                      APPROVED: DIPAL.                                                                                  INr    w1 L



-1- 
30297              2460               797       300
o                                 *+0 0
EARTH FILLING     a -  K REST                                 B                 230         ART4   /          RGI                  B
0' +0.0        4+450             ;,_J-45O                     ++00                                L      ;0                    (       I0
r    _   5                  ++450               1+a50/I
4lTTINGPLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 8)
PLA   O  STTNG   RE  (YPD7                                                            TRUNK OF THE TREEEATFILN
ARREMMENNOTLAII)T (071A1                                                   BAOE REST    I  \\    10             SIT 2NOG ARRETGMAREGEN TOTA
BACK REST  I  I750    1       B9   538 n                               P.C.C (M20) 75MM THIC
PECACR(M20175MM THFICK ING    -1 LCK RESTMM THICK BRICK WAL                                                                                 PITCHING
2000                                     B~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~..C  M0
v'1++40  \                                                                                                       )5)
SECTION B-B (TYPE B)
SECTION  A-A (TYPE 7)                                                                                                                         SCATE
Drawaig N=: T-21      ORAW4  MPRUSKESHEAPROJER                                                    IS                                AutNGMET (O TLA
1) POLLWWRfrrBR OlMEN>H SONS ONLY                                                                                                                                           | I g  IHRUEK | REARTHVFLUNMAiNs ARUIENT   IEPNN EV EAL REVIEWTIN. D
2) ALL. DINIONS IN IAH UNLESS OTERWSE STATED             r    . ,0            I                                               A|UO l                                         LeaAtAKEPASTOtd
3) S9TE 8PECPICQCH#S IFA NPY, TO SE MADE ONLY ON A TPROVAL OF                                                   |               THI     IK                                                             PITCHINGm
THE ENauEE                                            I                       AWROV~ED. or|M DIA                                                                           ,ol1i..h1>1L 
_2M THC BRIC WC                                                                    125 



P.C.C BED (M20)
BRICK    L TO RETAIN               APRON DRAINING INTO DITCH                                                        18MM THICK CEMENT PLASTER
CHANGE ) SECTION                      APRON                                                       1300              BRICK WORK IN 1:3 CEMENT
100MM THICK M20 CONCRETE
L    I                                                                                              R.C.C PIPE 900MM DIA.
V) g I a\ 230                   IOOMM THICK P.C.C. BED
z                            a: B                          A                                                                 (M20)
wX                                   - °  =       J         X BRICK WORK IN 1:3                                  SECTION  B-B
0   ~ ~ ~ ~                 - -CEMENT MORTAR
coI                                                         APRONI
U)       I
100MM THICK P.C.C                                       EARTH FILLING
R.C C PIPE 900MM DIA                                       BED (M20)                  I     A
. I LE ZITCH- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECTION A-A                                               COPING  f
DITCH
BRICK WORK IN 1:6           l
CEMENT MORTAR
PLAN
100mm THICK F.C.C
R.C.C PIPE 900MM DIA.                         D
75MM THICK P.C.C BED (M20)                                                                                              SECTION  OF BRICK  WALL
P.C.C BED (M20)
CHANGED SECTION
SECTION X-X                                         BRICK WALL TO
RETAIN CHANGED
SECTION
__________ BNCT;             N      HRWHRGRAND TRUNK ROADIMPROVEMENTRPROJECT W                    =
., FLWRfENDIKjS  ONLY                                      CHECED:HW  INDEPENDENT ENVIRtONMENTAL REVIEW                          613-081, 
2) ALL. DINIENSlOIC IN MM LN.ESS OTHERWISE STATEDSCE.tT     EINo                                                                LaAsctsSuhAiaP.Lt.__
3) SInE SPECIFIC CHA,ES FANY, ToSS MADE ONLY ON ANSROVAL. O                             WELL SHAFT TOUCHING THEDCH I LeaCHSowav.
THE ENIEERE                                               APOED WAU    |-



p t edge of ROW
400mm WIDE GRAVEL RAMMED IN
ERHAS A 7Omm THICK LAYER
_                                ~~~~~~~~~~GRAVEL BELT                         
GRAVEL DEBRIES 
A                                                                                                                                                                                                      A
600              slope                              B                     /    /         /C/
o   ~ ~~-                                                                                                                          RECASTF R.C.C. SLAB
_  Retaining Wall                                 /    /           f f   DITCH LINED WITH BRtCK
1:2p
SCALE
NDlEEt:                           twNkv W. T-A                                 I        KWN    HRUF:tMHi _ -23A                  _                                                    NaIo*l Highwys Authoit  Of India
X) AL DOWIM rENSI  DIENMIONS OTH.Y      DCHECED.  HRt NSH __                                                                      INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVtEW                    .Dw-dViI
2)L _EEFts  Fw ANr,S OTOEtEtWLE STD ONLYO ON      OF      BCALE. 1:EI 7_                                 TIII           WELIL SHAFI' WlTFtlN tRUSH TE                              L AnE date  South Asia PvA Ltd.
3) SrTE 8PFEFRC  LiANGE F AN4YTo BEMA4DE oNLY oN APPRovAL oF                                                               WL  HF   MNEBNMN                                                                                       .a
THE ENGINEE                                                                       APPROVED- DPALINIi1



230
H       A        B        C        T        D                                              1 5           1 5
H t A h B |C \ T ) D F COPING             .                                   l BRICK PAVING IN 1:3  CEMENT MORTAR
>6.2    1600    700       4800    500       1900                    15MM THICK                                                                            LAID ON 50MM  THICK P.C.C. (M20)
CEMENT PLASTER IN 1:6               oON RAMMED EARTH
6.2     1600    700       4800    500      2900                         APRON                               1150130                      AS PER SITE
BRICK WORK IN 1:3                                                               S ^ONLS   SLOP 1:2
P.C.C. (M20)                                                  CONDITIONS
100MM THICK                                                    OITC                       E _  WITH BRICKS
140C                   X
SECTION B-B
GUARD RAIL
O~~  _ g   _      6001                                               
_ I ~~~~SHOP| 1                                                                                  230
_ , g~~~~CPING                                             2 60
o                         n   W .   o  230                          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~COPING
WELL SHAFT   WORKING                           ~~~~BRICK PAVING IN 1:3  CEMENT MORTAR
AREA                0r RLAID ON 50MM THICK P.C.C. (M20)
M7i  u   :2v 20  SECTION A-A                                    230            SCALE
|-1MM  2XUM OMMM   500mm     1DOOMM
dl                       11
a     b  c|-*
NOITES                                              DlaW* MM T-23B      DRAWN:  |HUIZ   PROJECT                                                             Nutiokal Highways Authoxty Of India
1) FOXuWWRRrftEN DITENSION GNLY                                         CHECKED  HRt)9llESI            GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT T. E_ A-
2) ALL D   lNEMmm IN MM UN-EN OTHSWAM STATED                                                                    INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW STSTED
3) MrtE WECN5ONS IF AY TNLE  R      N ATOD          SCAM  2             DSIONTEMA NRLSHIKSH  TrE         WELL sHAFT wIrHIN EMBAKMENT                       Lee Asclate, South Asia Pvt. Ltd.
ThE BIGie~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~APPROVED: DIPALJ                                                                                            N-3.10



1000 DIA. COVER               2100
FOR INSPECTION
-50 R.C.C. SLAB M-20
O  _                   I  -150 GRATING
BRICK BAFFLE WALL                               225 BRICK SLAB
C _ I                            I - 100 CC SLAB M-10
o8l . ||  |        |  |       PVC PIPE 2000 LONG
IE  WL E                    VERTICAL DRAIN WELL
O-                 i         -_AGGREGATE
8                     - G EOSYTHETIC FILTER FABRIC
50 _  _            _          (2000 BELOW THE BOTTOM
OF THE CATCH PIT)
CROSS SECTION A-A
VERTICAL DRAIN WELL
FOR DRAINAGE OF SURFACE
RUNOFF IN URBAN AREAS
1500
0 0
BAFFLE WALL
0 0
BAFFLE WALL
PLAN
VERTICAL DRAIN WELL
FOR DRAINAGE OF SURFACE
RUNOFF IN URBAN AREAS
SCALE
Dmv&V No: r-24                                                                        Nd~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~orml Highay Authorfty Of Indla
_  _s   *_  *_ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R. eJD*|  tRUN  RlOA  I M PROVMENT PROET                                                                  em
1) FOLLCYWWRrrrEN DIMENMM ONLY                   04ECKED: HRUSHrOaINEPENENT EVIROMENTL REVIEW                                                  N2Dm-lo
2) ALL DWEIaONS IN MM UNLESS OTWBMSE STATED               SCALE. 1:10            DESINED  HRUSHIKESH  iTnLE            RECHARGING PIT FOR URBAN DRAIN                          Lee Assod8ts SoUth AiSa PVt Lt.
3) MMrE @ NG  CN=E FAY. TOSE MADE ONLY ON APPRVAL OF 
ThE ENGINEER                                              ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~APPROVED: DIPALIh022en



FRONT ELVATIO                                                        Pi1 EATN
W        A  S H I N G   P L A T F 0 R M
,h1~~~~~~~~C OF W                          I                                                                                                                AL  1   x
I ~~ jt    -.7e       -  1              e ~~oF   --L''  7'
rNCIES.  ft 1                                                = TX              DRAWN :  |HR JSHIKESH    PROJE    T                                                        NUOtlon    H;ghW F     A udw00OrI 0Ind0
l) FOLLOW WRM EN DIEJ81ON _ONLY_GRAND_TRUNK_ROAD_IMPROVEM__GA                             R K A M              V E P            Eup
AOLL DEWRITTEN NM                                                           CHECKC   HRUSHK0H                             INDEPENDENT ENVIRON4MENTAL REVIEW            _ DS  11O 
S) SWECIFIC CHANES IF ANY, TO E ADE ONLY ON APPROYVAL OF                       D          T,0.                     WASHING PLATFORM AT THE EDGE OF POND                    AMSNOCatss South A5b PvLtd.
THEMEER                                                                     APPROVEI  DIPAU                                                                            N SNMD.10W



P.C.C. (M20) FINISHED WITH                                SMM THICK M.S. LEA
FLOATING COAT OF NEAT FEMENT                                                           35C (M5 -5                             100
SLURY      SLP  1:40        GRAN                         P.C.C. (M2O)
INLET PIPE 100MM  A _           _
RAMMED BRICK RAT       ''         C                   250 MM THICK BRI
RAMMED BRICKvvBATnWALL IN FIRST CLS
BRICKS IN 1:4 CEMENT
MORTOR
00    +75MM THICK P.C.C. (M20) BED
SECTIONA-A                                                                 50 100 S0             50 50
AS PER REQUIREMENT                              RAMMED EARTH
SECTION -B-B
SLOPE 1:40
z            .                                           ff                 ~~~~          ~          ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1575 
DRAIN WITH A SLOPE OF 1:40-r
FOOTING
SLOPE 1:40                                 BRICK WALL                2 0        _            /        2           o
0-~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~                        m 10M0 PIP
.           l 3~~~75
A                             ~~~~~~~~~~M.S. LID
F
LA                            ~~~~~~~~~BAFFLE WALL
LA  OIL INTERET
ROAD 510E DErEM
1375-
KEY PLAN
PLAN OF OIL INTERCEPTOR
SCALE
500MM   200MM OMM           500MM         1000MM
|NI S:                                                                                                                                                                               1, 150F |PROJECT | I 
GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT   *.  
1) OLLOWWRTTENDME       ONLY                                                       CHECKED;  HUSHIESII                            INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                 NbIwlcV_
2) ALL  ENsIONs N MM UNESS OTH0USE sTATeD                   SCALE 120              DEON. NR8H8   TrTE                     STORAGE AREA FOR OIL AND GREAS.                            LAssodatas South Asia Pt Ltd.
3D sITE W aP0c CHANE IF ANY. T0 E WDE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF                                                                                                                          &e  s                                         _ @
THE ENONEER                                                                      APPWI:-  DIIA



12l5, 250
140[290        180      80           C          ORNER n            100 S                                   u       J
HALF TIUAL S                                                H~I
ml                                                                                    ml~~~~~~~m
CEMENT TILES IN 1:5 CEMENT MORTAR
AS PER TE5ESIG
COR,NER TILE           M0  MrAR GAP                                                                  11 od CLASS BRICKS5 CI  N FROG AND OXED IN 1 5 CEMENT MORTAR
10MM MORTAR                  250      |     M  MORTAR GAP
pf                          P  L  .f   F.C.C. (M20)
31PRA4MEM EARTH                                    C (M2O)
RALF TnLE B  U|     F         =     , 7                                                                      ,|WA
500MM   200MM OMM            500MM         1000MM
"_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
rm
NOM:                                     OMAV NM T-V            DFK~~~~~~WNe: wna   PROJECT                                                                         NatonlHIghways Authodty Of India
GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT | _    A
1) FCtLLOU..~ WTxNRtTTEBSINDlONLY                                                    CHECKEDGf   HRISHICE                           INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                    N.D RM-UlIl
24 ALL IXMDMMS IN MM UNLEBB OTHMMM STATED  SCALF: 1:21D                                                                                    Lea Assodlkto South Asia PA LeaALtd.ate  Souh Asi Pvt Ltd  f~R
SITE WECM CHANGES, IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROAL OPF                           1DESIGNED: RUHEH  TITLE                  PAVING                                                   |
THE ESOBER                                                                         APPRtOEDO DIPALJ                                                                                          I I



I
TYPE-2                                                                             DETAIL ATASCALE 1:25
DraIse No T-2S       CRWN    iswwREsH PROECT| National Highways Authort Of India
1) FOLLOW WTrTEN DINENON  ONLY                                                 CHECKEo   HUSIKESH                          INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                  w     L ia
2) AtL DIINONS IN MM UM       OTHERWISE rATED                                                  ILe Assodates South Asia Pt Ltd.
3) SrE SPEC   COIlIES IF ANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF    9AE                              S                            Ei a sse o                                                         AL
THE ENOINEEt                                                                 APPROV                                                                                          EWA D  -S *,2
_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FRAf DPU-sS



SKVIN LE                          CLINDRWINC
FEFICL 
STORE
PARKING       o          O E~PVIN  EICKTCN u  IH3IK  ALT                         orIS 
______________                          _ EMAL  CH_     N LINK
CEMENT                         ~~~~~~WORKERS  FENCING AS PER
DRWN  NO,
DT -AW
CONSTRUCTION PLNT                                                                                                               TOIE
VEHICLE WASHING
PARKINLONE BRICK THICK 3M. HIGH BRIC  WALL TO                                        SGET
_ARKING _             '      tDRWNGT1SEPERET THE SPACES                                 TOIET
W               ~~~~MALE WORKERS
ENTER)                     -… -… -… - -L  - … - … INOEF- -      … - - - - - - - -
THE ENfiStNEER                                                NSROVEDr DlPAlit                                                                                             r_ - wIW.                                           7   |~~~HEA  (O-T
_TROMWATER-N  E                                                    E                         R         _ 
2) AJ.LDiMBoNS iN lW LEdLES OThEWYAGE STATED  scD SAAE
2) ETE SECIFiC CANGES IF4Y. 1~ E MADE OLY ON APR~J. OF     ESIGNE~~SSiSNNEH    ~                     LAYOT FOR COSTh- ---- -As----t-------s As-a----L-d
ThE ~~~~~4Q~~~5R  ~~~                                                                                                                                                               N.O.N-I---I----



DRAIN WITH SLOPE OF 1:10                                                           BERM AND DRAIN TOWARDS ROAD SIDE DITCH
SID
LS~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~N JNIT                                                                              DI H
A
E PLAN
SBCTON A-A
NMXO1 O,=TUHBEO  IIDFSIWq MO TAKE 53M CUJL O(P JARBAaEL THE IUrAL arlAS S0W
ABOV_CA _TAB2710D 2_TIL OARIAOIINE1_D  1ERE IM  CA/IIE AIED 10 CBEVE
WE TBELANDIN AVAZABLWmrTHBE K?ElaQWREMII  AS KEDWN N7ITEDEAWIN
DETAL AT I                                   DETAIL AT 'B
NarESIn   .N=T-m                                                       D         HRUSHII PROJEC                                                                Na  alHlHighways Aurtho   Or India
1) t    WWRmEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                                                7       H4R' KM -                GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT  '-                                                        a
INDEENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW           -
2) ALL DEENSION IN AA M O&EEOHRWIS STED                SCAL 11                                   T 1LE                                                              Lea Asacd|tes South Ms PvL Ltd.
3) OrrE EPECFIC MIANGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON AP(OMAL OF                                                  WSEDMIGST
THE EWINIEER                                                                         ~F O



26M                                                                                                         I   IE R  WALL U.S N    120 MM THICK RL    SLAB
I       _ _ l                                              2 0 0.  O   A  _ C L7 A S  P A RA P T   W IT H   SM L  B    R E IN FO SC E M EN T
50MM CT    TR- - D  AS    wTR                 5MM
_  H 4ROCSMM 0A300MMv    1  CEMENTHICK                                         WIH .
I                                                                     INEMATION  M0 M :   T_   TWO LEGGEO
r_WELrASPE|PERDATING                     I
T~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. ".M I.MM  [/k    
. M1 T      DL R NOEMENT          I400MM    0
LS      JAT-LG
ARRNGEENTRILTCOMN 
_10         133           100                                                                                                                        IKMM WITH RMMW
SCALE~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~T    EGC
______________                                                                                          S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TIRRUP 0200MM
ELEVATION                                                                                                                                      UP
2) ALLAORINVVUNI£SSOnSESTATED ~      ~ 28                                                                                        FLORIN                         EAIN AS
280 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SIRPER DRAWING
NORAYT-2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RENOREMN
EUPI3DNcONSULTANT                                          A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~  ~~P STNEa.  LEADIPAU  I                                                   F       _ 
70~~~~~~~~5 POMMDIUMM
100~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~1                                                                            /
L    L- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~COLUMN OF SIZE
I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECTION A-A SCALE 1 50
L                                    L!
33
SCALE
W&!mTiz           ~~~~PLAN OF CANOPY
NOllSDW   N T3                                                                   DRAWN:   HRLSINSHIF     PROJECTNaorlHrwyAuhryO  na
1) POLLOW WRal'EN DiMBMIMM OMY                                                        ~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                    kdBh
1) 'otwww~~~~~n-r~~~ o*i ,aiom o~~~~~~ax ~CNECssn   HRUiSHIKEISI                                         INEED         NIRONMENTAL REVIEW                   .bd-IU
2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTNfRWISE STATED           $1ALa, 1:1                        RL*fANTULea Assocj5to5 South Asia Put. Lid.
3) SIRE SPECFIM Ci1ANM FMAY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF                      DEKM                                  GANOPY                                                  AM TITLE   W.
l.~~~~v1SIaN cONSULTANT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~APPROVEM. 0IPALJ



DEDTAIL   X'
LAYOUT OF BUSBAY
lm   BRICK  SOLING
DETAILS - X
SCALE    1: 10
Drm,*g Ns T-3         DRAWN    HJ5f4-W, PROJECT                                                                  INalonal HI0qWSY  Authoily Of Indla
1)NFOLVITSR N   SsOLY                                                                 .              l             GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                       .
) FOLLOW WRrrrEND-NSKRiS ONSIN LlNETiKED STATSH H                                                               !_INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                            N.-DdW hUhW
2) ALL DIMESIONS IN LIM UNLES OTHERWISE STATED ON ARVLFU1ENSS*1   TiTLE                                               GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT H HL   Associates South Asia PvL Lid.
a) WM1 SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF                                                                                                                   OM1011
SUPERVISKION CONSULTANT                                                       APPROE   DIPAIJ                                                                              ph" - 0hUhago



o.45         0.4s         q )               ( r45
Al
,   5.35          2.15    0.2        2.5    Xk3
BRICK JALI
21                4 .1 A         
<                  ~            ~           ~~~~L  ( 
FLOOR PLAN
CL~~ <~IO                                                                                                                                   ___
FRONT  ELEVATION                                                                          SECTION M
l)F*lT-3a          DRAW.JCT                                                                        Nia lm  HIghwaya hAu ft    Of Incia
tEN CNMBMONS OWY                                                  ~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 
1)  DONSa                                                                   H         s                    INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL lREVIEW I_Dm.Ii.       C 
2) ALL OINBEO NS MM IU LMfEN O1nRWUWE 5TATUM      SCI,                                                                                               L.a Asscdates South Asia PvL Ltd.
a) SffPEaEC WO  4IP FANY,TOB d A5E  ONLY ON APPtVAJL OF              DEK:  HUKE TlITE                 DESIGN FOR BUS STOP r_        ,  
SUPERBO CONtIJTANT                                                 APROVE  DIPAU                                 rl.Ddi.,_ W



I                                                                                                                                                                                        i]~~~~~~~~~I
I\     I                                                                             m or  4 NOS-12        j
,71                                                                   -/ 120 01t0 | c/c |  L  50
____                                                                            - l  l  l    C250 C/C                         C/C     60050C/C
C F~~~~~~
I                                                          E ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~aF000  VEL
Er-                    0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2.05 /
100 0150 C/C                              LU     C/
120 0250 c/C                                  20=/
|  /    \          l                                               F'LAN                                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SFCTION :'BBE'
__|____           l                                                          REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
x                                            ~~~~~~~~~~~~OF RECTANGULAR COLUMN
.__ _                            _=  =  _ _  -                                                                   (SCALE 1  10)
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS                                                                                              FI
(SCALE 1: 20)                                              WY                                                                 5
100~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~r 0130 Ct
2NO . 1          8C 0200 C/C                                                             _FLOOR LEVE
-COLU1N                             _5mTH.7FUWO
FOUNDATiDN
P.C.C. 1120
GA. DRAWING OF
SECTI 120)                                                                                                    RECTANGULAR COLUMN
(SCAL-E 1120)                                                                                                     (SCAL-E 11:20)
NOTES:                                     D-AV~~~~~~~P N.. TPRORJECT                                          TRUNKgway Aufwthit Of India
1)3 FOLLNWMT    DDRNM: ONLYf                                                                                          GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT   _M W-.                                        AInb 
1) FP YWlDN~m9i OiEN Sl~E OE.Y                                                   CIl31:D-  H2Wld      |                         INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW               N-D. iiam
2) ALL DIftdEONE IN MM UNLESS OflERWI  STATED              SCALE.                DEKNE- NRIHIE                         DEAI O   h   USTPSTuT                                   Lea Asoiates South Asia PVL. Ltd.
5) MM1 WEFI CI4EB W MAW TO BE ME ONY ON APPVAL                                                                               S    
SUPERVISION OONSLLTANT                                                         APPROE   DIPAU                                             *1



100 L      47 50k75; 10 0r
OPEN SPACES FILED UP
WITH SO L AND                      -                L.-  E     REEAR
PLANTD WITH DERSS
5   0                        ~~~~~~~~~~RN REBRANH
PLAN                                               REBAR  DETAILS
I10047541007j 1000
S    m       H F                                                                           GPD~?  CUND LEVE
SECTION ON A-A
CONCRETE BLOCKS LAID ON 14ON GEOTEXTILE
SUPPLIED EIT r TECH(INDIA) PVT. LTS
OR APPROVED By  TECO NDYA) ENT . LMROUGH CURIE STONES OF 25 CM NOMINAL SIZE HAND PITCHED ON THE SLOPES,
DR APPROVED EDOUVALENT                                                                                 INTERSTCES FILLED UP WITH SPALS AND SOILGRASS PLANTED IN THE INTERSTICES.
PRE CAST CONCRETE BLOCKS FOR SLOPE PROTECTION  FROM  EROSION
OR RIVER BED SCOUR                                                                                                      STONE PITCHING  OF SLOPE SURFACE
DETAIL "A"
DETAIL  B
TOP TIE IN MADE UP       \                                                                                                                          /     4
WGLH                        0           0                                                                         CONC./
PRE CA5T BLOCKS           /FLWGROUNOD                                                                                                 ;
LY ~~~~~~~DIRECTIONO 
EXISmNG                                         |     |    |ao|Y
. Li a In I O3 O1                                           O                                                   |IGOOOQUALTrY BRICKS (CLASS 1) HAND LUG  ON THE SLOPE
LE200 13   o   ,3                         ZX, ,BRICK PITCHING  OF SLOPE SURFACE
2DD \15 CONC.                                GRAVEL ORaTOp SOIL FOR PLANTING                                                                                        DETAIL   C
INSTALLATION OF TYPICAL PRE CAST BLOCKS ON SLOPE SURFACE
NOTBS:                                                                       NoT-m               AR                        PJTR                                  ROE PROJECT                                      NaTNaNl Highway  Aulodt  Of India
. . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT' - -
1) FOLLOW WRNrTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                                                                CHEa,   MINUIIESIE                                     INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                         N      mIlh o1L
2) AlL DImNsion  iN mm UNLEss aTNERWSE sTATED                                                                                                                                      .                                                                                _r TO   LgaAsaatmSo Aah
3)  ME SPEFC CHANGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLYON APPROVAL OF                                                                                    SLOPE PROTOSCAIL      DEITE  T O  OE1AJLS                                                  Aaia Pv.itd
MFERtIO    wONWLTANT                                                                          APPROVE: DIPAUI                                                                                                 NG   1i 
SIPBIw~~~~~nja~~~~ ~~dSfJL'TMfl  ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~      ~~p~~~jPh



2 I                        O | i i ;   BRICK LAID ON EDGE
F--0 -nC-
BRICK LAID ON FLAT
THIS SPACE, OBTAINED
<       FROM THE PERTICULAR
ARRENGMENT WILL
FACILITATE GROWTH OF
VEGETATION ON SLOPE
GABION BOX
WATER B/                                                             > 
BRICK ARRENGMENT ELEVATION                        4        ,       X      ,         AFTER TWO 11Ornm  (Brick laid on Flat) COURCES
160S ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ONE COURCES OF 70,mm (Brick laid orn edge)
*                     KERB SLAB AS PER DETAILS IN PLANTER DRAWING
GOOD QUAUTY BRICKS (CLASS 11) HAND LAID ON THE SLOPE.
GABION BOX AS PER DETAILS IN GABION STRUCTURE DRAWING
S~~~~~~~~~~~~~RC PICHN  OF SLP SURAC
SCALE
- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~0M -6M -M -500MM   --7--
8Hi ENO PEINIEER BE IF A9Y, T° 6E WDBE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF   OEBt1DONESOE   HHKb   TlI                                ~      RC(PTIING ON SLOPE                                                                        _
1~E B4GINEE                                                   A°P~UID  OPAU                                                         _e .soae  So_l AaPt. Ltd.



________ _T = __                                                                                                                                             I
MONOTHICK METAL SHEET                                                10 MM DIA RIVETS
/      >  53   1, o3
BACKGROUND BLUE                    SITE    eo                       MONOTHICK METAL SHEET
RETRO REFLECTORISING PAINT        NAME
LETTERING AS PER                 DESCRIPTION
I. R. C. NORMS
l                                 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~DISTANCE   |                                                                  :
CAST IRON T-ANGLE                          _                        CAST IRON T-ANGLE                 i
75X75X10                                               i             75X75X10                         _
(EMBEDED WITH CONC.)                                                (EMBEDED WITH CONC.)                ,
PRECAST CEMENT *
CONCRETE CYLINDRICALBS
450~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5
I                                        - - 11                                                            ',''.'    s                            L                                                l~~~~I 55 
PRECAST CEMENT  ______PRECAST CEMENT                                                                                                                   PLAN
CONCRETE BASE                                                         CONCRETE OCTAGONAL BASE
GL                                                                          GL
ELEVATION
750
SEC   BN
NOTES:                                                D-ing NM: T-37       DRAWN:   Y         PROJECT                                                            NatioDnaI Highways Authonty Of India
1) FOLLOW WRITTENDIMENSIONS ONLY                                                     PAI     tGRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT    1=% E  A;-                              
2) ALL DIMENSIONSINMM UNLESSOTHERWISESTAT                                 CHECKED   D                               INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL RE_EW       _          -,   Ws
21 ALL DIENSONS I MM UNLES OTHERWIE STATEDSCALE:             DEIND   A0           IL            EALO  ING                                           ea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.
3) SITE SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF                                TITLE         DETAIL OF SIGNAGE                                  L  A     a S=         A P.d
SUPERVISION CONSULTANT                                                  APPROVED: DIPALI                                                                -1



ITC NE 1N -UP.                                                                                                                                                                        BRICK PITCHING FOR -
YATH UlS CDNC.  w  1.0m   £        SLOPE PROTECTION
BROCS                                                                                                                                                                                 - .  GL 
51-ow -X :IIRECIIC                                                                                              !                                IPONO SLOPE
CYDPROPOSED ORNASMENTAL TRES DF SPECIE
GULMORAR TREES 010MC/C                                                            ECTIoN    B-B
PROPOSED ORNASMENTAL TREES OF SPECIE
zooD:                              /                         !        '                SALUX AND GULYMHAR TREES
2DD55]. 90 CDNCD S  I    SofT. 2D.9  OC U35E  |    O lOM CPC 10 IN NUMSEEROS
TYPICAL BRICK PITCHING DETAIL
EXISTING PLOT BOUNDARY   -                                 7 __--
! 455G55z5<=aX_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-                                                 _- _-  -   -  -_ _-_-- -  w   li-  -  -  -_--. .-'
I PROPOSEDI TERP1INGO
i77777\\:   .                             ,.   T      _  ~ ~---  -          -  -  -  -  - _   -   _. ,.
SECTION A A
''- FASEC_ RStER
PROPOSED BRICK
PITCHED EDGE PROTECTION
J   1 1    - _ ,-  _ B =:~~~~~- ~             IN 1:2 SLIFE AS P>3.Et_~_-_-_-_-_~_ R                                                    -  
CEDAIL SHOWN                                 -  -  -  -  --  -  -  -
-           --   -  -      -     -  -  --  -  -  -  -  -   _
SECT  ONl  -0  STEP   AT  A-                            A    T                                             -  -  -O P      -  -
STE.-P'D AC2ESS               
a,-~~ -. -1 -      
S ECT 0 N~~~~~~~0 ON
X  Q j 2 ,AULAG~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RE 515 SC45E
=?CPCSEC SAOCT
AEATIRAO-ITA   _CRA1T_NIC____..- -                                    ----   -     -  -  -2
OTScEO'N                                                                      E          DRA'hN.    YRAU E        PROUECT  GRAND TRUNK IMPROVEMENT ROAD PROJECT                             }   ainiihasuhrtOIndiB                             5
I)  FOLLOW '~RITTEN D!MENSONs OrlLY        narg o:   -             CHECKfO:  I4ANU                          INDEPENOENT ENV1RONMENTAL REVTER                             4n*1Fn
3'AL SD SPENSON  RAES  rT A,I TO RE vsoO  Cs,.' rN AT^RO,oL  SCALE          1:6D         DESIriNED   S ANAJU   | TIA       PROTOTY(PE OF BORROW AREA TO BE REDEvELOPED                        Lea AssociateD SouBh Asia PvtB. Ltd.               cma
CF SSPPVI'S.SrN TIDISSflTA'ST                                                        APPROVED.  OIPALI...| AS A FISH POND                                                                 0.155.  1O*i2f 54905
AC_  .       .
POND~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Pt    SOS 020



Zebra crossing                       + 10cDWARF BOUGAUWILLA r1.5M C/C
p: Ct                                                                       Ocm
TYPICAL DETAIL OF ISLAND
VISIBILITY TRIANGLE
ROW-VARYING
TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER
LANDSCAPE DRAWING
- - -- -- - --  =-  - --= -__=L -_ *__ - -  -1 - - -  -------------------
MEDIAN To BE LANDSCAPE AS PE
- --- -  -  -  -_   - - - - -        -_- - - - - - - ---- -         --    -  ---- - -- - -   -   -   -   -  -  -  -  -  -  - - - - -     LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS
ROW-VARYING
NM:i   DWARF BOUGANVILLIA IS PLANTED @1.5M
Nosr   !                                          5     il                                               C/~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GC IN THE VISIBILITY TRIANGLE  
t) N. ba¢ ShWd1 t. rit Wfi. th. ftblsiybiW910lnoe   
2) N..md r- . Iw mnw.hW1 b. pinUwlU w                                                 il                                           220m 
3) SWi  de .Iber b1 -nd shmb. W bb pltnted n
F., hndrp. d                            [                                           I.
4) Tho -uberO  dC n.sdd    ar   bD iw-alld or
NOTES                                                         D..i.g No:  1     _     DRAYVN      DRAMWN          11   GRAND TRUNKROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                               Natna E-     hwy Au-rt   f ni                    b
l) FOLLOW WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                            CORRIDOR  NH2           CHECKED:                                  INDEPEN3ENT ENVIRONMFNTAL REVIEW                         N>Ddl 11XE
2) ALL DIMENS ONS ARE IN MMU UNLESS OTHERWISE SlA ED          SCALE     _T            DEIGE                  TIL_INAINLaAscitsSuhAiv.Ld
3) SITE SPECIFIC CHANCES IF ANY. T0 BE MADE  ONL-Y ON APPRDVAL                      NTS   DESIGNE CTITL                                                                                       UcON  FLhAO  e Ascae ouhAi v. Ltd
OF SUPERV/SION CONSJ.TAN1                                 CAD FILE:  JLUNC-A      APRVDCROSJNTNFh(X  bD'°



10                                        -ROW=VkRYING UJPTO 5f
,'  |  |   0  _   C,  ROW VARYING UPTO 6Gm.
TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER
LANOSCARE DRAWiNG
' , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = - - - - - - ~- --                                - --- --   -                             -    -   -  - -    --    -    -   - --                  ' -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- - - - )- -  - - -  - - - -                                                                                                               -- - - - - - 
F                    ~~~~~~~~~~7 
TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER
LkNDSCAPE DRAWING
_ ____L _____T _ ROW - VARYING UPTO 6Gm.
t                L           55         <    gF,"'~~5
L   LANDSCAPING ON MEDIAN AS PER                                                         .  ROW - VARYING UPTO 6Dm.
LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS                                                                     D           V
l l                           ~~~~~~~~~~DwArlF BOUGALNVILUA Is PLANTED 0X,1.5M
Note:                                                                                                                                           I                 VISIBILnYTRIANGLE      ce INTHEVISIBIGTYTRLAWGLE
1) No trees shall be planted within the visibility triangle
- 2)No malt trees or laro shrubs $hall be planted witin
witn 1t0m of me median opening
3) So?ci¶e and nurmber of trees and shrubs to be planted as
p nscape  rwings.
3) The number of middle rows are to be I crensed or.
decreased accoring to the space available In OWV
06060  5                           P~~~~~~~~~ROJECT -..National Highways Authority Of India
NOTES:                                                                                DRAWN:                          GuRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                               Natn2H ws tr oIi
1T FOLLOW WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                             -ORR-                   CHECKED:                                     INDEPENDENT ENARONMENTAL REVIEW                          D.,"Dws
3) ANY CHANGES TN BE MS                                                               DESIGNED                TITLE                JUNCTION PLANTATION                                    Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.
3)AYCAOST BE MADE TO BE. APPROVED                                                                                                                                                 A-IS0. N~, AmdsCooy
BY THE SUPERViSION CONSULTANT                              G^DF     |JUNC6         APPROVED                               CROSS JUNCTION WITH MEDIAN BREAK                             RYm. . OJSS90
_!HFSPRIINCNUTNAlOE



7--
Traffic under pass to be shifted to the junction
to facilitate pedestrian crossing                                                                                                                                                                       R W--ARYINGUPTO60M
T-.EE TO BE PLANTED AS PER
LANDSCAPE DRAWING
_            _                 _-_   _ __  _ _                           _          _ _   _                     _-                                 , __ --__ -  - :      -             -    t               A NCAR IEDN        AN
______                                                    AS LANDSCAPE IRAV:INGS
_~. |    - 'ROW-VARYING UPTO SOm
-NO  PLANTATION FOR IUD M. ONMEDIAN
DWARF BOUGANVILLLA Is PLANTED @l.5M        I                                                         FROM THE CENTRE OF JUNCTION
NOTES:                                                CCIN THE VISIEIGTY TRIANGLE
1) Species to be planted by reffering typical landscape sections
1) No tres shall be planted within the visibility ttlangre
2) NE small trees O large shrubs shall be planted vditn
lOOm of the median opening
3) Spales and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as
as par landscape drawings.
4) The number of middle rows are to be inoreased or
decreased ascording to the spaoe available in ROW.
5) A mTinlnum of 6m distance.
SCALE ~~~~~~~~~~ Ws  PROIECT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~National Highways Authority O   ni
NOTES:                                                               SCALE       DITS          ORAWN:                    PROJECT   GRAND TRUNK ROAD  IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                                   I,.E-aA-                      O f India
1)  FOLLOW WRTTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY                                   CORRIDOR    N12           CHECKED:                                      INDEPENDENT ENVRONMENTAL REVIEW                                 s.,rrs
2)  ALL DOMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.               DRWNDESIGNED                                           LE                      DESIGN FORSJNCTIONPLATION                                  AW SOCA
3)  SITE SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TY  BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL           _     |                                                                                                                                   `-
OF SUPERVISON CONSULTANT                                        CAD FILE:    JUNCC        APPROVED:                                       CROSS JUNCTON WTH VEHICLE UNDERPASS                          N-0-



Zebm crossing
Zebra crossing
+ 0 cm
Zebra crosing                                                                                PROPOSED NERIUM DRAWF SHRUBS
+ 0 c m 
DETAILA 
ROW - VAYING UPTO W..
7'   ''  /  /             -~~~~'   v/~ -7/               y    /    *~.                                                                            /                                          7' '                   'L N 5 A E B W
-,    '  ,,'~~~~  7'    .7  --  .7    '/7/                                     >/y                       /           /  ''7/           /    /    ' t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-X5EEOTOeEPL55ET TSEPANTEAPPE
|         .~~~~~~~~~                                                       ~     ~    ~~~~~~~~~~ DE TAIL-A   EAL8l
7      RO-mRYIN OPTSOrt.r
PROPOSEDSDWARFSHRUBS
135                                                                 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IN VisIBUrYTRiANOL
WITHIN THE ROW
Note:                                                                                                                      226
1) No trees shall be planted within the visibilitty tnrangle                                                                                        DWARF BOUGANVILLIA IS PLANTED @1 .5M
2) No small trees or large shrubs shall be planted                                                                                                  C/C IN THE VISIBIGTY TRIANGLE AS SHOWN
within Ioom of the median opening
3) Species and number of tress and shrubs to be planted
as par landscape drawings.
4) The number of middle rows am to be increased or
decreased according to the space avallable In ROW
sasrenos nay    isr sCrurr:.                                         N     s    oDRAWN:                    ROJECT                                     _                                      National Highways Authority Of India
,)  - ro-J = wrr   7. 011Z- -NM NESONElIESA.                       OfIR            "         CHKE:_ _                                             INDEPENIDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                         o-rX .
OiIF ,,O W. t    oar ET O  iFl                   _s D0.                         a                                     TITL                                                                              Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd.
_~~ESGNEO     TITLE         ~         JUNCTION PLANTATION                                        Aae       e.cry
urn rio.  £00.0  APPROVOD                              V~~~- JUNCTION LANDSCAPINGpue-as.eaon



Zebra crossingr c              J                                         Proposed shrubs of specie
Nerium drawf pink @0.6mc\c
2 cm
TYPICAL DETAIL OF ISLAND
ROW - VARYING UPTO 60m.
/77//                                          ;77777/                                             ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER
LANDSCAPE DRAWING
PLANTATION IN MEDLkN AS PER
_=____________________-__-_-_-___-,_____________-----------------         LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS
PROPOSED DWARF SHRUBS
Note:                                                                                                                                     IN VISIBLITY TRIANGLE
1) No tres shall be planted within the visibility triangle                                                                                WITHIN THE ROW
2) No small trees or large shrubs shall be planted witin                                                                    220
within 1 oGm of the median opening
3) Speces and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as
perlandscape drawing.
4) The number of mibble rows are to be increased or
demeased aooording to the space availble in ROW                                                      DWARF BOUGANVILLIA IS PLANTED @1.5M
|                   AC/C IN THE VISIBIGTY TRIANGLE AS SHOWN
aCTES    |   5                                                   |                                                    wra |DRAWN:  |PROJECT  National Highways Authority Of India
NOTES ~ ~~~~~~~~~~'~CECE:GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVE-MENt PROJECT    f-
1) FOLLOW WRrTEN DMrsONS ONLY                                                   CHECKED:                                    INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REViEW                 N..l  h -se
2) ALL DISMENSIONS ARE tN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.      s,__
3) SOn SPECIFC CGES IF ANY. TO BE MWAE ONLY ON APF0RVAL                         DESIGNED:             TITLE                 JUNCTION PLANTATION                              Lea ALsociateSouth Asia Pvt. Ltd.
OF SUPEUAION CONSULTAN4T                                                                                                                                                  Ic.nWsA My
Fsn:       AssJN      APPROVED                                     TYPICAL T- JUNCTION
"_               AP__VE



.~~~~,'
* Ch             48100 -a chq            41000  Chupiq            482.700              ,
Skldeadthed      Soubh  81dedfXn         Soulh  awe dXn ra        South.q                      /
Pl~~~ Dlft      -d                 P____MRigadan:
dbUI}ftOin RW    2       fb   1, ROW    2.    P                   3W    -                                                                         A structural ban1er of height 2.5m shall be provided along the edge of the
* 11 hMm dOW  20M                  1 RorW 2Om                                                 d W  36                                             shoulder from km. 481.800 to km. 482.800 on the suthem side. This AllI bring
HeI5ltMd3i       12M    He4glottdfS      1m    H*tofBiLg         1Cm                                                                             down the noise levels on this side trom 76.5dB (A) to 70.6 dB (A).
HhIof d Bouiduy Wd  3M    Hugtof B=Wdy Wal 3M       t of Baidey WON
E.I Tree         -      EA   Tll_                E,  Tds- /rees   -
oddsw            -      odd              -       fluMe            -
Oulsdd           13    Oljbsde           4       OCSeds
HeIMtfEIdEwndmwd  Gouorid  Hst dor Emn2mnot G=lmd  Hht ofd ESne,oob     G,d
_                 L                      L>d                       L                                                   SrJ_.L-        //.
_ TmLE                                                                        DRAWL:   RAJESH       PROJECT      GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                      Na_onal Hlghways Au_ty Of India
* SIRUCTARAL 5aa  ER FROM KM 481.d00 TOKM 482.800  D         n NC NDS1  D           ESNED  UL SN                        INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                       o
iNOi5                                                         SCALA d      A       CIRuO1.SAlSH                         PACKAGE 2BKM 470.000 TO KM 38.000                      L  AnS       outhsiaPt.Ltd.
e  2)  F davw   ,rb an    dl m am  or*Y                     N      |    N      APPRO V ED:  DPS S^ SH_



2) FollowS' dimeuloos o0y              DOORN20x210)                                                                                                       E DOUBUE
I  /zZ   - - -  X                                                        iZ                     eDm                        \       \~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LZE(  11D
dXrSYIfI heor iUldAy 3.v                                                                                                                      Bo 3unldary wall of the structure will be raised to 5.5m and openings of the wells
rbqx_d  r                r s  n _                                         t  %/E/    DyTR                                              fadng   the    co ffridor on    the  first floor sh aii be    double    glazed    to decrease    the
r rAf  ffri ROW   30/.4                                                                                                                        mit0gated by sound insuiation of the exterior waibs.
ronftq "I tm RdW  1aa2n        OukoLSd.                                          / 
Hnlhtd af uridg                     of H  dhmnlanW      Gnd L             // //> /\                          /
TOISE UGTOFOGUUHR  lACDU  Tlm4.0 SUH                      Dn   *NUZ           DRAWN:   RAJESH       PROJE-CT  GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                         Eia0on HlhasAtoiyO  nl
NOS_  MAINFRGR  MRIAAEYA m40W  ST)                       Dw*  n.: M2-          DESIGNED: RAHUL SINGH                 INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                     r_a 11s         
N ).fts         n r m   _ i h _                         SC A L E.             HE C K E O-  D .SAT IS H            P A C i CA G E   2 B   k m il  4 7 0 .0 0 0   T O   irm   3 8 .0 0 0  L=   E   FIAs o e  So ut   si   v L L d,
2) Fdibw wrilU dlmnbNo ony                                                   A-PPRtOVED: .DSATISH                                                                       Ph- . =12  __ . 



N                                                                                                                                                                  G
CdI;Lwg          21.1W0          H *Wld,ByWWI              I.!I                                                                                         Mitgadon:
Sid of dU Mwd    Ssubh                                                                                                                                  Boundary wall of the receptor shall be increased to 5.5m from the eidstng
PnPaed Dblt,n                    E1dWng Tnes/                                                                                                           level of 1 .5m. This will brng down the noise levels by 7-8 dB (A). Openings
ofdkt.ghdtRoW    Mm               lmkl                     2 pi 2                                                                                       In the walls of the structure shall be double-glazed to further derease the
P90He Dbkbn of                                                                                                                                          noise levels.
B0wrderwW1fteeRdW  IBM          o0~.10I
l  HeGIhl ol Ruddng  3.511n      HeIght df Embandreohio     Gw.end 1                                    ,                /A_
NTmLE             PA                                 S                             DRAWN:    RAJESH        PROJECT     GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                         I.e      H       s       ia
NOISE MMGATION FOR PPJMARY SCHOOLMAIWWPUR ATkbn21.100 (SOUTH) D-AIWn Nb M142B 3     EHND    AU  1                              NEEDN  NIOMNTAL REVIEW                               N_ wlll
DESIGNED:  RAHUL SINIAH                   INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTLRVE
l1M dhb nun onb.. dS                                       SCALE          A       CHECKED:  D.SATISH                     PACKAGE 2s km 470.000 TO km 38.000                        Lea Assodates South Asia PvL Ltd.
2) FO  wIftu di     ml                                                    N      APPROVED: DOSATISH                                                                                1-     , am11'  _ 



~~~~WNO(o)11oo547DOOR(llo- _ ao
11 ~~~V90xloo  -W||r-470._ X100
temmom                                D~~~~~~~~~~~~OGUBLE GLAZING OF DCOR
a)       (1l0Qx2100)                   ~~~~~~~~~~HEIGHT OF ThE BOUNDARY
||L-4Q_ -4e.Y|aa9Y             || }_ __ _-_-_  WALLTOBE RAISED TO 5.m
0.0      I~?0
"LUE GLAZING OF WINDOyW
Lw                         =                                                   =                                                           11~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~90x10
USwx'. z=
F7~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0                                             a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t
o                                             0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~L
47~~~00,O                                                                           _______________________~~~~~~~~~L
M4d~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TO,



Chlinog          33.900        HoIEdSa5ofn whoWa,       2.2m                                                                                     Mitlglatin:
Skids    m road                Elll Tn_                                                                                                          A boundary wall of height 5.5 m shagd be constructed around the structure
PrFposd  ross                  Er                                                                                                                and aHl openings of the walls fadng the corridor shall be double-glazed to
of bumEat ft ROW   3rlm        Insd                      2                                                                                       decrease the noise levels. Plantaion along the RoW upto a distance of
Fposed  Ihrnc of                                                                                                                                   1Xn on either side of the structure shall be planted to act as noise screens.
Bounary wallilmroRow  am       OutSd                                                                          \                                   Further increase of noise levels beyond year 2015 shall be mitigated by
Hghtof5lddhrg    3m             HobhtofEmbornori         GrowundrL                                               . 
TnRLE                                                                         DRARIHWN   |FESH       PECT        GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT                      National Highways Authority Of India
OSDESIGNED: RAHUL SINGH                  INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW                        4                                     o
Nok                                                     SCALE          CAHECKE1   D.SATISH                                                                                 Lea Assocates South Asia PYt Ltd.
1) Al dksirlk  am n mm   urrorots. oriui                                                                            PACKAGE 28 ln 470.000 TO kVll 38.000                  A      F
2) FOllOW .151w, dlrororoloos  ~ ~ ~ ~ ~     ~      ~      AwPovED: D.SATISH                                                                          f4oe ODrI.IIWJ
N~ ~ ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~p--                                                 $20